INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 8. The woman fell to-the-ground. 9. They traveled from the midst of the city toward-the-mountain. 10. Those men also did not remember. (b) Translate: .ay1? n1?™ nsw "riaan j .inn Q'nbKa rtsrar 2 .rnn -irnrrrw n"Svn 3 .Dyn-n« mil" rns -ras nnarj-ns on-iain i .dip mrr -3 p^tn-ra nnnaii? ith 5 .rain pjfca u*ia -ton -ran nVfta 0 .rafrn-Eaj urns -i#k nnarrnK nnir ify u (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. Who said to you that the camp is near the river? 2. The man is a just judge. 3. Did you see the moon and the stars? 4. God did not find a righteous man in the evil city. 5. These are the words which we saw in the law. 6. Great and good is the earth which the Lord created. 7. The people came forth from that land in that year. 8. The king was pleased with the woman (lit. the woman found favor etc.). [54] LESSON 13 60. Sentences with a Nominal Predicate. One of the simplest of all sentence types in Hebrew is that in which two nouns (or noun phrases) are juxtaposed to indicate a predication: ait: -fib in Dan-id melek fob (1) David is a good king. The demonstrative pronouns Kin hit', (Hp hi', and their plurals are often used in sentences of this type in the following way: aio rfcb ton in Duwid hu melek 0b (2) sir? aio in Dawid melek fob hu' (3) Although it is probable that the use of the demonstrative pronoun places a greater emphasis on one or another of the sentence elements, it is impossible for us to determine this nuance with any accuracy, since there are no informants available who speak Biblical Hebrew, It is likely that (2) answers the question "Who is a good king?" and that (3) answers "What is David?", while the first type (1) is a neutral statement of fact without a question in mind. 61. The Verb rrn hayah (to be). In the preceding lessons we have studied four types of non-verbal sentences: (1) with adjectival predicate: utkti aiu tob hais [55] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 13] (2) with adverbial predicate: rráa iřxn hati babbúyi; (3) with existential predicate: irá ttí; yfS 'fš (4) with nominal predicate: sio ij^fi TH Dawid mélek u>b None of these has any specific tense value, which must rather depend on the context in which the sentence occurs. All of these sentences, however, may be converted into verbal sentences by using the verb rrn hayah, which in the perfect has the normal tense values of that form: (1) niti u^xn rrn hayah hati \ob The man was good. (2) rraa trxn rrn hayah h&'U babbáyit The man was in the house. (3) i?? n;n hayah késep There was silver. (4) 310 n;n in Dawid háydh mélek (oh David was a good king. Each is negated with řó Id'. Note that t£ is replaced by n;n in (3) and that a negative existential sentence like qps |"X becomes HDD n;n Kb, In sentences of the type 3iD yfctj1? 1H n;n hayah Dawld hmélek (ob the preposition adds the nuance of "becoming" to the verb of being. Although such a sentence equates two nominal elements, it is nevertheless of type (2). Note the following use of "?: m& arms'? řTifc nrrn hayatah Šarah ti Abraham tiiššáh which may be translated "Sarah became Abraham's wife" or "Sarah became a wife of Abraham's" or "Sarah was Abraham's wife." If we replace b with 3, the idea is that of "acting in the place or capacity of, but not actually being": 3X3 -is?1? ui'Nn n;n hayah hati lannďar ka'ab The man was like a father to the youth, or The man became the youth's father, as it were. Of course V rrn, as the past tense of1? %, may be used to translate possession in past time: ^l??1? njn hayah so(')n h'Abraham Abraham possessed cattle. Sentences with a participial predicate, such as nip w-xri, the man is (was) writing, are seldom converted with n;n. Why this is so will become clearer when we have taken up the syntax of Hebrew narrative below. 62. Noun Plurals (concluded). Feminine nouns ending in -et, -at, -at, -it, -6t, or -in show much variety in the plural. The words given below are a sufficient sampling of this group, [56] whose forms must be learned singly as they occur. None of these words represents a frequent type. ns bat daughter pi. ni33 bänôt n» 'ét time trna 'it lim délet door dsiätót mtiinéret office niiatiiD mtimärôt nxtjn hauät sin nixtjn hauä'ôt ľPJľj hanit spear D'rran húnitim malkůl kingdom rvraba malkíiyôt 63. Vocabulary 13. nouns: nKtpn □iVn na nrjsu; T\m verbs: n;n Kun □Vn Exercises: /wffá(')r (pk "i"1?1-1) sin (f.) halóm (pl. -ót) dream ůaí (pl. nij3 ) daughter 'ěmáh fear, terror, dread lipháh (pí. -ót) maidservant, female slave 'amah (pl. irreg. 'ámahót ninax) maidservant, female slave hayah to be, become ( +"? ) ha(a to sin (against: V ) hálam to dream lakad to capture, take captive (a) Give the Hebrew for the following sentences orally: 1. Samuel is a just judge. 2. Jerusalem is a great city. 3. This servant is a righteous man. 4. The sun and moon are in the heavens. 5. The blessing which he spoke is good. 6. The cloud is very large. 7. There are many stars in the sky. 8. He has many daughters. 9. The warriors are in the camp. (b) Transform the sentences of (a) into past tense with the appropriate form of the verb n'n . (c) Translate: .jrja -iwh nyn-nx-axi trnri f-ifta -i\bh Dnsrrnx rif? i .-na^ri -rax oibnn nri oiVn -RQ^rj nV4a i .x-aarrbx nnsim-nx nwxn nri1™ 3 .vm-h ixpn *a am-\v nW-rs na-x nf?£« 4 ÍJ71 INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW .nis,,i rriai_ maa ^ bp 5 .train T»a ecin u^n sV g .dtjvkv riKon -itfK ni«Dnn nia-i b .□Vrt n»x DiVna nm -ton o'na^rrnK -iDoa ana 9 (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. We made no treaty with these people. 2. There was no joy in the city that day. 3. We did not find Favor in the eyes of the prophet. 4. Where did they find you? 5. These words are a great blessing for the people. 6. The king is a just and righteous man. [58] LESSON I ^ 64 The Perfect of Dp, qam and to ba'. The two verbs op, qam (he arose) and xa ba (he came) represent a new type of root not mentioned previously. These verbs have essentially biconsonantal roots so far as their verbal inflections are concerned, but because there are sometimes associated with them nouns exhibiting a second form of the same root with Waw or Yodli in the middle, these roots are classified as II-Waw or ll-Yodli in traditional grammar. They are also spoken of as Hollow Verbs. In the standard lexicon of Biblical Hebrew Dfj and sa are listed under the roots Dip and xia respectively. The distinction between roots W-Waw and W-Yodh will become clear only when certain forms are taken up later; for the present the distinction is immaterial. Dg will be taken as the norm of this class: qam he arose qamu they arose nnpT qamali she arose ™P- qamta you (m. s.) arose °™p. qamtem you (m. pi.) arose ™p. qdmt you (f. s.) arose vm qam ten you (f. pi.) arose qdmfi I arose qdmnit we arose Note that the stem vowel is short in alt persons other than the 3rd. The length of the stem vowel is almost completely dependent on whether or not the stem syllable is open or closed. Unlike verbs previously learned, the accent remains on the stem in the forms of the 3rd fern. sing, and the 3rd common plural. (59] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Because K3 has K as its final root consonant, we find the same kind of deviation here as with K2tn. The full paradigm of this important verb is ma bait they came N3 ba he came HK3 ba'ah she came nS3 ba(')ta you (m. s.) came brk| ba(')tem you (m. pi.) came n»a ba(')t you (f. s.) came inn? ba{')ien you (f. pi.) came -hhS ba(')ti I came una 6a(')«a we came The stem of the participle in these verbs is the same as that of the 3rd masc. sing, perfect: singular plural masc. Q]? qam □"n,? qamlm fern. naj? cjamah niDj? qamot Stress is normal in these forms, being on the ultima (final syllable). Note that the fern. sing. part, is distinguished from the 3rd fern. sing. perf. only by the position of the stress: nn£ qamah she arose, but nn]? qamah arising. Given a sentence such as □fp ursn ha'is qam, we may, unless we have the context in which the sentence occurs, translate "the man arose" (perfect) or "the man is arising" (participle). The only criterion that can be applied to an isolated sentence is that the perfect more frequently precedes its subject, while the participle follows it. The above sentence, then, without further information, is more probably participial. 65. The Prepositions ]ii min and 3 ko with pronominal suffixes. 'sä» mimminm from me mimmennii from us span mimmakä from you (m. s.) DM mikkem from you (m. pi.) w? mimmek from you (f. s.) w mikken from you (f. pi.) mimmennii from him mehem from them (m. pi.) mimmennäh from her melten 1 from them (f. pi.) mehennäh 1 kämöni like me wins kämönü like us kämökä like you (m. s.) käkem like you (m. pi.) kämök like you (f. s.) 1?? käken like you (f. pi.) kämöhü like him ort? kähem like them (m. pi.) ni»f kämöhä like her m kähen like them (f. p!.) The forms of the suffixed pronouns with these two prepositions are somewhat different from those already studied. Although a comparison is helpful, it is best to learn these forms as a new paradigm. [60] lesson 14] The forms kamont etc. may be used in a quasi-pronominal sense "anyone like me" etc. y-$3 iniB3 l"K 'en kamohit baares There is no one like him in the land, or There is not his like (or equal) in the land. 66. Vi> kol. The word ^3 kol in one form or another corresponds variously to English "each, every, all, the whole." The uninflected form precedes the noun it modifies and may be joined with maqqep as "ba kol- or stand independently as *?3 kol. The following examples represent typical usage. Note carefully the constructions translated with "each, every," as opposed to "all." 0V-I?3 kol-ydm each day, every day ni'rrbs kol-hayyom all the day, the whole day, all day D,n;n"173 kol-hayyamim all the days "TV""73 kol-'ir each city, every city -psrrVs kol-hah- all the city, the whole city D'lsrrrbs kol-he'arim all the cities. The expression "WN"1^ kol-'aser is used as a compound relative "everything which (or that)." As the object of a verb it is preceded by 'et-\ PDpr iffiK-Vs-riK jro natan 16 'et-kol-'aser qanah He gave him everything that he had acquired. With an adjective "73 has an indefinite pronominal sense: wnn-bs anything new 67. Vocabulary 14. nouns verbs: other: in1?» w N3 d? "is nntf ^3 kail (pi. irreg. a"1?? ) vessel, utensil 'e'reb evening Sulliön (pi. -or) table bdqer morning qam to arise swn to put, set, place ba to come, enter (may be followed by a noun of place without a preposition) säm to fast gär to sojourn sätäh to drink 'ad (Prep.) to, as far as, by, until köl all, each, every [61] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Exercises: (a) Give the Hebrew For the following orally: 1. He is better than I. 2. There is none like us. 3. He took the money from us. 4. Have you seen a woman like her? 5. in the whole land which is before the people 6. every joy and every deliverance which I have given to you 7. all the sins which you have sinned 8. each treaty which I have made with the people 9. all the gold and all the silver 10. everything I own (lit. everything which is to me). (b) Translate: .ntff am arms? sbn .jn'pim-'jj? d^srrriK unf 2 .pi>enT3 ~\m Vnin bvrh rrr on 'a noini 3nja cr'psrrnK ws 3 .nanVaa nyiEP nrrrj onV ,3 nbra nnoiva ny-in osn ixa 4 .D^-irfiiii Kb) on1? sbi ai'rj-^D uai s .nirj Dun ^ina n-ian o-'ipjsri n1?^ c .•Carta anpb i$j "iQrj-nH nasi nb-n 7 an nb ■'S h?t ,3 narr oniaarr'td iNa 8 ft ■■' tv .._ t t •l^b qdv arnna -iein tir«n m io (c) Write in Hebrew: She did not see the men who were coming on the road toward the city. The righteous are fasting day and night. God has given us a great victory today. He set out for Jerusalem in the evening. The Lord is God, and there is none like Him in the earth and in the heavens. They set a large table before the king. They sat there all that night until morning. Many and great are the sins that we have committed. [62] LESSON I 5 68. The Perfect of 330 sabab. The root of this verbal type is peculiar in having identical second and third root consonants. The Perfect is as follows: 330 sabah he went around n330 sababah she went around niao sabbota you (m. s.) " niao sabbot you (f. s.) ■niao sabboti 1 went around 133D sabubu they went around □niap jrviao ttiao sabbotem sabboten sabhonti you (m. pi.) " you (f. pi.) " we went around Here we find a new feature: before all suffixes beginning with a consonant the stem is sabbo-. Otherwise the forms are relatively normal, but note a for a, in accordance with § 11 (2). When the last two root consonants are a guttural or r, the forms where we should expect doubling are replaced with ones showing compensatory they cursed you (m. pi.) cursed you (f. pi.) cursed we cursed [63] lengthening. T1H 'arar he cursed 'iiraru rniK 'ararah she cursed ninK 'arota you (m. s.) cursed ani-iK 'arotem nnK 'aroi you (f. s.) cursed 'ardten 'finN 'arott I cursed 'arotrit INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 69. The Prepositions as 'im and "n« 'et with Pronominal Suffixes. 'ay 'immi with me may ?|Sir 'immakä with you (m. s.) osay ■qay 'immäk with you (f. s.) pay iau 'immo with him de» nay 'immäh with her jay 'immanu with us 'immakem with you (m. pi.) 'immaken with you (f. pi.) 'immam with them (m. pi.) 'immdn with them (f. pi.) An equally common variant of the 1st pers. sing, is nay 'immadi, with me; and of nay 'immam: anas; 'immdhem, with them. ■"nx "i/tf with me uns 7//; -itfx TW hä'ir 'äser yäsab säm the city to which he went -> the city which he went thither na# i^n -ity« Tyn hä'ir 'äser hälak sämmäh The resumptive pronoun is optional when -\m refers to the direct object of the verb: the man whom I sent ink ,nn1?© itfs u*sn or simply (and normally) ■•Pin^iy -mx ip'xn the man who I sent him hä'is 'äser säldhti 'ötö lesson 15] In this and previous paragraphs (§§32, 55) we have outlined the more or less normative uses of -rox as a close correspondent of the English relative pronouns. Many instances of "MX are met, however, which do not tally with the simple treatment given here. Most of these uses can be dealt with as they are met if two general tendencies are kept in mind: (1) -re?s tends to take on a compound relative meaning "that which." As such, it may stand as a conjunction at the head of a clause with the force "the fact that..." and further may require the translation value of "since, because," or some other English subordinating conjunction. The exhaustive classification of all these independent pronominal and quasi-conjunctional uses is beyond the scope of an elementary grammar. (2) Because "iws acquires an independent pronominal status ("that which"), it may occasionally be found with a preceding preposition, quite contrary to common usage. Resulting from these tendencies and in regular use as conjunctions are it?*? IV. yd'an 'user because (lit. because of the fact that) 'ahdre 'aser after ~\WK3 ka'aser as, according as, when Finally, although most relative clauses are signalled with "itpx, it is possible to use a clause to modify a preceding noun with no formal mark of the relationship whatever (the term asyndetic is used to describe this): Gen. 15:13 on1? X1? fT&S in a land (which is) not theirs I Sam. 6:9 w| rrn xin rnj?a It was a chance thing (that) happened to us. This type of relative clause in more frequent in poetry than in prose, and more frequent after an indefinite antecedent than a definite one. 71. Vocabulary 15. nouns : ms» miswäh (pi. -at) commandment nix 'or (pi. -im) light hosek darkness TX 'öyeb (pi. -im) enemy verbs : 33D säbab to surround, go around T1X 'a rar to curse 31? 'äzab to abandon 13S 'äbar to cross (a place); to transgress (a commandment) vrv yäras to inherit raw säkah to forget conjunction: ka'äser as, according as, when [65] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Exercises: (a) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. the vessel in which there is water 2. the man whom the king summoned 3. the house in which we found a table 4. the evening in which we ate and drank 5. the people with whom he is sojourning 6. the day during (lit. in) which we fasted 7. the cloud from which fire came forth 8. the year in which many fell in battle 9. the law in which there are blessings and wisdom 10. the heavens in which he created the sun, moon, and stars (b) Translate: .□sn -:sb K'ojn uv -\m ni?»rrnN may i .tr&tfa "wk caaten-nR 'rrft-i iai oVrn 'nn^n «inn nV?3 i .tik onb f8 'a -qaifia tra^n nyri 5 .av topt 11*61 nVj1? -q^fi1? crn^n »qpT b •■ns tin roni mn'1? nian niKBn -nKun ^a mrra nsw;,l? fKj ^ iaao a^a^n 7 .□sn-^s-nK irnrn "vyrrrw tra^n iaao -a iriJn a™ nyairr^y inay 8 .^a/nna a^arrVa-™ mpb-ay) -ryrrriN naj? 9 .an1? dtivn nnx -rax nisn? ins QVC1"1'3^ S1n ^iTP? 10 (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. Light is better than darkness. 2. Have you forgotten the words which I wrote for you in the book? 3. I have transgressed all the laws and all the commandments which you gave to me. 4. The Lord cursed the evil city and all the wicked people who were in it. 5. There are no enemies in this land. 6. The old man gave me good advice, for he knew that I had not done those evil things. [66] LESSON I (5 72. The Construct Chain. There is in BH no preposition having the same range of meaning expressed by English "of." The of-relationship, the genitive case of the classical languages, has its correspondent in the construct chain: N'san ^ip gól hannabY the voice 'of the prophet v"!$7 t?£ mélek lui'ares the king of the land As these examples show, the simple juxtaposition of two nouns serves to mark a modifying relationship. The first noun in such a chain is said to be in the construct state. In more modern terminology, the first noun occurs in a bound form as opposed to the normal or free form (absolute) used elsewhere. The construct or bound form of a noun is frequently different from the absolute. This difference has arisen mainly because of the stress situation involved: the first noun loses its primary stress and becomes proclitic to the second noun. Loss of stress may be complete, as commonly with |3 (note the maqqěp): "|3 ben-hammelek the son of the king but more commonly the first noun retains its stress: 7"$n t?£ melek ha ares the king of the land [67] n INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW More important than stress difference, however, is the change in vocalization found in many words: •f?&7\ -ut ttebar hammelek the word of the king This will be taken up below. Only the final noun in a construct chain may have the definite article. The definiteness of the entire expression depends on the second noun: if it is made definite with the article or is a proper name, the first noun is also definite: K^an bip qol hannahT the voice of the prophet bmmi *7ip qol sdinit'el the voice of Samuel as contrasted with teas bip qöl tiäbi' a voice of a prophet r\bhb ^W) "if! döhär {'äser) lammelek trfo -rinra trüzmör teDäwid a word of the king a psalm of David Either noun of a construct chain may be pluralized. The special forms of the plural construct will be dealt with in Lesson 18. For the present note that HO^ dibre is the construct form of D^~t2i: □'K^in TST ddbar hamwbi'im the word of the prophets jraan 'nrn dibre liannabV the words of the prophet □"'fpaan ,"ia'!T dibre hannabi'im the words of the prophets Any adjective modifying either noun must follow the entire chain. Some ambiguity may occur here, but agreement in number and gender or the general context is usually a sufficient guide. Be sure all of the following examples are clear {TW& and TO are the construct forms of nwH and t™ respectively): inn tcaao the word of the evil prophet or, the evil word of the prophet □'inn (raarr nan the evil words of the prophet □'inn Dwaan 121 the word of the evil prophets aieri t^Nn r\wk the wife of the good man rnian rwrr rrot? the good wife of the man rriDjn irwrr TO the beautiful wives of the man QnD'n OTOKn TO the wives of the handsome men [68] Thus, the nouns of a construct chain will correspond generally to English "the...of the..." or "a ... of a..," In order to express explicitly "a ... of the the preposition "? is used (often with iiptj) with the normal (absolute) form of the noun: lesson 16] The use of two adjectives, one modifying each noun, is avoided. But two adjectives may modify either noun, as in -itjpn) aien -qVan '"ini the words of the good and just king p-Hirm D'aiori -j'jari ,"13'!1 the good and just words of the king The construct chain may be extended to three or more nouns, but examples of four or more are very rare: (raarr]? rwi& the wife of the son of the prophet The same rules for definiteness and adjectival modification apply. Occasionally, and usually with fixed expressions, the first or second noun of a construct chain may be replaced by a longer phrase. The following types are considered anomalous and should not be used in the exercises: p.ftrn wbm the king of heaven and earth (second noun replaced by noun + noun) TjVrarj 1p»#i nai the words and deeds of the king (first noun replaced by noun + noun) "PSjjSj nnntfl the joy of (or in) the harvest (preposition used with second noun; possibly a contamination with the verbal idiom satnC'"h ha to rejoice in) Active participles may be construed with a following object (1) as verbs niinrrns in^ri the one who is (now actually) keeping the law or (2) in a construct relationship as nouns minrr "ini!/ the one who (in general) keeps the law. As indicated, there is frequently a difference in meaning: as a verb, the reference is real and particular; as a noun, general and non-particular. The precise meaning of the construct chain is difficult to define. While a rough translation using "of or the possessive, as in "the king's son," will often suffice, there are many instances where an adjective or prepositional phrase is better: a stone tablet ]3§n rvh the stone tablet tfjj? "in a holy mountain D'd ,l73 a vessel for water The student should keep in mind the fact that in a construct chain the second noun modifies or restricts the first in some way; from this general rule he may proceed to a correct translation as demanded by the context and by [69] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW proper English usage. Slavish adherence to a single translation pattern should be avoided. 73. The Form of the Construct Singular. The construct form of a singular noun (exclusive of feminines in -ah and a few others) may be derived from the absolute by the application of the following rules: (1) Unstressed e and a arc replaced by 3. (2) a in a final closed syllable is replaced by a. (3) e in a final closed syllable usually remains unchanged, but in a small group of words is replaced by a. Below are listed examples of the most frequent noun types: Absolute Construct Ride applied T yad T yad 2 mpa macjdm Dipp msqdm 1 nabV mbY 1 3313 kokab 3313 kokab 2 liekal hekal 2 Os$n mispSt mispat 2 gannab 3M gannab 2 -i:n dabar dabar 1 and 2 m zciqen m zaqcm 1 and 3 (with change) DDt? sopet sopet 3 (without change) lebdb 331? hbah 1 and 2 mclek melek none -IDD seper IDD seper none (the e is stressed) nd'ar 1»3 nd'ar none 74. Vocabulary 16 nouns: J3& 'eben (pi. -im) stone (f.) n daj? (pi. -/hi) fish [The fern, nil (/ago/i is used as a collective term.] "sn Itdst (no. pi.) half d; yam (pi. trnr yammim) sea; note n»jyammah seaward, westward. niS hYh (pi. -or) tablet h3nsb mslaOkuh occupation, work fps 'op (coll., no pi.) birds, fowl 3ira 'eie6 (coll.) grass, herbage ub% selem (pi. -im) image, likeness [70] verbs : other: Exercises: lesson 16] 131» sdbar to break, smash an© scima' to hear; + sn or "? to heed, listen to; -(- Sip1?/a to obey. natc sabai to cease, rest na1? Idmmah Why'.' [Before the gutturalsx ,n , and 2 the form nliS \amah is preferred.] (a) Form the construct singular of the following nouns (all according to rule): 3$ 118 p8 "113J Saa "if -I3T Trt ID arn N03 (9) /naSn n™ tri^ro 'jy&n -wftj a^n-ns -bid; irtn -ij?an -"Bag (in) .Kosn-1?? am oiv ira -|Van ni (n) .rrclKri Vip-^k yaw kv -q^nni ^an ^pb ntfsrj rma (12) ibn nisas aw frta □,at?ni n-ri^Nri ^ip-^k □,yatt* o»n Di*n Tixni nV^a (13) .an1? jnj (e) Write in Hebrew: [72] He crossed the road of the city. Why have you abandoned me to the enemy? Who broke this vessel? He cursed us because we forgot the word of the law. The wicked king took captive the people of Jerusalem. He abandoned me because I sinned against him and did not listen to him. They did not rest until the evening. LESS ON 17 75, The Construct Singular: Minor Types. (a) The two words ax and nit show a suffixed -1 in the construct, with regular reduction of the stem vowel: ^3K 'ab'i, -nx. 'ahi. (b) All nouns of the patterns rra and Dili show a regular contraction in the construct (ayi -> e and awe -* 6): jri bdyit nia mawet constr. rra bet nia mot (c) The construct form of )a is commonly proclitic to the following word as-]3 (with e). A similar form occurs for Dili but is much less frequent. (d) A few nouns outwardly identical to the type ]j?T (constr. zaqan) have an unusual construct form; these include f]ro katep constr. ^ni ketep shoulder tj'v yarek ^¥ yerek thigh (e) Nouns ending in -eh have construct forms in -eh. Other changes are in accordance with the rules given: rew sadeh nana mahaneh constr. nnw sadeh nana mahaneh There are quite a few other apparent exceptions to the basic rules given in [73] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Lesson 16. None of these, however, is frequent enough to represent a type; such individual deviations will be noted in the vocabularies when necessary, 76. The Construct Singular of Feminine Nouns in -ah. After the replacement of the ending -ah by -at, these nouns normally conform to the rules given in the preceding lesson. niffl sanah year nsi? 'escih advice ria^a nuilkalt queen nwan tabu ah produce n'jpn tapillah prayer nana bdrakah blessing n^ai nobelah corpse constr. nllíí šanat Rule I nsi? 'asat Rule 1 na1?» malkat No further change nxwn sobů'at nVan tapillat nana birkat n^aa nibtat Rufe 1 and the Rule of Shcwa (§5)* As above. These last two examples should be clear: the reduction of a to 3 by Rule I would have led to *bsrakat, which, by the Rule of Shewa, becomes birkat. Two types of variations from the norm are common: (1) Most trisyllabic nouns beginning with a closed syllable have pen-ultimately stressed construct forms: nanba milhämah war nnstiía mispähäh family constr. naň^a milhémet nnötiia mišpáhat (2) Sometimes the expected reduction of e or d to a docs not take place. This is by and large unpredictable and will require special note. na-ia barekah ms säräh pond distress constr. nana barěkat rra särat Most feminine nouns ending in -at, -et, -fit, -it, etc., in the absolute are not susceptible to further change in the construct form. Those that are follow the rules. The construct form of new is quite irregular: rra>§ 'éšet. 77. Vocabulary 17. nouns: srp-i rdqť' the firmament (apparently considered as a solid barrier by the cosmographers of Genesis) niffT yahbalah dry ground ax 'ab (pi. -ót) father rtx 'alt (pi. irreg. crnx 'alum) brother * Note the reversion of k to k. This is unusual; one would expect ro")3 without daghesh kite. [74] LESSON 17] |3 ben (pi. irreg. o^a bänim) son naba malkäh (pi. -6t) queen dw seht (pi. -at) name adjectives: risön first (fem, riaii&n riSÖnäh) -lis Sem second (fem. ri'affi srä?t) 'vi^y salisi third (fem. rrm,'?ii> sali.sit) •"Van rSÄfi fourth (fem. rryrn rabi'it) -Vhtin Ijamisi fifth (fem. rrtran hämish) other: ,;b~'?b 'al-pane (prep.) on the surface of, up against ja ken (adv.) thus, so (referring to what has been mentioned) Exercises: (a) Translate: xnarj rra d) ^San t\%% (2) nViijri nanVsri rseí (3) niaxn nana (•)) cram naVa (5) nTtbxri n-rin (e) nVnj" asm nnatř (7) rtcpn b^xn rnias (s) tr-iiaan n#ffi?? (9) x-nn pňri nsni (10) »Bipn-ja (ti) hnn iŤXři na (12) nxírj yiŇn duř hi) Q,a,xn nann (14) (b) Give orally the Hebrew for the following: 1. The rich man's field 2. the father of the king 3. the third battle of the year 4. the youngest ( = small) brother of the prophet 5. the fifth word of the law 6. the blessing of the Lord 7. the wisdom of the king S. the first house of the city 9. the firmament of the heavens 10. the image of God (c) Reading: The Creation [N.B. Genuine BH narrative requires the use of a verb form we shall not study until Lesson 22. The reading selections of Lessons 17 to 22 should therefore be regarded as simply sequences of isolated sentences, related in meaning but not in syntax.] n;n ^rn-ina'i intí nnm pjjtn .pjíjrrnxi n^rrnx □,rf7H xna riiíx-n ova ntos i? .nVJ ktj? rpžth) tfp nix1? xnpT .nixn-nx n-nVg ína .a^árt "-id-"?* .jwxiri m*a □,nl?x [75] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW pa* n-hvn nnfi ~\m o^rj pa ins ypj-jm irian rpna srpn dtivs ntro -atfg oi»a .-at^n Di"a nwa ]? .D^fttf vp"}1? K~jf? .Q?&frj-'?S "row o^ari *npx n^a"1? .irw nipa-vn D:at»n nnn -ton D^arrriN a'rfrx yapi 'ttr-'rori ova .fB-Vs-nKi YT$} atoft-ba-ns «*ia -tr'roD nva-oa .0'»: »nj? d^vi yift d^jVu (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. The house of stone did not fall. 2. The joy of the people is in the law of the Lord . 3. Half of the young men fell in the battle that day. 4. I drank the water from a stone vessel and 1 ate the food which was on a wooden table. 5. I sojourned with the people of that land (for) many years. 6. In the morning he set out toward-the-west. 7. The name of this king is David. * idhi'i wabihu: a designation of the primordial chaos; "formlessness and void" is an acceptable translation for this rather obscure phrase. [76] LESSON 18 78. The Construct Forms of Plural Nouns in -im. In the construct form of nouns having plurals in -tin, this ending is replaced by -e. Vowel reductions take place as usual in accordance with the rules given in §73. Absolute Construct Rules applied yatnun yatne \ bänhn bane 1 □'an hissun %?ri hisse 'ammim 'I? 'amme □'did si'tsim "0TB sftse □TH zetim ••rrr zete trntoa bakörim "1133 baköre D^iaa gabitlim gabftle tr^ai gamalllm "Vna gamalle anai dabärim na-i dibre 1 and rule of a 'änäsim 'anSe 1 and rule of a enpj zaqenim w ziqne 1 and rule of a keimt kale I D-33ta kökäbim kökabe 1 hekällm hekdle 1 D'bbbö »lispäfim mispate 1 trcrrs köhän'tm 'ana kölwne [77] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 18] Dissyllabic nouns with penultimate stress (the general type melek) must be singled out for particular attention. Although all these nouns have a common absolute plural pattern, the construct form cannot be obtained by normal rules: (a) Nouns like rjVa (with e) have a or i in the stem syllable of the plural construct. The correct vowel must be learned with each word. Following is a list of all words of this group that have been introduced to this point. Hereafter the characteristic vowel of each word will be noted in the vocabularies. a-aVa a"1?i> d**1V3 ,5l?a malke nay 'abde 'ms karme 'iV. yolde ■o-n dark§ 'MS 'abne n»J na'are (b) Nouns like "isp (with e) have i (sometimes e): npp anao "190 sipre uaf a^uaiz; 'aatf irtfe tribes "17s) D'TIU, '11?? herds (e) Nouns like iin® (with o) have 0; izrra D,UH£i 'ii-to ws ma1? niann niae; ssmot nia1? libbot niirpa napSot nimn harboi Rule 1 Unpredictable [78] Y~\h rrcnK nis-iK arsot nnk' nimTN nirnK 'orhot □ipa niaipa niaipa tmqdmot nana rtfin| fib"}? birkdt mil? fvil|! nitis iarfdr 1 and rule of a 1 The construct plurals of feminine nouns like nyaa and rtsba take the same vowel as the singular: niyaa but ma^a. 80, Vocabulary 18. nouns: mn 'adam (1) the proper name Adam; (2) a collective term (no pi.) mankind; (3) a singular noun (no pi.) a man ['adam characterizes a man as opposed to what is not human, while "is is man as opposed to woman or child.] 'adamah earth, ground, soil, landed property [sometimes synonymous with 'eres, which retains more of a geographical or political rather than agricultural sense] bjhemah (constr. nana behemat) (pi. -dt) beast, animal, often used collectively rentes (no pi.) a collective term for all creeping things zakar (pi. -im) a male twqebah a female sabbat (pi. irreg. ninaiff) sabbath (f.) adjectives: tim si'ssi sixth (fern. m» sisslt) SabTi seventh (fem. n-yaw sabTtt) 'alter other, another (fem. nnfiK 'aheret; m. pi. anrw 'ahertm, f. pi. niirjN 'aherot) yasar to form, fashion nn-m nana frai nat t t napa naa> yw inn verbs : is; Note: Three words often confused are (1) -n hay, an adjective whose forms are given in §22; "alive, living" (2) n;n hayyah, a noun (pi. -dt), used as a general term for any "living thing or animal." (3) d^n hayyhn, a noun used only in the plural form but with the singular meaning "life, lifetime." Exercises: (a) Translate the following phrases. Make sure that all construct forms are clearly understood. Tim "was (1) f£|n v$2 (2) oyn ,:rx (3) Y»n 'na (4) [79] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW yniStn nisna (5) irriVKn -a1?? (17) noon nai (e) nsn niaa (jg) T»rj ""n-n (7) □--inn 'a-n (19) fiftn nn (s) d'H'asn niana (20) fiftn raba (9) ■roan ••Vas (21) D;&in 'aaia do) □un niaa (22) rnferj nana (11) "ran ypjj (23) ■pftn n;n (12) nsnn niai^n (24) ur'xn «n (13) □'ran "i1?] (25) nnrr ^ait (14) D'aSan "a1 (20) a;n ■an (15) "73-nn -Va {27) mfoin nim1? de) 5j^§g ,?Kl?a (28) (b) Give first the plural of each noun; then use the construct plural form in the given phrase. (1) place, the places of the land (2) camp, the camps of the enemy (3) commandment, the commandments of the Lord (4) river, the rivers of the land (5) prophet, the prophets of that city (6) book, the books of the prophets (7) servant, the servants of the king (8) city, the cities of the land (9) tree, the trees of the garden (10) judge, the judges of the people (11) father, the fathers of the children (12) son, the sons of the elders (c) Reading: The Creation (concluded). nvb ngtj 'rnan tinn Kin ttfnfn .n-rrrnxi miin-m arfty K-ja -s-anrj ai'a jafofo fffl? am jrai d'aDisn-ns-aa n&s iviH ftpx lisri mn rn;ni -rata cnrjKTi cran-Vain rrtirtaaii o»8ja ->™ a-ain-ns dti^s una Ttranri ova Disn-nK -is; .ura^H?3rnsi nanrrho-nK yiftrr n^n-n« n'ribK nira f'tsrg ora .DDK ma naps -©i .d^Sk o^Sa nansna ,nvs nwx nasban-^aa dtivk na© -"vanyn oi»a (.nai^n av Kin ia □■'nbK na© -iirta T^n arn) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. These are the names of the children of the people who came to Jerusalem. 180] lesson 18] 2. He slew the evil sons of the prophet because they had transgressed the laws of the Lord. 3. He gave money to the first woman, but to the other he gave nothing. 4. Have you seen the stars of the heaven which God placed in the firmament? 5. Where are the tablets of stone which the prophet smashed? 6. The Lord is the salvation of all peoples. [81] lesson 19] LESSON J 9 81. The Independent (Subject) Form of the Personal Pronoun. nnx sin ten am 'andki 'at tdh 'att hit hi I I you (m, s.) you (f. s.) he, it (m. s.) she, it (f. s.) we □riN 'attem you (m. pi.) mri»/|ns 'atten, 'attetmah you (f. pi.) nan Ian hem, hemmah they (m. pi.) nxft hennah they (f. pi.) Remarks: Both forms of the 1st pers. sing, pronoun are very frequent, with no clear difference in meaning or range. A rare alternate of the 2nd fern. sing, is attested rm , with final ?. ijnS and idk occur as very rare variants of urns. The 2nd pers. fern. pi. forms are too infrequent to determine preferences; ]T\x is vocalized }riK in some texts. In the Pentateuch the 3rd pers. fern. sing, is spelled sin,, i.e. the masculine form is written but the feminine form is read; the reason for this is obscure, on and nan are both frequent, but show slightly different distributions: art dominates in the Pentateuch, while nan is commoner in Samuel and several of the poetic books. The independent forms of the personal pronoun are used mainly as the subjects of sentences, and mostly of non-verbal sentences: niD 'iK I am good. ifvn I am walking. ktk "'3K lama man. n^a ntt I am in the house. [82] They may be used in a variety of disjunctive ways and may stand before the verb in a verbal sentence to give emphasis to the subject. This emphasis need not be strong; it may be merely that the discourse has had a shift in subject, which would not entail any special emphasis in the English translation. 82. The Interrogative Pronouns. (a) 'a mi who? Not inflected for number or gender. nrn nairrnK pros ^a Who did this thing? n« -a Who are you? m 'D na Whose daughter are you? rpDrrra; rim 'n1? To whom did you give the money? (b) na mah what? Not inflected for number or gender. The form of this word depends on the beginning of the following word, but in a less consistent way than was the case with the definite article or the conjunction ws-. The following simplified rule will cover most instances met: (1) Before nm use na mah. (2) Before n s use na meh. (3) Elsewhere, before non-guttural consonants, use na mah plus the doubling of the first consonant of the following word. Any of these forms may be followed by maqqep. Both t? and na are sometimes followed by a demonstrative pronoun, better left untranslated, as in ry&s nut na What have you done? Kin m 'a Who is he? 83. The Prepositions vk.vs?, nnri and ■nrw with Pronominal Suffixes. These four prepositions, among others, lake a set of pronominal endings quite different from those already studied. 1 c. s. 'elay 'alay 2 m. s. 'eleka 'alekd 2f. s. 'eldyik 'aldyik 3 m. s. t " 'eldw 'dldw 3f. s. 'elehd 'dleha 1 c. pi. 'elenu 'alenu 2 m. pi. 'alekem 'alekem 2 f. pi. 'aleken 'aleken 3 m. pi. DO"1™ 'alehem 'alehem 3 f. pi. 'alehen larn oan verbs : "to other ftianx nnx Exercises: (a) Translate: nTi)r! ffoVn unix (t) nabtoiT ofti> orisn (2) psis nnx nab (3) nbax nx rtai nnto fix na (4) onri annin-nx ana ^x (5) ntn D»n ■qina rvra jnxn (6) (b) Give orally the Hebrew for the following: 1. What is the name of this man ? 2. Who is the son of the rich woman? 3. What did he do on the sixth day? 4. What did he call the dry ground? [84] nanxna a'rftx -ix;-nB (7) nap: 'ai -iaj -a (8) naairj ar-na (9) oftax orn □,as urrix (to) x'-aarrVx D-'Xip onn (n) 5. What did you do yesterday? 6. Did you see him yesterday? (c) Translate: .B'Mxnftaa Dan rrn xin -riaan bipftx nnyan lUBto (1) .ntn Dipaa nam nox tm Tami na; (2) .O'tftx mnft won -a arm □1iMxn O'nnx (3) .ivnic "irj3n ^ai npTan -itoaa iftix (4) .ain nrft n;n ^ aftr? ntoan '■sn-nx nna xb nab (5) .nnnxn takrrnx na& n»x (e) ftianx -prj^ -itox nbftn nftan-nx law 'a (7) .oftnan tpfmfg nia-Vs -ftjn ito if'x Ttpn narr rftft (a) .niton ato£a nanart nftax (0) ftianx airtos itoN r.axban na (10) ■N-33n -'n -a:-1?? aw iato; (11) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. God made woman from the rib of the man. 2. Who are the enemies of this people? 3. These are the words concerning the life of the great king. 4. He made the fish of the seas and the birds of the heavens. 5. In whose image (lit. in the image of whom) did God fashion man? 6-. What did he place in the firmament of the heavens on the fourth day? (e) Reading: In the Garden of Eden i.rma -in) rrn xb D-rxbi niton n»nft:fti a'Bton niBVi nananfta1? niato mxn nip I Y I *-"" t t ttti Vt ■ * - t; - - t - i ; t-;- t: ttt tIt ,|ia t^xn-nx ntfxri nmn -.nmb aixn-ia npb ntox ybsn-nx ar/Vx mn-1 nja t/rurj bip-Vx nwxn nsato .D'nbx nm1' nm» niyx nitorj n^rj-baa sans n;n torun -nx Dixn-Di bax .yvn norm aiu ,a nnxn 'a nbax ]sn mna ntox y»n $ lEinan-bx mn1 iax .nftx tfnan nax niyx-ba-nx ft rinax .D'riVg mnft rixan ixpn "a jsn-ja naixm n-rxn war .niton n^nftaai nanan-baa Notes to Reading: 1. "suitable for him" 2. V ... nja in the sense "to build or make something into something else" 3. "crafty, shrewd" 4. Note the frequent partitive use of ]0: "some of the fruit" [85] lesson 20] LESSON 20 85. The Noun with Pronominal Suffixes. Pronominal possession, such as "my book," "his king," etc., is indicated in Hebrew by suffixation of the pronominal element. The forms of the pronoun attached to the singular noun are more or less the same as those used with the prepositions already studied. The major difficulty lies, as usual, in the alterations of the nominal stem rather than in the endings. Here is the paradigm of mn (horse), the stem of which remains unchanged throughout: 'did .vži? my horse laóio ?]pw súsakä your (m. s.) horse 0??io "ipio súsčk your (f. s.) horse ]?0to ioio súsô his horse doio pi wo súsäh her horse ]pio susenu our horse susakem your (m. pi.) horse stisaken your (f. pi.) horse susam their (m. p!.) horse susan their (f. pi.) horse Special note should be made of the following points: (1) The 2nd pers. fem. sing, and the 1st pers. com. pi. always have -e-. Recall that the prepositions are mixed in this regard, with a in some cases (bdk, lak, 'immak) and e in others (mimmek). (2) The a of ?]OiD susaka should be thought of as properly part of the suffix (sits + ska) and not part of the noun stem. On the contrary, the a of 03D1D susakem and ]doto susaken should be taken as part of the noun stem (sftsa + kern). The reason for this apparently arbitrary distinction will become clear below. Let us next look at these same suffixes on a noun like im: [86] rrm dahmi dabärakä dabárěk dabäró dahäräh dabäréim daburkem dabarken doháram dabärän ""1?! The shift of the stress from the noun stem to the suffix has produced the same kind of reduction we encountered in the plural and construct forms, namely, a and e in propretonic (two before the main stress) open syllables are replaced by a. The 2nd pers. forms are the only ones that require comment. As suggested above, the a of -aka is taken as part of the suffix; this leaves the final stem syllable open (da-ba-ra-ka), and the noun stem before this suffix will accordingly have in most cases the same form as the 1st pers. sing. The endings of the 2nd pers. pi., however, are -kern and -ken (without a); the final syllable of the noun stem is closed (da-bar-kem) and the vowel, if possible, is shortened. The noun stem before these two suffixes is most often identical to the construct form. To understand the stem changes, then, the suffixes must be considered as of two kinds: (1) those beginning with a consonant, often called "heavy" (-kem and -ken), and (2) those beginning with a vowel (all the rest), often called "light." Feminine nouns in -ah have -at before the light suffixes and -at before the heavy suffixes: tôräti my law etc. uŕnin tôräténú T]rnin tôrätakä tôratkem -irnin tóratěk prnin tôratken irnin tôrälô □rnin tôrätäm nnnin tôrätäh irnin tôrätän Nouns with penultimate stress, like melek and nd'ar, and certain other irregular types will be treated separately in later lessons. The following table includes most of the remaining common types of singular nouns illustrated with light and heavy suffixes. Be sure that the phonetic changes noted in the comments are clear. Sing. Abs. w. suŕľ. 1 s. 1. Monosyllabic nouns: t yäd *t yädí DV 'am ,b» 'amml □s 'ěm 1í3N 'immí Til Sir Tíŕ Stri w. suff. 2 pi. ddt vediem Comments Irregular; we expect yadkem. ddkjv 'ammakem Cf. pi. stem in 'ammim. DD3K 'imnwkem Cf. pi. stem in immot. □DTtií širákem [87] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW ttf»8 7s H$r>K 'in D3BPK Isakem TS "ir '?/•? B3TS "irakem Sip qöl qöli o?Sip qölakem or yarn yömi oaar yömakem win röC)s rö(')§i □ 3B8i rö(')sakem mo SÜS "DID SUSI B3D1D süsakem 2. Nouns with -dyi- and -awe-: bdyit bet! beiakem Note -dyi- -»-e-. mawet -rria möti tnrria V t mötakem Note -awe' -> -6-. 3. Dissyllabic louns: una"] raküs rakiisi D3Iih3"! raküsakem aiSn hälöm ■triSn liälömi hülöimkem däbär dabäri nsna-i dabarkem Propretonic reduction. m zäqen zaqeni zaqankem Propretonic reduction. H"33 näbt '^aa nabi'i nabi'äkem Propr. red.; a after gutt. Dipfi rnäqöm ■"»ipn inaqömi asaipa maqömakem Propr. red. kökäb '3313 kökäbl a??3i3 kökabkem ÜS1PD mispät milpal'i nausea mispaikem 3:k 'öyeb 'Tit 'öyahi 'öyibkem p"15 saddiq WIS saddiqi d?P"1? saddiqakem 4. Feminine nouns in ■äh: rati sänäh ■™ sandti saiiatkem Propretonic reduction. nss 'esdh TIS» 'äsäti 'äsatkem Propretonic reduction. rnin töräh irnTin törätt aarnin töratkem rtra bmäli binäll bmatkem npn liuqqäh luiqqäti Imqqatkem n»3J gib'äh gib'äti gib'atkem 'ädämäh 'admätl apna-rs 'admatkem Propretonic reduc- tion and Rule of Shewa. rma T T I baräkäh TO-ia birkäti asro-n birkatkem Propretonic reduc- tion and Rule of Shewa. mias 'äbödäh 'äbödäti 03rnias 'äbödatkem nSpn tapilläh -nSpri tapUIäti asnSpn tapülatkem [88] LESSON 20] The suffixes attached to the plural noun have the forms given in the preceding lesson for sn and Ss. When a noun plural ends in -&», these suffixes replace the plural ending. They should thus be thought of as a fusion of the plural ending and the pronominal element: 'DID süsay my horses etc. irpio süsenü sitseka DS-DID süsekem siisdyik süseken VOID t rPDiD T süsäw btdid süsehem stts?hä susehen dabäray dabärem'i t5i dabürekä dibrekem dabäräyik dibreken dabärdw dibrehem dabärehä dibrelien Note the stress difference when the endings of the 2nd pers. and 3rd pers. pi. are added. Here a noun with two changeable vowels will undergo the double reduction met in the plural construct form. Nouns with plurals in -6t add these same suffixes, but directly to the plural ending without replacement. my laws etc. 'nmn Tpnnin ■^rvhin vnnin rrni-iin torotay törötekä törötäyik törötäw törötehä wninin törötenü üs-rvhin lörötekem p-rvhin täröteken orrrirrin törötehem jrpnrnn lörölehen irrtis-is birkötenü birkötekem etc. 'nisna birkotay ^■•nis'ia birkotekd etc. The suffix -eliem is occasionally replaced by -dm, as in aniaK for BtfTriaK. their fathers. A complete list of noun types, under which all nouns used in this book are classified, will be found in Appendix A. When in doubt about the behavior of a noun stem before the pronominal suffixes the reader should locate the noun in the glossary and refer to the number indicated for the reference list. The following selection of the most frequent plural types should prove adequate for most purposes: abs. pi. Q"Q1 ddmim tyyi bänim D'a; yämim era sdnim w. suff. 1 s. w. suff. 2 m. pi. ^a ddmay bänay yätnay sänay oa-ni d3,3a aa1!^ damekem banekem yamekem sanekem blood sons days years [SP] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 20] našim *|3 násekem wives eras 'ammim ■■as 'ammay 'ammékem peoples o^n hissim -sn lússay ap^n hissékem arrows Sirim 'Tli* Stray Sirékem songs coid sttsim '010 súsay sůsěkem horses 'arim ns 'áray 'árékem cities DID baliiin -na bal lay batlékem houses tli-lB cbbanm dabáray apnai. dibrékem words K33 B'tMH 'anašim 'ándšay a?™x 'anšékem men 0"?]?.J zaqěmm zaqěnay □ p^p.T ziqněkem elders nabi'im nabi'ay npwaa nabVékem prophets nil mišpatim mišpaiay mišpafěkem judgements lis d'TK 'óyabim 'óyabay 03,a^Ň 'óyabékem enemies nias banót banótay dd^ija banótěkem daughters niiir tórut Tjnin tórotay □p^jvnin tórótékem laws adjectives : liřirt imldkót malkótay □p'nia^a mulkótčkem queens PíÓ nii?aa gabďót ■riisits gib'otay np-niaaj gib'óiěkem hills verbs : np-i nixa mtswót "nisa miswótay ap-rrisa miswótěkem commandments rrtena barókót •rvta-ia birkótay □plnírna birkótěkem blessings Exercises: Note that -6t plurals have the same stem as the construct plural before all the suffixes, while -im plurals have the construct plural stem only before -kern, -ken, -hem, and -hen. A noun with a pronominal suffix is definite. Therefore (1) a modifying adjective has the definite article: pmr! "'did my strong horse a^aitm TH|*! his good words (2) when it is the direct object of a verb, the preposed 'el is required: ioiD-ns *n*$ri I saw his horse. But when the noun refers to a part of the body 'et is frequently omitted: it n1?® He put forth (lit. sent) his hand. 86. Vocabulary 20. nouns: fin V-n isoa hits the outside; nsin husah and nsirtn hahusah to the outside, outwards; b }'ina mihits la- on the outside of hdyil (pi. a-'Vri) strength; army; wealth. Very frequent in the phrase ^rr "lia? a warrior, fighter mispar number, enumeration; V "ISPP TK (arc) without [90] number, innumerable; from this idiom ispa comes to be used alone in the sense of "numerable," i.e. "few" — e.g. -ispn -vim a few men (lit. men of number) merkdbali (pi. rriarna ) chariot sus (pi. -im) horse paras (constr. unp ; pi. n'izns ) horseman, rider sdba (constr. xas ; pi. -ot) army, host (of soldiers, angels, celestial bodies). Also in the frequent designations of God as niKas niir or niHas tj^k ru"h (pi. -6{) breath, wind, spirit (f.) sur (pi. -im) rock, cliff; fig. support, defence qahal assembly, congregation qir (pi. -at) wall hadas new hazaq strong, firm, hard rakah to ride (a) Translate. Be sure you understand why the stems appear as they do. □pant Tjani a nnapn inapn to ?|ni2a T'niaa n □pnin©: unTO? 12 n'nnna rnna n inia u nVp TjVip i ■'nirrati "nrjai:' ixpp -spp ap^apia rrápia vy\k iiix anaix Danmx a (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. your (m. s.) people, your tree, your birds 2. your (m. pi.) song, your advice, your (small) cattle 3. my places, my camps, my hunger, my commandments 4. my voice, my law, my messengers, my prophet 5. his firmament, his tablet, his throne, his palace 6. his words, his fish (pi.), his camels, his blessings 7. their (f. pi.) enemies, their warriors, their death (c) Translate: .a^atín ppip ispap aniaa ary? ib; .aw "7-n1? "ispa rx (i) .caĚřn nrjri ^"Tn-^a tn (2) [91] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW .■pSn-Vsj iinn tvd op (3) .-36a sin pjn U) .niH3S nm1 di$s ?p§tj sa ,djs (5) .runs-nxi vniarna-ns vpio-nH 7|£|n (6) .mrr1? trmn OTEf-nK ii| (7) .□:a^n xas-Va-nKi D-asian-nKi rj-rrrnKi miix-nx Trfcn (g) .trnn nnn'paa iVp: ni™ "r^n niarVa niap n"?ft (9) .DTjra win ua (10) .□sb on1? n;rj «Vi fjifta pm n;n asnn (u) .Vrjrr nia? ?)Bir mrr r^sVan rbs na» (12) .nnrin His-nK npjrti nVni rtm rnati (13) .mn' 'r»a won "a fpfiK o'-ins (u) .Drcpw-Vy train DTOKrrnN irft^ (15} .nsa-inrr1?!? 3ann Win -rial -a (is) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. He took a rib from the man and from it he made a woman. 2. The song which they sang was pleasant and good. 3. The enemy is too strong for our warriors, 4. They slew the beast and ale (from) its flesh. 5. This is a new song about horsemen, chariots, and war. 6. There is no help for our congregation. 7. The wall of their great city fell. [92] LESSON ^ 1 87. Stative Verbs. In addition to verbs like those already studied there is a much smaller group with e or o in the final stem syllable.of the perfect. The majority of these verbs are stative, i.e. they denote the state of the subject rather than describing an action, and are translated in English mainly by adjectives: 133 kabed he is heavy, was heavy, has become heavy ]p4 zaqen he is old, was old, has become old There are other verbs of the regular a-perfect type which belong to this category on the basis of their meaning and which, to judge from other inflectional forms they exhibit, originally belonged to the stative inflectional category as well, but in the course of time have been assimilated to the dominant a-perfect type because their meaning shifted from a purely stative one to an action, such as anpr qarab he is (was, has become) near; he approached. Then too, there are verbs with perfects in e which are treated as transitive active, with a direct object, such as vss sane he hated. Formally, there are e-verbs in the uncomplicated trititeral class (133 kabed), in the class Ul-AIeph ( K^a male' to be full), and in the class of Hollow Verbs (nn met he died); there are o-verbs in the uncomplicated triliteral class [93] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW and in the hollow class (t»3 bos he was ashamed). The inflection of these verbs is given below in parallel columns to facilitate comparison. The most frequent type, that of kahed, is given in full as a model. The others are given with conjectured forms in parentheses since not all the forms are attested in BH. to be heavy to be afraid káběd NT yäre nras käbadäh yära'äh käbddtä yárétá kábúdt yärei kábádti TINT -T yäreti n2i? käbadü INT yära'ä Drn?? ksbadiem oriNT yaretem kdbadten []riKT yaréten] «133 kábádnň UNŤ yärenfi to die to be able to be ashamed měl yákól boš nná metali nVrr yákatáh rrcna bóšáh mátla yákóltá !niP3 bóšto] [na máti] yäkolt nip bóšt 'Té mát ti T yákóltí 'Bisa bóští inň métíi yákalú Utíj béšů fnria mattem] oriby yakoitem boštem] matten ] yakolten []n©3 hosten] mátnu ydkélnú «tí73 bóšníi Because of their non-action meaning stative verbs rarely appear in a participial form like ana. There is often an adjective associated with each of these verbs, frequently identical in stem form to the 3rd pers. masc. sing, of the perfect, with which it can be easily confused. 13 -inu [94] verb káběd záqěn rä'eb táhěr qärab to be heavy to be old to be hungry to be pure to be near nas JÍŽ -lina adjective káběd záqěn rä'eb tähor qárěb heavy old hungry pure approaching; ai"ipT qarob near lesson 21 j met male qaton to die na met dead to be full tiba mále full to be small jb[7 qäfön, ]Upr qütan small Only in the masc. sing, is there any formal ambiguity. An isolated sentence such as may be translated verbally, "The man grew old (was old, has become old)," or adjectivally, "The man (is) old." But when the subject is feminine or plural, the distinction is clear: nijNn nipj nttř«n n:pj nTONn upj □'tfjNri cnpi (verbal) The woman grew old. (adjectival) The woman is old. (verbal) The men became old. (adjectival) The men are old. There is no ambiguity, of course, when the verbal and adjectival stems are different in form. Both verbs and adjectives may, because of their meaning, be construed with IB in a comparative sense: »a§0 tt^Nn nas The man became more important than I. Stative verbs from geminate roots (cf. §68) are inflected as follows in the third person: □ri nan tarn tdmmah laň támmtt to be complete, finished The remainder of the inflection is like that of aao. 88. The Nouns as. ns and ns. These three nouns are similar in having in the construct singular and before suffixes. Note also the variant form of the suffixes: mouth abs. as 'ab father n« 'ölt brother peh constr. "as 'übt 'ni? 'älu '? P' "?N 'ábi -riN 'älu "3 pí 'ábiká 'ähikä t# piká T3« äbik TfJN 'ältik TS pík in-aN 'äbihii j 'áhihů \ 1TÉI pihi't TOR 'ähiw I rm ?'ůk 'ähiw \ vé piw T3N t * t 'ábiliň 'äliiliä TS piha W3N 'ábinft 'äluiui a1! pinü [95] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 'äbikem 'abíken 'äbihem 'ablheii DS'ris 'ähikem ]^nK 'aiůken □rrrw 'alßhem jrrrw 'ähihen Dil"? plkem piken pihem p'ihen The plural forms of ntt are noteworthy: abs. constr. D-ris 'alum 'ähe 89. Vocabulary 21 nouns 713 t Dl nras verbs: 133 NVn W3 iaS 7! "in nin proper names : Exercises: rp- "73řJ nin tjk 'ahay irftit 'ahěnú 'ahekä □D-riří 'stukem 'aháyik ID/riK 'áliéken vnx 'eháw 'ahěhem n-$8 'ahělm 'ůliShen peh side> (fig) force ft-) rfóm (pi. -im) blood kabod glory, honor, wealth m'mhah (pi. ninia) offering káběd to be heavy, important, serious; adj. laa káběd. mále to be full, filled, fulfilled. No preposition is required in Hebrew: íífl nKVa The earth was filled with wickedness. Adj. sVa male', full. měr to die; adj. na met dead tóš to be ashamed (no corresponding adj.) Samar to watch, keep, observe 'ubad to serve, work; till (the ground) háráh to become angry, used impersonally with h: Tiřió nnn The man became angry. ra'ah to tend (flocks), to shepherd (+ dir. obj. or + 3); to graze; nan ro'eh a shepherd Qayin Cain Hébel Abel Hawwah Eve (a) Translate and identify each of the following sentences as verbal or nonverbal. Which are ambiguous? [96] (b) Translate: na v3k (i) Di řtba "Varj (2) mn1 -1133 "rovin tóa (3) cr™n ina (4) nna n^řtrt (5) 35nrj 133 (g) l^ai 'pa (1) wax -pa (2) TJ'B "ipi (3) I'ris nai *dv (4) (c) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. the law of our fathers 2. the year of the death of our brother 3. The sky is full of clouds. 4. The field was full of chariots and horsemen. 5. The new vessel is full of water. 6. They were ashamed. 7. The heavens are in his hand. lesson 21 ] UKŮn "5 uiiíá (7) trna o^axn (b) 'i|a pAu nipp (g) d^i inbn d'arj (10) nnati? Iis1?» (11) Fi-ias im -p3 (5) rns-Ds; (6) tin rpna (7) irás m (b) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. They served the just king many years. 2. The shepherd became angry because the men had killed his brother. 3. We have observed the law which you gave to our fathers and we have not transgressed the commandments which are therein. 4. The man's hand was full of blood. 5. The army sat outside the city, and inside the city the people cried out: "We are (as) dead (men)." 6. This matter is too serious for us. (e) Reading: Cain and Abel. -nK-DJ niV -T.p. "M? otrriK ningi rv&vb fa nin niV .nirrnx DiKfi >»t noiKn nsa ?R«an ^ss nsi n;n bani naixn-ns ias tpj r$ "fix Van mhi ■rsn naio Van nma nrrn .iixs nnnbaa xin~Di ^an barn nin^ ;nrna .niiEa vnx Van-ns j?p_ nrr .ixa tfjfi nnn .n3io njrn (6 j?p_ nmai .Tj-nH V3n n;tt ^p.-Vx mn1 lax .'Dix ,n« naiffn .^nin; xb nas "IP °nrw ins niiNi ,naiKn-)p -vk 3a1pi?a ^^ns ^ai Vip .n-ws-nn :7!i7l' nas .7|i;n Tj'fis 'a^-ns nnpV iwn naittn i»||a Vina 7,ii» :nini_I?N nas [97] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Notes to the Reading. 1 in a sexual sense 2 "(he) brought" 3 supply "as" 4 "from the first-born of 5 pi. by attraction to 'bt ; the real subject is ^ip . 6 repetition for emphasis: "and as for you, you are cursed (or banned)" 7 "my guilt" LESSON 90, The Imperfect. We come now to the second main inflection of the Hebrew verb, the imperfect. The imperfect, in contrast to the perfect, is primarily a prefixal conjugation, although suffixal elements are also present. sing. yiktöb he will write anan tiklöb she will write ahan liktöb you (m. s.) will write tiktdbi you (f. s.) will write arpx 'ektöb I shall write plural iaro; yikfabü they (m. pi.) will write rmrtori tiktobnäh they (f. pi.) will write laron tiktabü you (m. pi.) will write ruarton tiktobnäh you (f. pi.) will write aroa niktöh we shall write Note that the reduction of the stem vowel from 6 to b is regular before a suffixal element consisting of a vowel. In the plural there is a formal difference in the 3rd pers. pi. (contrast the perfect) between the two genders, but the fem. pi. of the 3rd and 2nd persons are formally the same. We shall see that in the study of the imperfect it is necessary to make A not uncommon variant has the ending -On with or without the reduction of the stem vowel: fWrp" yiktshtm or pnro? riktdbun they will write. [98] [99] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW more subdivisions among the root types than was necessary with the perfect. For example, verbs with 3, s , or * in first root position have forms which diverge considerably from those just given for the sound triliteral verb. Verbs introduced thus far in the vocabularies and inflected exactly like ana are the following: - T I* m.a nia: naiv -lair yizkör yifcröt yišbôr yišmôr to remember to cut to break to observe lab -ray nasi ná.uŤ-' - r I * ana aha' yilköd yiqbos yišbôt yiktôb to capture to gather to cease to write 91. The Meaning of the Imperfect. (a) Future: aha? he will write (b) Habitual or customary action: aha' he writes (as a matter of custom), he used to write (as a matter of custom), or he will write (idem). In this usage tense is not explicit and must be gained from the context in which the verb occurs. (c) Modal: the imperfect must frequently be translated in one of several modally modified ways, using the English equivalents "may, might, would, could, can, should." Precise directions for this translation are virtually impossible to give, since it is conditioned by the entire syntactic structure in which the verb is imbedded (conditional clause, final clause, etc.). The most important of these syntactic patterns will be considered in later lessons. In an isolated sentence the future or habitual translation is more appropriate. With the exception of the future usage, where the action described may be quite specific, the imperfect is otherwise used to described action conceived by the speaker as general, non-specific, habitual, potential, or to some degree probable. It is not entirely accurate, however, to describe such action as incomplete or unfinished, as is often done (hence the name imperfect for the form). The imperfect is negated with sV : aha? t(? he will not write, does not write, was not accustomed to write, wouldn't write etc. In poetry the negative _17K is also found: aha? bs. 92. The Dual. Nouns denoting objects which naturally occur in pairs are frequently used in a dual form, the endings of which are -dyirn, constr. -e. When suffixes are added to the dual, the resulting form is the same as that of the -im plurals: e.g/T my (two) hands. Following is a list of the nouns most often encountered in the dual, with a sampling of suffixed forms. lesson 22] Sing. T [jrtfj] r* II« Ii? nft Dual Abs. D?Ť d?5na tritN tíéú Constr. TJ -bil " i - "ho? "I r "033 '• i - -inj? With Suffixes: *X TX T.X VT, nan<^ »ÍJ3 I^J"! D?,l??'i foot (f.) loins (m. 'rs ipjpf Vfv 'ilK TpítN t\Úm P3TK Tžua TĎja vb33 V3-tpJV2y eye (f.) ear (f.) wing (f.) horn (f.) teeth (f.) (two rows) Also the following expressions of time and measurement: a-iv two days (or) □,?"!? two evenings (a-$) B'ftlB two years (rOT) a'.^¥ noon (not two noons) □?siat? two weeks (Biaip) Q?hax two cubits (nas) o"hvn twice (av$ once) Adjectives modifying the dual are found in the plural: nipm a;X (two) strong hands (rem. T is feminine) 93. Vocabulary 22, nouns: ]rk r* ayvrs verbs: nap adverbs : n?i>»s Exercise: (a) Translate: 'ózen (du.o:|T8 ; pi. -ôx) ear (f.) régel (du. D?'?!'! I pi. -im) foot (f.); note the phrase ,,?5"ia "belonging to, in the following of" qéber (pi. -im) grave, sepulchre 'úyin (du. dú-s ; pi. -of) eye; spring, well (f.) sohôráyim (du. only) noon misráyim Egypt; na^sa misrdymah to Egypt. qäbar (imperf. lap?) to bury mdkar (imperf."lap* ) to sell éärap (imperf. «pijr) to burn däraš (imperf. Jh"P) to inquire, seek, require pa'ämáyim twice ins tin lari« nap' □nk nriaan iaaa no? cms ii) (2) (2) (4) (5) tin ""latz/n (6) ink naan (7) wňK nna w-pn (8) la^K 'anan (9) nrik f]*iíp; do) [700] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. My (two) ears have heard. 2. Your (m. s.) (two) eyes have seen. 3. He put forth ( = sent) his (two) hands. 4. Her (two) eyes are beautiful. 5. I placed them under my (two) feet. 6. The people who belong to him (lit. are in his feet) are standing. (c) Translate: .•n^r: vrnsaai ^"n vaK 'nVx-rix •o ■qVan-nv mrr n;n 0) .tj;1? fmn tfxa nsnn nfflxrrnx wfej (2) .nap.sD q'Yf n o^imxh -va jupn on'nx-rix naa? (3) .mrr- rra rniay. nsx'ja-^a-nx vrm nizw (4) .sin naim or nti>s? nm -ii?x: rox'w-Vaa naum xmn oi»a (5) .Kin WMir) nix «s «n in^73 mn'-nK Eh-rx (6) .-a;« Ta ^nx maarin (7) .?rr)x rox'pa-na (s) *njp ^nj n^a-^-nKi ^art rr-a-nKi mn' rva-rtR rips Wife (9) .nax'jana mrr nafe ia '3 nafe firjjg xirsn Eji4 (10) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. He will break them like a vessel. 2. I shall remember your (m. s.) commandments all the days of my life. 3. They will bury their father in the grave of his fathers. 4. What do my brothers require of ( = from) me? 5. The evil sons did not (customarily) remember the words of their old father. 6. Will our enemies capture the city and its people? [102] LESSON 23 94. Imperfect in a. Stative verbs of the types naa and ]bpr, as well as all verbs with a guttural consonant in second or third root position, have a instead of 0 in the stem of the imperfect. yikbad »am? yisma ID a? yihhar ■nan tikbad ynfen tisma' -inan tihhar Taan tikbad sraferi tisma' -man tibhar '"laan tikbadi lisma'i "inan tibhüri laas 'ekbad antra 'esma' inas 'ebhar "33? yikbadii isner yisma ü nrjzp yibharit rnaan tikbddncth tisma'ncth n^nan tibhärnah naan likbadii tisma'it nnan tibhäni rrJiaan tikbddntlh ruyöfen tisma näh nrifan tibhärnah laaa nikbad safe? nisma' inai nibhar A small group or verbs, exactly like ana in the perfect, and which are neither stative nor with guttural root consonants, are nevertheless inflected with a in the imperfect. The most important of these are: sdkab aafe? yiskab to lie down lamad -raV' yihnad to learn rdkab aaT virkab to ride 33b id1? 33t [103] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 95. Verbs Ill-Aleph: the Imperfect. As in the perfect, the quiescence of « at the end of a syllable has led to the lengthening of the stem vowel: yiqra WTjT yiqrg'u N-jpri liqra fUN^n tiqre(')nali KTj?n liqra' W>pri tiqra'u •'inpn liqra'i njN^.pn iiqre(')ndh 96. The Nouns |a and our. These two nouns are similar in the singular before suffixes in that the stem vowel is reduced to a: ^3 bam «Sa banenii -m samt samforii w binkci binkem] simkä simkem to banek binken] IS* samek [ja as* simken] iia band [naa hanäm] S3II1Ö dbb Surnäm 7s33 banah banän] sainäh Sarnau] Remember that the plural of ]3 is d-33 and that of Dtf is niaio. There is no irregularity in these plural forms before the pronominal suffixes. 97. Vocabulary 23. nouns: tran n3l» 3311* nua naiz; dil>b verbs : adverbs: rakus moveable property kana'ani Canaanite (adj. or noun) mizbe"h (constr. naja ; pi. -6t) altar qedem east; b ai.pa on the east of sakab (agar.) to lie down bauih (nor) to trust, rely goo/ ("?K£) to redeem s'mia/; (nair1) to rejoice 'dz then, at that time missdm = |B + Q| from there, thence 'o«a/j whither? to vvhat place? me'dyin from where? whence? Proper Names in the Reading: ana« 'Abram an alternate form of arnaN 'Abraham antra IW 'Ur Kasdim Ur of the Chaldaeans, a city in southern Mesopotamia m_n Terah the father of Abraham [104] lesson 23] prn //ärä/i (1) a son of Terah (2) a city in northern Mesopotamia nto Surety an alternate form of rr\w Sarah, the wife of Abraham üi1? Löf Abram's nephew |V53 Kana'an Canaan, a designation of the area later comprising Palestine and Phoenicia. D3t* Sakem Shechem, a city about 40 m. north of Jerusalem •jK-n-a Bei-el Bethel, a city about 15 m. north of Jerusalem Exercises: (a) Translate: *jj8 n'ron niA d) isnpn 'a-^s (2) in-'niaa'pi jrnaV on1? a^an nasSan hepx (3) d^ott ni:a nan ton na1? (4) ^"pjia an1? mnrr (5) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: ?p6 naiai ^a nuax Kb (6) 'Xk -tb 'nk ^ttr "a (7) "ia nxa pÄa (s) 'an -nua tsj1? oipa (9) T?n do) 1. our sons and our daughters 2. our little brother 3. our names 4. our father and our brother (c) Translate: 5. our army and our horsemen 6. our congregation and our people 7. our blood 8. our offering; our offerings ,lJFiH 13bs nyw? -3 ?]3 nos-Va ^Bi!;, (1) .nparns our d'aiaKn iaa^ (2) .nm1 ai?a riea? im n^xn aiu (3) .nxin pfta af* ir,s_173 du?b ntn s^n aw -raa? (4) nka an n"V"5 P annx Vip-Vx ipjn -ja is?aip; Kb (5) .nin-1 »f ntiir nwrVs-nK Nvih "iftca innto (7) .a-'xxrt -TB nar)s 'a (a) .rrbSpb uawN xVi bra bipa pssni vpbs niiasn ngpn (9) .jrai^1 asa nna« do) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. His enemies will not find him in Egypt. 2. He will create a new heaven (m. pi.) and a new earth. 3. We have seen that his hands are strong and we know that our deliverance is in him. 4. His brothers went in-the-following-of the wicked king. [105] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 5. Our eyes have seen the glory of the Lord. 6. The stars of heaven were without number. 7. The heavens were filled with a great light. (e) Reading: Abraham -nxi i33 onax-riK rnn us; .d-to? lata rnft-ja fin-Jg ^fh\ ri*jfrja onax toufi .bfiax -as nn.ji na Dfi fina ««r =.]»ia rrfift 'ro'y? anas m§ nfe-nsrj iaa-]a -D3i ins wsrja BrV-nKi nernx anax np1? .mrr ft> ibk ntfsa pTn» anax ii>3 anax-Vx •nw JQfea n» KTjiji nam rua Dtp-as .bK-n^a1? m^a ^nnnn afen »03 Notes to the Reading: 1. "to go" 2. The directive -ah may, as here, appear on the first member of a construct chain: "toward the land of Canaan." 3. "your progeny" 4. See §58 5. a x*ipT"to call on the name of [106] LESSON 24 98. The Narrative Sequences. Peculiar to Hebrew among the Semitic languages, the narrative sequences, as we shall call them, involve a complementary use of the two verbal conjugations, the perfect and the imperfect. The translation values given for the perfect (§44) and imperfect (§91) are in no way altered by the following discussion as long as the verb in question does not stand in one of the sequences we shall describe. (a) The Perfect + Imperfect sequence is used mainly for past tense narration and is extremely common throughout the OT. The mark of this sequence is a special form of the conjunction, wa + doubling, joining the verbs in the sequence. Such sequences may continue for dozens of clauses, each of which, if it is a part of the main narrative, begins with the verb in the imperfect with the conjunction prefixed: ...dhTi urxn Bj? The man arose and sought... ... jpjgg 7DV He stood and called... The subject need not be the same in each clause: □3)n rVx wipn Va-nn Vxft aur He sat down near the temple and the people ... abip-Vx untin called to him and he hearkened unto their voice... [107] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW The form of the conjunction is illustrated by arpH wayyiklob and he wrote aroni aroto wattiktôb and she wrote, etc. wä'ekiôh and I wrote lana^i wayyiktabu and they (m.) wrote ruartorn wattiktohndh and they (f.) wrote, etc. ariaai wanniktob and we wrote All past tense narrative in which each verb is temporally or logically consequent upon the preceding verb employs this sequence. The imperfects so used take on the tense value of the perfect and are said to be converted. The "perfect" value of the form wa + imperfect became so commonplace that it may be employed even without a perfect to begin the sequence: □nairj-riN unxri alan (And) The man wrote the words. The conjunction used in the narrative sequences is called the iiw-conversive or the ii>ait'-consecutive, after its function. Because every Hebrew narrative, then, contains a series of clauses beginning with "and" plus a verb, it is obviously impossible to translate literally and have acceptable English. The student should make generous use of subordinating constructions, such as adverbial clauses and participial modifiers, in his English translation, taking care only to preserve the proper logical or temporal sequence of the Hebrew. (b) The Imperfect + Perfect sequence is used with all the meanings of the imperfect, whether future or habitual/durative. The conjunction before the perfect is normal and pointed according to the regular rules given in §46. HO|n-nx iV jmi inx xxa; He will find him and give him the money, np^i -psrrnx nerfp. They will burn the city and take captive the □srrnx people. If the first imperfect is used in the habitual sense, this is carried through the sequence: :"i»Kl k'narrVx Nip? He used to call to the prophet and say. Note that when a negative clause is inserted in the sequence, the verb is no longer first. The verb of the negative clause is then in its normal, non-converted form: vaiff kvi rVx ixnpn o^n They went and called to him but he did not hear. After such an interruption the original sequence may be resumed by reverting to the converted forms. This and other complications will be dealt with below. In the converted perfect the stress is usually shifted to the final syllable in the 1st pers. sing, and the 2nd pers. masc. sing.: "■fiarpi wdkatabti and I shall write rinrp) wakatabtd and you shall write U08] LESSON 24] pointing (vocalization) is unaffected by this shift in stress, which does not take place in all instances, especially the corresponding forms of verbs ll\-AIeph and Ill-He. 99. The Segholates. Nouns with penultimate stress, like tfefc, are collectively called segholates because of the presence of the vowel seghol (c) in one or both syllables. These nouns revert to an original one-syllable stem in the singular when a suffix is added: 'aba malki my king. The vowel of the suffixal form, in this instance a, is the characteristic vowel of the word and also occurs in the construct plural. The four main types of segholate nouns are represented by king Absolute Construct w. suff. pl. Abs./Constr. Pl. w. suff. (a) téf pSa □pp^a D'Pj>a 'aba □rnpVn (b) 1#f •nap. ,_!?P flit? oanap (c) -IP? nap ""!aD ipso "ISO — I ■ oansp (d) (rip OTŤíp "3 (prep.) within hesed (w. suff. npn ; pi. -im) kindness; a proper act midbar (no pi.) wilderness, desert; land for grazing, not necessarily uninhabited, but away from the larger urban centers pdnlm (pi. only) face mar'eh appearance misrt (pi. ansa) Egyptian (adj. or noun); fern, rvnsa miqneh cattle, property Itamor (pi. -im) donkey, he-ass 'aton (pi. -6t) donkey, she-ass (f.) maggepdh (pi. -<5t) stroke, plague, affliction negeb the Negev, the southern part of Palestine; nai|ri toward the Negev 'ahot (pi. abs. not attested) sister kdhen (pi. -im) priest ndgap to strike, plague, afflict lama'an (conj.) so that, in order that (+ the imperfect) ba'abur (prep.) for the sake of, because of 'al-dabar (prep.) for the sake of, because of .-ps"? yina ink napn naSa-nN orgj (i> .an,l?K warnx n^i ayrrnN anVs ^ai (2) .in-a-riK isnuT itnan-riN naS (3) .va'k 'Ta ink i-oai ink inpSi tsn w>p? (4) .nS^rj-Sa aw laaoh ntfKn rra-VK wa (5) .■qna-ra noaai TjVip-VN nyhw (6) nnS nna»i iapy (7) .nnanan la^ian-Ss? aana annsa (8) .t^toD t»rrns aniaoi Vita Vipa iKipn (9) .-K-aa ,-ia*rnx Tpattta nyiitf KVn (to) .irfina □,aiui uShK nait) (11) .iaVs-nK nauJa (12) .unK rrtfy -ibx t|iprrnx ia-)5; (13) .tt> rtSkn (14) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. his book, his books 2. his money, his gold 3. his ear, his foot 4. his way, his ways 5. his enemy, his judges Repeat the preceding with "her" for "his." (c) Translate: .rrva inrrnx nto -a a,Jisa ^firnN mrr 131 (1) .r™ nvi San nvi m'ron-Vs? raV b*ai an1? rroNn na& ansa (2) t t : - t : l t ! \ ■ - tt : - - t - t t t vv r .iparny. Btf lascH njv$n wa (3) .nsTarrVya niparrnx D-anarj inpV (4) .in^K-ns an-att ia napr -ircx aipas Brrpx-nN nag (5) .□Sip-bK "qS&ri vain T)S6rj ■,apI? Vila Vipa uqp;n VB-rirrVK D-tP3Kn wVn (e) ■ibpn Tj:s -11323 tvk ^oiarrnN nV»k (7) 13&2 c'^v '8' 'T3 ink ripe orti na^sa an-fri uyiK? -Ta ink roan Brrnx-nK inpV (9) .an nan • 1 ■ - .ins iaai rsTsn iiian-Sv aai (10) . t ■ t - - t (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. She became angry and smashed all the vessels which were in the house. 2. He went outside the city to the fields and sought his brothers there and he found them near the river. 3. You have not observed the treaty which you made with us. 4. We are fasting that God may hear our words and give (seq. with "hear") us deliverance from the enemy. 5. He will capture the nations with a strong hand and the wise men of the earth will come in order to hear his words. WI] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (e) Reading: Abraham in Egypt :na;t_xa ixa 1bk3 rntob annax ins .tbss yi§a asm la? ^ na^.sa an-iax W^rn ntti rann crNn ntuA nam anssg r\m my_ .m iftKia ftp; rros n ■qarr-.t|7Ki^3 »,|b at?" jsiib n« *ninx o ^-ibn .titir inpbi «r£ .ntf-h i»k nctt anata ansan-bR n'jBX .na^sa ixa ntfRa rnfc nnra p -ij?a? juSt Qn1?*i nine rra-bR nnx BnatBn inpb .nnw "iiasa trVasj niainxi ninsun D^asi aniam nrnaxb nsns STpn annas ntfk nniu nar-bs =nibi: niDaa nsns-nK mn1 «ta] -nxi nno-nxi annax-nx "nbtsn .xti minx rniix nab .,b rrih; nxrna naxb arras .naajin iss uibi ib--iwx-b:>i trfft Kin a*taaa annax nby .ib ntfx-ba .amai ips§ napaa ixa 153 Notes to the Reading: 1. Note the adj. in construct with a specifying noun: "beautiful in appearance." 2. "They will see". Note the beginning of an imperfect sequence. 3. "Say" (imperative) 4. "it will go well for me" 5. Note the use, very frequent in Semitic, of a cognate object, "to strike a striking." It is best to translate: "struck the Pharaoh with great plagues" 6. "and he expelled" [112] LESSON 25 102. The Imperative. The basic stem of the Imperative is always closely related to that of the imperfect and can be deduced from it. imperfect imperative aro1' 332?: saw: yikíôb yiškah yišmď yibhar yiqra aha katôb yyó šdkab s?bu> šama' nna bahar tnp qara The endings of the imperative are the same as those on the second person forms of the imperfect: sing. masc. — fern. 4 plural -ft -näh But when -? and -11 are added to the stem, it is altered as follows: ans katöb aati šdkab saw šama' nna bahar trip, qara' ••ana kitbi •oatí šikbi 'saffl šim'i n na bahůri(\) •■inp qir'l wna kitbů aattf šikbú watí širn'ú rtwa Ďa/wnť(!) lK"ip qir'ú naaŕía katobnáh r 1 i naaĎtf šakábnäh nayów šamá'näh nanfta bahárňäh T t - I iiatrtf) oaré(')Hä/i(!) INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW The suffix -alt occurs frequently on the masc. sing, imperative with no striking modification of meaning. The stem usually appears with o before this suffix: nans kotbah write! (m. s.) but verbs with a-imperfects often have i, as in roan? lie down; nnbti send. The negative of the imperative is (a) *7k + imperfect: for immediate, specific commands, such as "Don't go!" "Don't wait!" etc. (b) Kb -f imperfect: for durative, non-specific: "you shall not do such- and-such (ever)." The particle k3 may follow any imperative form, as in m rsVi; si ,siDEi hi trip t - i t ' t • t tI : It is frequently joined with maqqep, which means that the verb surrenders its primary stress to the particle. The pattern of XI "ibtf with maqqep is k3""iotz7 samor-na tU may also be added to the of the negative imperative: nWn kj-vk do not send! This particle may be translated as "please", "I pray," or the like, but is most often best ignored. 103. Verbs I-guttural: Imperfect and Imperative. The two basic types of imperfect for this class are represented by (a) 75.S imperf. "na. ya'abod imperat. "ras 'abod to serve (•>) p!" pip.; yehezaq pm hazaq to be strong Verbs with o-imperfects have a in the prefixal element (except in 1st pers. sing.); those with a-imperfects have e. The imperfect in each of these main types has developed a secondary vowel after (under) the guttural root consonant. In inflection the Rule of Shew a must apply: thus, expected n&jF ya'amadu becomes na»: ya'amdu (note retention of d), and similarly elsewhere : Tbir ya'amod nair ya'amdu than tďůmod niiasn ta'amodnah ibsn ta'amod HDSn ta'amdd "•TDBn ta'amdi rsj-i&sri ta'amodnah ihvx 'e'emod Ihvz na'amdd pin;, yehezaq ipTT yehezqu plpri tehezaq napjnn tehezdqnah pIDP tehezaq ipjnri tehezqii TIBP tehezqi rijj??nri tehezdqnah 'ehezaq ptni nehezaq The inflection of the imperative offers no special problems: urn lesson 25] 13V. 'abod '"ny 'ibdit ni"T3iJ 'áhódnah pm házaq ym hizqi ipm hizqfi napto hazáqnah There are several verbs where no secondary vowel is present. The inflection, except for the vowel of the preformative, follows the regular pattern of or "ra=>:- E-S- atórr yahšdb he will reckon "linn tehdar you will honor ODír yalúabit they will-reckon The verb Ntín.both I-gutt. and lll-Aleph, combines the features of each type: Ktjrp yehěla WOtT. yeheffi spnn tehělá' naxůrin tehě(ě(')mih spnn teheta isonp /cnef'ii -Norin íe/je,''? nařtónn tehěté(')náh KonN 'e/íěíá' KO^ nehěla 104. The Segholates (cont) The main types of segholates are slightly modified when gutturals occur in the root. (a) Guttural in first position: only the type 1DÓ is affected ; the characteristic vowel is e instead of /': lip lip ■'Tis ^iiv, ,"ny flock 1.T!S 'TIS (b) Guttural in second root position: nsjj -|S| n»l Ér"1»| "is: young man Tins? 0?*l»3 arnsn nsň iKň nttn no pi. attested form Q31«n Note especially the forms before the heavy suffixes and -/ca. (c) Guttural in third root position: snt snt ri3T tm trsni * ti "¥1T 7JST TP OS'S")] □3JHT "131 D'ttat mat 'ID?! D5T13T D31131 [115] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW rnx mrnx nimx way (f.) 105. Vocabulary 25. nouns verbs: rna atti n-jn other: nta-'K irrs sarab (pi. -d/;) distress, trouble [The first vowel is not reduced; constr. nns] n")^ gaberet (pi. not attested) mistress, lady [With suff. Y/raa] 171) 'eder (pi. -&») flock, herd sni zero' (pi. -;m) seed, offspring, progeny, descendants K-r jiflrf (§ 87) to be afraid (of is or "asa or with simple object construction) barah (rOT1) to flee sab to return, go or come back harah to conceive, become pregnant 'e-mizzeh (adv.) from what place? from where? [May also be used adjectivally: -p» nw-K from what city?] -|| pe;i- (conj.) lest, so that not [followed by imperfect] Di"3 kayydm today, this day xa naO particle used after imperatives, cohortatives, and jussives; see §§102, 136. Exercises: (a) Translate: mn'-riK wh^i (i) *iefo Dyrrnx xa yip (2) as-^x "ly-riK naV (3) otf onx nip (4) tjoid-vs vbx -337 (5) anx nna imsn-bx (g) t|iqs-nK aisrrbx (7) onf rns nnaírrnx nav (a) mrr nai-riK ořs m~Vh~t (9) mrr nvaa-nx naví) (10) db; noyp-VH (11) "bx pnxrrnx nan5?© (12) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Where is your sister? 2. Do not sin against the Lord. 3. Do not kill those men. 4. Send me my books. 5. Gather the priests and the prophets. 6. Do not cross over toward the Negev. 7. Sell these vessels. 8. Redeem your servant. 9. Send your maidservants to me. 10. Abandon your sinful ways. lesson 25] (c) Translate: .Tpa'K sjnx !cnrr~]a rrvpn roun ■'bip-bx sawn (1) .aarnaa nai'iiK aniiaiin nb nasn (2) .Dvrni? uašn fnšrrnx niva (3) .Qb D-aurn D-inn DTftKrrnH ,ňiňrn nnňn 337s (4) .rtVŇn D'737? Drrbx ^ňnoKi naV ayrrnx f*f$ ^ .Dibn abrn nsárr aas; (g) .Da^Víí fnrrb ixann xb (7) (d) Write in Hebrew: li I shall abandon my flock and return to the city. 2. They will serve the Lord all the days of their life. 3. I shall ride to the city on my donkey so that 1 may sell this property. 4. Because of you they will kill me and take my possessions for them (selves). 5. His sister is beautiful in appearance. 6. At that time the Canaanite dwelt east of this place up to the desert. 7. He is an old man and has no offspring. 8. I am afraid of you and your men. (e) Reading: Sarah and Hagar nnnoitf narrnx rm nana '.nan npiírt n-nsa nrmsí abi f? rnV vítr arnag nvik ri"7& .nrnn urn HJrrbK ormx «3 '.ninťy \b norx onnas1? n-nxan .nan rirnrj '3 nnxn nuto nnip1? nnn .nnánran rri'ani nrnaa rnto "asa nan n«t njo—'r rnfo nrotf nan qs^sn nax .naiaa «crán fV-Vs nrk kx» mrr ^sVa aim ^xba nb nax .nnňá »31« '■rnaa rnto 'asa nan nnax .robň nx rtafln nxs .^nnx-bx mrr satf t| *ntga£ wpn n-jý nx nwx tan attf-rwj .t):nna|-*?i? ■■■to rn1?; 70s iaa dip Drnax xnp?i ]a annax1? nan nib; .nrnaa n"}&r*?K nan nail .bxsnttr nan Notes to the Reading: 1. Note the series of non-verbal (thus non-consecutive) clauses taking their tense value from the general context. 2. The ft> is superfluous in translation, since it simply reinforces Dnnaxb-It could, however, be retained thus: "...(to act) as a wife for him." 3. -bx n3 is frequently used of a man approaching a woman for sexual intercourse. 4. The definite article frequently appears where the narrator has a specific object in mind even though it has not been previously mentioned. 5. "return" (imperative) [117] LESSON 26 106. The Jussive and Cohortative. The imperfect, with or without slight modifications, may be used in an indirect imperative sense in all persons. For example, nbú] he will send or let him send n"?trn you will send or may you send nba/x I shall send or let me send The third person forms, singular and plural, so used are called jussives. In the verbs we have studied thus far these are identical in form to the imperfect. The first person indirect imperative, called the cohortative, is usually marked with a suffix -äh on the imperfect: nbipx 'eMail I shall send rvbtii niSlah we shall send nnbiĽN 'ešhhäh let me send nrrWa niShliäh let us send Note that the vowel of the imperfect is regularly reduced to a before this suffix. The cohortative form may replace the normal imperfect in a perfect + imperfect narrative sequence with no apparent change in meaning. 107. Sequences involving the Imperatíve, Jussive, and Cohortative. In meaning these three form a single paradigm: jussive = 3rd pers., imperative = 2nd pers., cohortative = 1st person. The sequences involving one are [118] LESSON 26] usually similar to or the same as sequences involving the others. The following three sequences are the most frequently met: (a) Imperative + Imperative. Imperatives may be simply listed one after the other and joined by the required regular form of the conjunction: ..,insi ...nbtih ...vnef hear... and send ... and stand ... Verbs joined in this way may or may not be consequent on one another. (b) Imperative + Perfect. Explicit consecution is expressed by this sequence, which is the analog of the imperfect + perfect narrative sequence: fnDSH rinbuh S?aiP hear ... and (then) send ... and (then) stand ... (c) Imperative Jussive Cohortative + Imperfect Cohortative This important sequence usually has a special translation value, which should be carefully noted. The second clause expresses a purpose or result (Eng. "so that"): n'wKi ,.. s)ai? Hear... so that I may send yni»H] ... aha Write ... so that I may hear xsan ...nabi Let us go ... so that he may find Note that the conjunction wa- has its normal, non-converting form here. 108. Verbs I-Aleph: Imperfect and Related Forms. Verbs l-Aleph fall into two groups in the imperfect: (a) Five verbs regularly have o in the preformative, with quiescence of the K: Vas 'akal baic yd(')ka! to eat "IBS 'dmar "lair yd(')mar to say tax 'dbad natr yo(')bad to perish The other two, nDK (to bake) and naK (to be willing), will be treated under verbs \\\-He. The inflection of the imperfect is otherwise normal: yôkal yókalti "jaxň tôkal rnbžixň tôkáinäb ■?ann tôkal lokalít naKň tôkali rubína tôkálnäh ■jax 'ôkal bax: nôkal Note that only one K is written in the 1st pers. sing. When preceded by uw-conversive the forms inx' ,-i»Nft , and nnxi are replaced by forms with e, with a retraction of the stress: urn INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 7»X"i wayyomer and he said 7Dxni wattomer and she (or you, m. s.) said 7BX3] wannomer and we said But when these stand at the end of a clause, immediately preceding what is said, the regular form with a may be used. Contrast: SJSKf -.rbK 7ax»i And he said to him: "Hear." yaw :7BX7 And he said: "Hear." (b) Other verbs \-Aleph resemble the class of I-guttural verbs, e.g. 7px 'asar ye'esor (or 7bx; ye'sor) to bind but with e in the preformative regardless of the stem vowel. In the inflection the e is replaced by a when the Rule of Shewn is applied. This is in contrast to verbs I-guttural with e: pirr yehezaq iptm yehezqu but 7b*r ye'esor nox< ya'asru A few verbs show conflicting forms due to mixing. Among the most frequently met are mx (to hold), which has imperfect mx? and ttlX? (note the anomalous e), and anx (to love), whose attested forms are amr ye'ehab _ anxn te'ehab _ anxn te'ehab lanxn read tehabu anx anx 'ehab or 'ohab _ All regular verbs 1-Aleph, whether of type (a) or (b), have the same forms in the imperative: 7bx 'esor npx 'isri npx 'isru niTDX 'esornah 7ax 'emor nax "tmri natt 'imrit nnax 'emoniah 109. Vocabulary 26. nouns: 7ii beged (nsa; pi. -im) garment 7U# soar (pi. -ini) gate (of a city or large building); also refers to the space inside the city gate used by officials for public meetings. "TDK 'asir (pi. -im) prisoner verbs : Tax 'abad (7ax<) to perish, be destroyed, die mx 'aha? (irrx') or (inxi) to seize, grasp, take hold of nox 'asar (noxj) to bind, fetter, take prisoner anx 'ahab (anx1*) to love HTj? qara' (imp?) nns pd/aMrsnp?) 710 sagar hip?) Via gddal Cnr) LESSON 26] to tear, rend to open to close to be/become great; to grow up, reach maturity Exercises: (a) Translate: naafex (i) til ".i nW772 (2) 731? (3) rnatW (4) nnafex (s) 7ipi ... nnp (e) -an?]... -xip (7) onD7jfi... nati (8) ony-n ... luafe (9) watpm.., nas (10) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Let us make a treaty. 2. Let him eat the fish. 3. Let us seize their property. 4. Let him smash the tablets of stone. 5. Let us chose a king for ourselves ( = us). 6. May his name become great throughout ( = in) the entire land. 7. May they hear our words and know that we are good men. 8. Let me hear the words which the prophet spoke. (c) Translate: .nairnx D-a-'kn noxi 7*im 7axh :7bn-7 ma-nx an snpr (1) (2) (3) (-!) (5) (fi) (7) (8) .□anx 117m aanx ixsa1-]? rnnn nay anrnai 7,»n 7»fe_nx inno? 7pvaa .no 73X7 nanbnrrVx ink nnVen .rrsinn onk armpbi anx npx .ir^y a.'kn xa ■'a 7,»,7 nyfe-nx nip .tpSx-nxi fl.ax-nx anxn .nyiw? an1? rx "a a'yijnri nax< bip-^K ori»Dfe xb "a arraa-nxi aanx □nbx «1111 xa in av iX'ain 7»x»i .rninrj nixa-nx ornafe x*?i ix^ai •inxn "son-nx ^ nrui 5ft "iPln "srnnx mx (9) .o^wn n,iira i^axh x1? (10) .ufca rifepr miasm •'a T^firr1™ n-jaxi (11) .onnx1? ink oral anm-nx nnx"1 (12) ■ -: t : it : t t - v -: (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. Let us close the gates and remain ( = dwell) in the city until morning. 2. Why did he break the tablets and say that we had sinned against the Lord? [120] [121] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 3. Remember (m. pi.) these words lest you sin. 4. He loved the woman because she was beautiful in appearance. 5. They will tear their garments on that day, for the enemy will bind them and they will go with the other prisoners to another country and dwell there (for) many years. LESSON 27 110. Temporal Clauses and Phrases, Within a narrative sequence temporal modifiers are very frequently placed before the clause they modify and are introduced by waw-conversive -I- a form of the verb rrri. In the past tense narrative this is uniformly Tn wayhl ('TP yshi is the imperfect form of rrn) and in the future (or habitual/durative) narrative it is irrn wahdydh. The temporal clause is then followed by the expected sequential form of the main narrative. Study the following examples carefully (all are to be taken as though imbedded in a narrative): ...T\by») "ipifr -rn and in the morning he sent... .Mp sntii'i nbkn cr"nirt ■nnx th and after these things he heard a voice... ... Kip?i am rtin "iu>K3 tti and when he saw them he cried out... nV^tri onrnrrnN iyaii>n "3 rrrn and whenever you hear these words you ... DrnSTi shall remember... ... □nNS,i ip.3'3 rvrn and in the morning you shall go forth ... Note that either a clause or prepositional phrase may occur in this position. The most frequently met conjunctions are "lira? (when, as), and ,3 (when, whenever). Time words such as or, nw , ns (time) are common with the preposition 3; also ypD (at the end of, after). Rarely a participial clause occurs, requiring the English conjunction "while": ...wdb'i qi2? onaJJ on tpi and while they were standing there 'hey heard... [122] [123] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 111. Feminine Nouns Ending in -et and -at. These behave much like the segholates in the singular before suffixes: rnii "rnaa my mistress (cf. nap) nsn nin my knowledge nwa -nwa my shame (cf. yift ) Also to this group belong those nouns with penultimately stressed construct forms: nnnVa constr. narVpa w. suff. nnn^a, mxbn naN^a "naxSa The noun na has the stem na bin- before the suffixes: Tja my daughter. nra before suffixes appears as"riCT, TjniffS, etc. The attachment of suffixes to the plural stems of these nouns offers no special problems. 112. Nouns of the Type np. It is difficult to formulate rules for this small class of nouns other than to note the replacement of the final long vowel by a consonantal y before the light suffixes in the singular. There is, however, much inconsistency, especially in the formation of the plural. The following sampling of attested forms should enable the student to identify nouns of this class when encountered: 'Va w. suff. na"1?? (pi. vessel HE -ns in? T.ip ins nns fruit DD1"!? i;is MS? affliction i^n ' (pi. a- Vn) sickness -an orán 113. Vocabulary 27. nouns: O'Mp] zaqunbn (pi. only in sing, sense) old age 1K3 ba'er (pi. -or; constr. pi. ninxa) well, pit 'W 'oni (sec §112) affliction verbs: ips puqad(Tpp1) to keep one's promise or commitment toward; to pay attention to; to visit; to appoint; to pass in review, muster in rd to be bad (cf. on , § 87; root is inn) nsn ta'ah to wander about lost nba kdlali to be depleted, finished, at an end lesson 27] adverb :|p nn« 'aharé kěn afterwards, after this Note the idiom: ijV-na What is the matter with you? Exercises: (a) Translate: .D;n~ts fiftrrnK nás?] ujrs-roc aroai irás nia nnx th (t) Mam *V rn&x -tons tj^k ■'nay-ns 'ňn1?©! sarj ova nsni (2) .n^fa ďpn -ton Di^nrj-ns naitiyi ij?aa -rn (3) .□ritt -as 'a opriN 'řnaji -írai 'pip-^N watiíri *a n;rn (4) .natin n?an "ina-nx ntn -itráa 'rn (5) .rr^n iPK'pn-nK n^'i n^ip-ns sail* nuto *rn (o) niůn-nK inpbi TjriN irrrŇ notT-js nb vj-iisj-nN n^ni sinrr aiaa rrrn (7) .nrrárt ňaitfi ntri Diparj-Ta nrn.ai sj'^K Nnps -a n;rn (s) niNpnrj "nai?a nans mrr tin 'p ca-rirnK dd'tk iaa.pi Knn rntfa rrrn (9) .V? nnKurt im .inpK'pBa onVs náan ^^ťn ni»a "fti (10) (b) Translate: t3s ^ip (l) inp 'sq (2) iiňarrVa nil? (3) TinpsVa Di' U) Tiipi ■■a1 (5) •řnai naT («) ninpiíň ninaK (7) •'isipn ninx (8) ansnn una-] (a) 'wnn naia (10) (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. When they saw him they called to him. 2. When his life came to an end, they buried him in the grave of his fathers. 3. When you cross the river you will see the land which I am about to give (use participle) to you. 4. Afterward they sent men to Egypt, for there was a famine in the land. 5. On that day you will see him standing before you. 6. When she found the tree she ate some of (lit. from) its fruit. 7. In the evening you shall go out of the city and flee toward the mountain. (d) Reading: Sarah and Hagar (cont.) iia nurnN nrnaN tnp'i 'rapj1? ia nrnaK1? r\~\y nr> .ids newa rnw-nN ipz mrr -]a-nH rnfe nntn -i»k? tjji nnsan -un-|a-ny i^n biv} prts; ttvs ib rnV -ton •nia-nNi rutin naKrrnx mhs nai6 fibtk Dnnas"? nanri] pns? na-D» npsri n^K-^a tan-iaN-1?!! anbK nas'i ^ssnttr iaa laT^a ornaK 'f>»| TKa na'iri in. "tt1? nasn-]a-nK-DJi snt jtjv kijt prisma -a nbipa »a» a-]to t^k naxh ,Sin-d5 tjs7-)! ^a [124] [125] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW iSa -lipxa -rn "laiaa naxn nmm .n:a_nxi "nrrnx nrnax *rf?f^ la-nnx «m bip-nx on^fg vaip '11301 nangrr'ss aat^ni nrnas a1? |m *wx Dn^m Dyari -irarrnx d'riVx n;ri .crd nxa nan xaani nVftri ona-m nrm *m .iax-oy laiaa Notes to the Reading: 1. "drive away" (imperative) 2. "your descendants will be named" 3. "I shall make him into a great nation (goy)" 4. "expelled" 5. "and wept" 6. "fear not!" LESSON 28 114. The infinitive Construct. Each Hebrew verb has two forms to which the name infinitive is given. One of these, the infinitive absolute, functions more as an adverb and will be dealt with in a later lesson. The other, the infinitive construct, corresponds more closely to the traditional view of an infinitive. The form of the infinitive construct is more or less uniform for those verb classes whose imperfects we have studied up to this lesson. The vowel of the first syllable is a (or with gutturals a or e) and that of the second is o. The infinitive is frequently used with pronominal suffixes, before which the stem is variable. Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct 11'. Stiff Sound trilit. ana aha? aha aha 'ana I-guttural IBS TB» tisa HB1? II-guttural -ma -lna1 -irn -ina *"!tl? Ill-guttural s?atti SÍBE7? saw SBE7 'SBtf \-Aleph Vax* ■rax Ul-Aleph xxa xsa? xsa XÍSB ••xsa • 1 t Some inconsistency is found among those verbs which have j-imperfects but which are neither II/IlI-guttural; this includes stativc verbs like "raa and tlie small group represented by aac? aatř. These are poorly attested for the infinitive construct, but they usually follow the pattern given above. Occasionally there is a form with a, such as aaa? (to lie down), but even here, before suffixes, the normal pattern emerges: 'aaiií šokbi. [126] [127] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 115. Some Uses of the Infinitive Construct. The infinitive is by definition a form having both nominal and verbal functions. In the latter role it may have subjects and objects as well as other typically verbal adjuncts. The infinitive, together with its adjuncts, then occupies a nominal function in the total clause. When pronouns form the subject of an infinitive, they are suffixed: 'ana kotbi nana koibenu my writing ;pna kotbaka} , ... oaana kotbakem '■" , ,: your (m. s.) writing :: T ' , ; ?|ana katobka) Pan? kotbaken T|arQ kotbek etc. nan? kotbam iana kotho jana koxban nans kotbah TIT When the infinitive construct stands before a following noun, that noun may be either the subject or object of the infinitive, although the former is more likely: UTKn ah? the man's writing (i.e. act of writing) EhK nn killing a man (or) a man's killing The ambiguity of the second example is grammatical as well as semantic. The infinitive is in construct (hence its name) with its subject, as in the first example, but in the second the word SPN should probably be regarded as an object noun (not construct) when it is the object, especially since it requires ns when made definite: ttPN Jin to kill' a man Br-NrrnN rin to kill the man When pronouns are involved with the infinitive construct, the arrangement of subject and object is a little more complicated, but the following examples should make the situation clear: tf'xrrrtN ■'iin my killing the man ■™ arm lirt the man's killing me nTinrrnx ")m my observing the law ink '"lau? my observing him ■"nk ilBuf his observing me irn aha to write a word nrnrrnx aha to write the word nrnrrnx ?]ana your writing the word As a unit the infinitival phrase may be sentence subject: nTinrrnx rpa» ait; your observing the law is good or it is good that you observe the law [128] LESSON 28] ink ?|«sa-l!J until you find him sbip 'Tvii- Kb I was not able to hear object of a prep.: object of verb: But the most frequent use of the infinitive construct is with the pre-positionsa.a, and1?: (a) With a and a the infinitive is the equivalent of an adverbial (mostly temporal) clause in English: "mrrnx iVBtfa when he heard the word nzb "naya when (or while) I stood before him Both prepositions are common in this usage, but with certain verbs, especially yw and nxn, a is by far the preferred preposition. There are reasons, founded in the aspectual nature of these verbs, which govern this choice, but a catalog of uses would serve no purpose in an elementary grammar of this sort. The infinitive with 3 or 3 is very frequent in the construction treated in §110: ... ornax vnoa TP] and when Abraham heard... ..."bip-nx isOBb n;m and when you hear my voice... (b) With b the inf. construct occurs in a wide variety of complementary and explanatory uses, often with the meaning of purpose, goal, or result: ...saw1? ...ixi They came ... to hear ... ... isbb i*?T Kb They could not capture ... riTOsV mm ^"vlrnx naiffn You shall observe the way of the Lord ... pij by doing (inf. of niiw) righteousness... (1) mn -i- b -f Inf. expresses (a) "to be about to" or (b) "to be compelled to": lip'? iiffn n;n The gate was about to close. (2) bs + noun or pron. f b + Inf. expresses obligation or responsibility: ink ksb1? -xfl tow form, appearance nrroa miSteh banquet nanx 'ahabah love [used as the inf. constr. ofanx] ox 'em (w. suffix ; pi. -dt) mother Prepositions frequently used before the infinitive construct: 7s7 until 'nnx after a when, while Exercises: (a) Translate: nninn-nx ?|-iaip jm^V H) [130] 3 when, as js&b so that, so as to because ra-x-nx ijnna (2) VT3STIX Tjbfin nbirp (3) la'jip-nx t^tm vntfa (4) nna iafnaa (5) toa^rrnx ix-na te) D'nam-ba-nx ahqb (7) •bx Djjsxa (8) vnaTnx ^araa (9) lesson 28] Tim-nx u'i?x fUpt ^ nimb niac ix-ips (11) naa-nx "snpa (12) -t : v ■ :'t : nsfrrnx onap jst (13) nTOrj niana-ni-rbbx ,rb3!? (15) vnis»-riK ins Tiba1? (16) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. when you forget this law 2. while I stood there 3. after we gathered them 4. when they buried him 5. until they bind us 6. after they lie down (c) Translate: 7. not to ride on the horse 8. until you call to us 9. until I break the tablets 10. while he was eating 11. so that he send you to us 12. so that you observe them .XB3ft"'?B attn ibHib ia tnnaa rrm (1) - - - - - t : 7 I TT! r I t t : .-Vipa sra© 'nba1? ?mra snn rp&s nab (2) .irix anrn t?»n-nx ixsaa th (3) .narai Vipn-nx Ms)aoa "g^ (4) ,mn nnbrrnx bag 'inbaj xb (5) .anx xsa1? ftsg xbi -rim "^"nx aiqb «an (e) .bill nntfa ninjn in-aa rbx n'tMxrrnx iDpx nnx nmi (7) .""j xbn mbab miss-nx n"i5t "a nnx ait) (8) nrik ysnn nnx antn ixa xm nx-ia np-i -ixn np? 'a nnx nxn "rata ^jg (9) .nwxb ib .hutx1? p mb*! nnnm mirnx mrr ipsa n*ni (10) t * : i- r :ir: t ztr : tt v f 1 - it: .•qnx bxab prr -a (11) .irahil ■qbSri '-lai-nx dvbe? "?bab bj'Jjns war (12) .nia-i nixsn worn x'aan bips bbb?'? ibin "nnx -rn (13) .nnarrnx nasb nam laft (14) .ftnx inanxs va^a d-,a,a d'atin vn (15) t t -: - : t-: ■ t ! • t - t .n^n-|a nnan "aa-nx aisn i^aa-nx nisxn tnxa tti (16) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. When they killed the prisoners we fled from there and crossed over hither. 2. You have sinned in not loving your father and your mother. 3. They sat in her house until the men opened the gate. 4. We wish to remember both the living and the dead. 5. It is not permitted to eat the flesh of these animals. INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 6. When he saw {use perf.) the dry ground, he rejoiced, for he knew that the waters had ceased from the face of the earth. 7. We were not able to write, nor were we able to read. LESSON 29 118. Verbs I-Nun: Imperfect and Related Forms. The following two verbs are the most typical of this class: Perfect o-imperf. ^ďí fl-imperf. l?d3 Imperfect SO" Imperative Inf. Constr. 570 »03 w. suff. ■ 1 T "jíd3 In the imperfect of both types the nun is assimilated to the second root consonant throughout the inflection, which is otherwise quite regular: be? yippol b&P, tippol vdr tippol ,!?Dn tippali ^SN 'eppdi 1*72? yippalú niVsri tippólnah l^BB tippdlu naVsFi tippólnah vbí nippól Verbs with a-imperfects have a short imperative, inflected as follows: SíQ sa nuo .sa'ah "'SO Si WO S3 U rnsio sanah The infinitive construct of verbs with a-imperfects may be of two different types, both of which occur for most of these verbs: (1) a regular form, like srá iwsoa\ (2) a short form with the suffix -/: n»6 urn [133] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct 3tU ™4 w. suff. - to strike ■ I T - to plant 'riTO to approach Special Remarks: (a) Note that or is not used in the perfect. (b) The forms of NtM (to raise up), which is also Ul-Alcph, are km k& sir nsfr/nKiy V)xw KGU - (c) The verb |;u has an imperfect etc. with e: (d) The verb np.b behaves as though l-Nun in the imperfect etc,: npb np_; nj? nnj? -nnp (e) The doubling of the second root consonant of the imperfect is given up in some verbs when followed by a: ISO' yis'u (they will set out) not nsp; yissa'u Below are the full paradigms of 5?D3 , nim, jna. and npb. Imperfect: set son son SDK wo; won $03 Imperative: vo "VP ™6 siyn t ■ TM npn xiyn Jí1" npn 'Ken !£* n/?« inp; ."us&n njňn njn,?ri won urin inpn njsfn naňn nanpri 8^5 jn: ng| K# "P. 'PR Wti> un inp rtjsfc njň mi The preposition b appears as b before the infinitives with a stressed first syllable unless the infinitive is in construct with a following noun. E.g. wúb rěib myb nnp1? nnV [134] LESSON 29] 119. Vocabulary 29. nouns: D""pj» magurim (pi. only) the place where one sojourns, residence nina katfinet , (pi. -of) tunic mna kuttonei1 Tri «a (4) .nriK unrn a-tfjKn wr'js Tsrj nsnj-nR nip (5) .tTjyi □"SHI D*$ OE? wb3 (6) .'?a 'bx pxa nab nam rVs -a'S-nR nwri 'bK ineaa 'rn (7) .o;a Dnb xlsab nba; xbi ri-ia 'auray ntf/Rrj nnsn (a) .'nsra-rxi naa-nR xsab -nba; xbi biapx sea1? 'nspri (9) .fiarifiri anxyi nirivrpx annaa n;rn do) xtfraa xm p-TO -a ibipa nsptfa nan (11) nnx-nj nnaiii-i x-nn ynkrrbx Dnvpai oab—ie>x-ba-pxi caroi-ns inp (12) .aa'niax "vua -pxa (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. When he approached us, we called to our servants. 2. And he set out and crossed over as far as the river. 3. And he raised his hands heavenward and cried out in a loud voice. 4. Take (f.s.) your sons and go forth (perf.) from this place. 5. We could not bear ( = carry) the affliction which he set upon us. 6. His song is pleasant and his words are good in our ears. 7. And afterward they set out each (= a man) to his land. (e) Reading: Jacob and Rachel nxna na"! -ixp pp: nrrn brni brn nappn dot nxb nbiian 01? .niaa *ny i-n tabbi •naapn *j|3 'brna d-w "saf ?jr>x ia»x :iab-bx nav?) brn-nx aps?: angn .nnx c*'xb nrix "pna T|b nnx 'pin aio :7ab natrj aps?: "iax"'} nnx -'inanxa lannx n'a;a vrsa rn ntix Q'Sf anw brna apjr "issf 'rri nptra iftsjft Dip an "wax-ba-nx ]ab 10x3 ."a; wba 'a 'pipx-px nan :iab"b« .nb-ba rrbx xa xini aps;1? nnx irn nbinan ina nxb-px np'i aiia [136] LESSON 29] hrna R^D •"V n'-¥ ns' na qab-bx nax'i inx nxb '3 npaa apsr nx-j nwxa th ...nTpan 'jab n-i'ssn nnb rx laaipaa :]ab ibx'i vajFrajn nabi ?ja» Tinau ppjpb brnrnx jab jjvj .ninnx o'atp yaw hb» Titan ittfH ^T3*! pxi-px-na inx .brna ninnx B'Stf aaf lab'nx apy? 73S>3 ntoxb Motes to the Reading: 1. "seven" 2. There are three idiomatic uses of a in this selection: a lay to serve someone for a reward or compensation 77PX inanxs because he loved her niiai?? in exchange for the labor 3. The pi. of inx has the sense of "several, a few" 4. "and he prepared" 5. "have you deceived me?" 6. "first-born" hence "eldest" (feminine) [137] LESSON 30] LESSON ^ 120. Verbs I-Yodh: Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive Construct. Just as in the class of verbs 1-Nwi there are two distinct types of verbs \-Yodh depending on the stem vowel of the imperfect: Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Constr. w. suff. e-imperfects: au>? hgt at? ray 'rats dwell a-imperfects: 'tf; jjg* [711??] ]ip? haw?! sleep Verbs with e-imperfects have e in the preformative and have short imperative and infinitive stems. Exactly like aw; are it T> T> riT? *mh bear TT TV Tj niT descend The verb »t belongs to this group, even though it has an ^-imperfect due to the final root guttural: st in? in n»i Wl know The verb ss; has slightly different forms because it is also III-Aleplr. ks; ss? sx nsa tins go forth The wrbi^T} is irregular in also belonging here: $5 $g ^ ^aV go To the second group, represented by -|ur above, belong the verbs Eh? tya1 BT* TT! and the Ul-Aleph verb st nt' st (n)cT nt Titp-i inherit - advise - wake up - dry up fear [Note: the noun hkt (fear) is normally used as the inf. construct for this verb.] The imperatives and inf. constructs of this group are poorly attested in BH but show the same mixture of the two possible types which vve encountered wjth verbs l-Nim. The verb ■?:>? has irregular forms with ft in the preformative of the imperfect: lav ksm etc. In the class of verbs \-Yodh and in those classes to be treated in the following lessons there is frequently a difference in the imperfect form used with waw-conversive, particularly in the 3rd pers. sing. masc. and fern., the 2nd pers. sing, masc, and the 1st pers. pi. In general the accent on these forms is retracted to an open preformative syllable; e in the stem is replaced by e. A similar instance was met with t»n" versus "ittK'l . There are, however, inconsistencies: (a) The change is regular for e-imperfects other than Sa?: ilh^. Tj§ f?h but ss'J Tin) "^ni »|tg TtVih Tljjl ij^ai K231 (b) It is not found with the o-imperfects other than in? : s'T?i VT-^j dut Several verbs have imperfects formed on the analogy of roots l-Nitn: tj; to fashion imperf. "is? (but also, irregularly, *is'?i) ps; to pour ns" to kindle pi?, (but also, irregularly, px?l) Given below are the full paradigms of the most frequent types of the class \-Yodh: at??. xs? sit u?t? atfn irVn «sn inn , vlyn 3m ssn tin tf-rn *au>n 'a1?!* *ssn 'inn th-a [139] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW SIN «ir WW ULÍT1 niacin ^=Vn njsin uteri isVn wrn naašn näsln naiffŤn KS3 Sil tPT3 ag KS -1 "3BÍ ■ i -ks • 1 laiji »V iss ie*"] nj?1? nasi T 1 - 121. Vocabulary 30. nouns : Di1?» pas Vsä adjectives: pinn 3inp K säläm peace, well-being; state of one's health. Note the idiom: V oiVii?1? Viw to inquire about the health of 'emeq (w. suff.fjöS , pi. -im) valley, lowland bä'al (pi. -im) lord, master, owner, husband. Frequent in idioms as "one invested with, endowed with," as niaiVn Vsa a dreamer. Also members (pi.) of a guild or profession, as iVsa D^unan professional horsemen. Also a proper name or epithet of a Canaanite deity, rarely applied to God. ralwq distant, far; pinna at a distance, from afar qäröb near, close (to: vn ) verbs : conjunction: 3Tj? qarab (3"ip?) to be near, draw near; approach ( + vk, V, a) ]tŤ yášěn to sleep Viflii šaal (vniť) to ask, inquire, request (a thing: nit; a person ns."?, ]a) nas 'anah to answer (a person: n8); + a to testify against Dnů térem or Dióa bsfěrem before, not yet. Usually followed by the imperfect, regardless of the tense required in English: astf? Enó before he had lain down, or he not yet having lain down. proper names : Vinte? •jot1 [140] Yišraěl (1) = Jacob; (2) the name of a people Yósěp Joseph Exercises: (a) Translate: naňsa iirm ne a$ ja TjrnVa k3 nVón "o 1st ■wtr-vk Tür1? *?3in kv (1) (2) (3) Í4) (5) (6) lesson 30] ruin pÄrrnK luíTn (7) nTin Tj (8> Darraa iaip (a) npäa ns1?1? Van (10) Tsna iks (11) nnk apntiha (12) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Go forth (m. s.) today. 2. and when we knew 3. She will bear a son. 4. We shall not inherit this land. 5. He will fashion a new vessel. 6. We shall not be afraid of them. 7. and as he went forth 8. Do you know all these things? 9. Let us go down to the Negev. 10. And they went to their country. 11. Let us sit down and eat. 12. And he slept the whole night. (c) Translate: .vn-ibt -ia© jty1: kv .DiVte1? 'i1? VřwV rVs D'tMxn isnp'i .DnŇ -rvösi Dsn xnpa rrrn (1) (2) (3) Gi) (5) ((i) (7) (a) (9) .DiVn aVrri iV^rr ]iy,3 ■wp ,na# o-aVrt ans "ton pain njn aipana tsa pinn .Tsna ofik iato-rVs-mt inp'i Vs^-nx inn /nk Niten "3 'trwy na t-iairi Bftsin vkeh .btjvn mrr 'as nriN ?a je^ni asuw aiVara JPajn n:n-nN »9^ ^ygg-Vjf anp .DiVitf1? ^V TiVto "tons rrts xV naV (10) .Tini-Vs-nsi Tjnk naw1? rsNVa-nx niT jri| 13 ^rrga nsnn anpn xV (11) .'afia Vwtfrrna (12) .niinan prisr vra"i onpa Tsrrnx n.3j? (13) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. Who is the husband of that beautiful woman standing near the gate? 2. They came to the city from afar to inquire after the health of the king. 3. The owner of the field came and told us to go to our (own) house(s). U41] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 4. They set out and traveled many days until they found a large and pleasant valley in which they might dwell in peace. 5. Let us hear his words so that we might know the place from which he has come. (e) Reading: Joseph and His Brothers (1) rrju? ai (5) am 'rrftna (6) ys? -rtbx new;! (7) BMix-ftK Drrisna (s) -i»r^ ]»n (a) n^rmx rtpfrrbs (10) snfi-bx (11) IT-rlH DP (12) naan nab (13) naxbarrnK nitrab iba»i (14) nvnn-nK nitnb nnnn ibsn (15) rtsia ia»~ns nip;1 (is) nntpai bptln a|| (17) o'sahrrbs naan-bK da) na^n 'T^nR ntm (19) naina nwsn sinrii (20) ]Ksnni npana "lontin (21) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Don't pour the water. 2. Why are you crying? 3. You ask and he will answer. 4. before he created the earth 5. They were afraid to approach. 6. Remember the history of your people. 7. His house is close to the city. 8. i slept the whole night. 9. Her husband left her. 10. The place is too far away for us to see. (c) Translate: mm bama a©: Rim nbx -iim? nn nb^n-ns mmb ins nashi 111 niy«n nini (1) .v;n 'zr-ba ink tarn /•ax map msxn -oiKi ■§} rnrja nab :i^Kn imi (2) •n?» rtBK nttfg-baa 71»» mas masb mn- ink j$3 @) ."•aqfc -nk laisn ••83» -rk »ap (4) .«P90 rj|0^ npatfi Dp/aK -man y^-rw oisn nab (5) .ib una 1#K nnaarrnR npb kb '? iai?a (6) LESSON 31 ] ipa on arte? n§"l?V Wn TJ o^tfrrba; iT-nK npa :n^a-bs mm -iaks] (7) iffiJ vfix-nK utk wj xbi ansa fiS-baa ™fi vm a^dem-by it-pr .iaipaa (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. The men of the city rebuked him because he had not heeded the words of the elders. 2. They are evil men because they have shed blood and sinned against the Lord. 3. And he raised his eyes and saw two men standing near the well. 4. And when she heard these words, she fell to the ground and wept. 5. You shall see and you shall know that the Lord is with us. 6. Heaven and earth are full (of) your (m. s.) glory. 7. Eat and drink for in the morning we shall go forth to battle. (e) Reading: Joseph and his Brothers (2) Ipattla a'?n mriK xbn ^er-bK banfe? ibr'h aatpa ama« pra-nK nfonb rrw obn pnVa ink nbeh ,jKxri oiburnki Dibip-nR nxi m t\b .ombx sjpk nb#o nab :.naatf '«a;i pan □-io> pinna ttir ink iRmi inna ank SSKm ^bfi Batfa ank xxn sb -sgs "iqs -mi ink «8*1 ink nannai ob'nnan «? niaibqn bsi :rrm-bK uhn m»H*i ambg anp; .ink abas nsn mn *a wii&ri ninian nnxa n?«? "^3 inbtyn-bN ,tn WQi?n-bR ;arj^ H9#] Dt/^1"n? l?isn BK^*1 mn'marji nnian ink *o-bt£! uaa inana-ns mp'i ink *bn»] Trjs-bs ipr «a ia fx p'-i iVoto ro the Reading: 1. "and he came" 2. npcf with directive -ah 3. "and they threw" 4. Note the asyndetic clause beginning with j*K. [W7] lesson 32] LESSON 32 124. Hollow Verbs (II-Wnw/Yodh): Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive Construct. In the inflection of the perfect (§64) the lexical distinction between verbs U-lVaw and W-Yodh is irrelevant. In the imperfect, however, the stem vowel reflects this distinction and is, indeed, responsible for the classification of the verbs under their respective consonantal types: verbs with H-imperfects are considered W-Waw, and those with /-imperfects as U-Yodh. Neither the waw nor the yodh has a consonantal value in the main inflections of these forms. The two basic types are W-Waw Perfect Op quin ll-Yod/i eke ism Imperfect normal Dip; yäqüm jussive Dp; yüqöm converted aph wayyáqom normal ETiT vašim jussive Dti>; yäsem converted am wayyášem Imperative Inf. Construct Dip qwn Dip qfim DIL? arts sum šint Verbs of the second type are unstable, in that the vowel of the infinitive construct vanes between Ú and ?. Some verbs have ? consistently, such asm* (to.place) while others have either vowel: ft or fft (to pass the night). Because of this vanation they may be listed in the lexicon under either root [148] Note that the jussive and the form used with K'oir-conversive are distinct. Remember that the jussive forms are limited to the 3rd pers. sing. masc. and fern. The distinctive converted form, with retraction of the accent to the preformative syllable, is commonly found only in these same persons, plus the 2nd pers. masc. sing.; otherwise the converted form is the same as the normal imperfect. Imperfect: yäqüm imp; yt'iqfmni vašim isřfj yäsimü Dipri taqům nrůipn tarqumenäh DV?ri tästm 7\rfrm ošiměnůh □ipn täqttm laipri täqümä D'iliFI täsim lö'l&ri tašimů tüqümi nrůipn laqůměnáh täsiirii nyö'top. tašiměnáh DlpK 'äqfim Dip? nčtqíím 'äs'un D'toJ našim Jussive: Dp; ytiqöm Dfe; yäsem opr. tdqöm ttlšěni Converted: □p;i wuyyttqom wayyášem Dp,™ wattňqom oMi wattňšem °m wattaqom wattušem '»iprii wattäqwn't watiášimi (etc.) (etc.) Cohortative naip'K 'ütjümüh 'ästmäh rranpa näqümäh našimah Imperative: Dip qwn D'fe Um qfimi stmí imp qümft IST? šbml map qömnüh IriMw šémnah] Inf. Construct with ■aip qwni šítmi Suffixes nw qümakä šúmaka TW qümek šúmělc (etc.) (etc.) Remarks: 1. Imperfect fern. pi. of the form rnapp, taqomnah (instead of nrdipn) also occur. 2. Several verbs, mainly with gutturals or 7 as the final root consonant, have a instead of o or e in the converted form. E.g. 710; yasftr, but 707 way'yqsar (and he turned aside); nil; yantfit, but rn7 wayyanali (and he rested). The following verbs belonging to these two principal types have occurred thus far in this text: 73 °P. 3B to sojourn to fast to arise awr to return 713; dis; Dip; na Ti- na; to die ay- to set TTiT to sing [149] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW A few verbs occur with 6 as the characteristic vowel of the imperfect and related forms. The following are the most important of these: Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct xa ba normal hit yuhd' X3 bo' Xi3 bo' jussive xi3; yctbo converted Xi3ji wayyabo' ©3 bos aria; yebdS ana bos sha />«>5 ix or hix; ra'ofj nix 'or nix Vir Inflection proceeds as above. The variation between 6 and d in these forms is not grammatically significant. Note that the accent is not retracted in xi3»i 125. Vocabulary 32. nouns: ssá ono rnx verbs: TVS ri 01 Til othersnxnpb nan proper names: nins ns'pis rrnrr [/jo] Aéíu' (w. suff. '»sa) profit, gain, advantage. Note the idiom: Dsfrnn What profit is there? «řrí.s (pi. irreg. Q^o-no) eunuch, officer. 'dílóti (pi. -im) lord, master. Often used in the plural with singular meaning. sY/f (MjfJ) to put, place, set. A synonym of dip. ras (fin;) to run Ms (oia;) to flee ratkip (*)TJ?) to pursue, chase, persecute (object with -nx or nnx) qanith (nap1) to acquire, purchase, buy liqra(')t (prep., with sufT. TixnpV etc.) toward, to meet, against hiniiěli An introductory particle, customarily translated "behold," emphasizing the immediate presence of an object or a fact. In its idiomatic use with nxn it is best omitted from translation: a"X3 BTtřlX npni nxn He saw men coming, (or) He saw that men were coming. But not "He saw, and behold men were coming." par'db the title of the king of Egypt, the Pharaoh pdfipar Potiphar git ad Gilead, a region east of the Jordan River yahůdůh Judah: (1) the fourth son of Jacob, by Leah; (2) the tribe bearing his name; (3) the southern kingdom, as opposed to Israel, the northern kingdom, during the period of the divided monarchy. lesson 32] Dnxva^ yisma'eOlim lshmaelites, a term applied to various little known nomadic groups several times in the OT. Exercises: (a) Translate: .onx ráp »Vi inx Dyn bxwia njrji .Dannx o'sti oa'aT* -a íoiá .lamnp1? ynn a^xn 'S .0» iapr nt?x naparrnx nnpa .a;án ,L?3-nx niii nirn .niya nu>x-7oa nti>; tot -nn .inxnp7 X3 -pán ono nam xnn .nnšnan in» apTji .ibs ,asl7 nnpon-nx ntyj] ."nxnpb X3 wx xnxi B'fttjsa Tři .vaaVa oiaxi Dipxi .npan-ns; nb "řatři apwx .bpnn-bx anp lafra .latron-nx inpV Dnnnx nin (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (e) (7) (B) (it) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Run to the field. 2. They will flee from their houses. 3. Who will inherit his garden? 4. Where will you buy the cattle? 5. Where did you put my money? 6. Did they chase you? 7. The king's official is very rich. 8. There is no advantage in weeping. 9. We left because of the famine. 10. You shall run and find him. 11. We fled when they burned our houses. (c) Translate the following: inx iiánns is n;nn tfjr. ntván 'aian 'aip Din1? lasbn xb ns maa -3 vsá-na xparrVs laňx-nx nirin (s) nnb 'nVš; vb (s) oisb Vmn (7) (1) (2) (3) (4) ob nají (8) inapa inx tiigh (si) iT7J?n_1?x n7!n pin; do) irva-bx ítk d'aiy onsan (n) ' Na í|a'x '3 oia (12) 1V3; xVi nwb ispri (13) db nsu/b fBrj; 'a (11) [151] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. And in the morning his companion arose and went to the city. 2. They will slaughter our cattle and burn our vineyards. 3. It is bad to shed blood. 4. They arose and pursued him, but they could not find him. 5. And now, let us choose a king for ourselves ( = us). 6. Where did you put his cloak? 7. Did you know that this vessel is empty? (e) Reading: Joseph Is Taken to Egypt nybm n$a □"'pxijatp: =nrnx nam urn 'arrrs wi nrr> bonb r\or 'nx m .na^-isa nijb a*?bn oni □'vxsdi?'1? ink rnami lab ,irnx-nx Jin: t> irsa-na nbx1? vnx-Vx n-nrr nas»i .xin wfjx ai»;n ra -nxa ig% nine ono -lEPDiB ins ipji ."nxan vjix n'aa 'rrVsa Notes to the Reading: 1. The omission of -nx here and often in the readings to follow is in accord with the usage found in the text underlying the reading. 2. nrnx a caravan 3. "successful" LESSON 33 126. Geminate Verbs: Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive Construct. No single class of verbs shows as much variety in the formation of the imperfect as that of geminate verbs, i.e. whose second and third root consonants are identical. No one of these verbs occurs frequently enough to offer a complete paradigm; the following tables, therefore, represent a compilation from the available data. On historical grounds, the more original forms of the imperfect system are Perfect o-imperfects aao sabab Imperfect Imperative Inf. Constr. nb sob no sob a-imperfects bp_ qal normal no; yasob jussive atr yasob converted aoh wayyasob normal bp2 yeqal - [ bp qol] jussive bp*, yeqal converted Vpjn wayyeqal In the normal inflection of these forms the original doubling of the final stem consonant shows up before any suffixed vowel. The accent, except in the case of the ending -enali, remains on the stem: abj yasob abn tasob a on tasob iao; yasobbit nripfi tasubbenah la'on tasobbii bp*, yeqal iVfr yeqdllu bpn teqal [r\Tbp_t\ taqallenah] bpT\ teqal ^pT\ teqdllu U52] [153] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 'a&ri idsobb'i nrson usuhhendh -bp_T> leqdlli [rtr^n taqctllenah] 3DK 'mob 303 ndsoh bpK 'Oqal bpz neqal A second type of imperfect, not infrequent, follows the pattern of verbs l-Nun in the formation of the stem, but there are several optional forms in the inflection: 3ET yissob aan tisxdb 30JFI tissdh ^a'Sn lissobbi or '3pn tissabl 3bk 'essob istr yissobhu or 130^ yissahu n:3'on lissobnah i3'6n lissobbu or i3pn ti.mbfi niibn tissobncih 3bi nissob And similarly throughout for "rjr _nV/r/«/ etc. The following further oddities in the inflection of the imperfect are mentioned for reference only: (1) Assimilation to the Hollow Verb inflection is not unknown: thus, e.g., nwr ydsiid, from the root TTO . (2) Inflections like the first given above also have such alternate forms as ibpzyrqalu (with reduction) instead of ibjryeqdliu. E.g. ViPyuzatnii (they will consider) for expected lar ydzonmut. (3) Rarely one encounters forms belonging to the paradigm of still other types, such as ion;, yehemu (they will be warm, root Dan), or n:»B'n tisdnmdh (you will be devastated, root ntw). The imperative and infinitive construct show similar deviations, but the following should be taken as the norm: o-imperfects ci-imperfects Imperative 3D sob ■"fa subbi 130 sobbu ru30 sobnah \ qui qalli qallfi r\ibp_ qulnah Inf. Construe! 3D sob -30 subbi T]30 subbdkd }ap subbek, etc. The fern. sing, imperative also occurs with ultimate stress: "fa gozzi (shear), A-ironm (jubilate). Occasionally the inf. construct appears in the pattern of the regular triliteral verb: tto ssdocj (to devastate), bbvi sslol (to plunder), .mgazdz (to shear). Note the imperfects of an (to be finished): orr or air. in. (to be bad): sry LESSON 33] 127. Vocabulary 33 nouns naika nw'itmuh (no pi.) anything; with negative: nothing f]N 'up (w. siiff.-as ; dual a^s) nose, face, anger. Used as the subject of rnn ; thus ia« nnrj = \b nnn. The object of the anger is expressed by the preposition 3 . verbs: t|it>n hdsak c^rr) to withhold, keep back for oneself yan hdnan (]fr) to favor, be gracious toward Daiff saiUem (QBT or BEr) to be desolated (of places), to be appalled (of persons); act. part. Daitf desolated. ai dam (dt) to be silent, astonished TTO mdcjaij [tnr) to measure other: '"lai? 'ihri (pi. n-nasi; fern. sing. n;")3U) Hebrew, as adj. or noun. ON "zt ki 'im (conj.) unless, except (that); but rather ts V/,- (interrog. adv.) how, in what manner? Also used in exclamations. no1!* 'ckuh idem Exercises: (a) Translate: iai-nN •qb»n-l?Ni ink ]hn d) ia't. rriuh tsjh a»n (2) B:torj-rK ihb Va; 'a (3) rysja -mn st (?-)X 'arba' five nffian hamissdh. Twhrx hameset t»an homes ti>an homes six nw sisSah my® seset Ses wo ses seven nsnti? sib'ah rwaiy sib'at satS seba' l>ai| seba' eight rnau* samdnah mm> samonat rub© samoneh T\pw 'samoneh nine nsiff'n tisdh nswn tis'at $yn tesa' 5$?| tesa' ten rniys ''asdrdh nifs 'aserel "i|>£ 'eser "iitfi> 'eser The absolute forms normally precede the noun, which is in the plural: triM V2§ seven women D'HK nyaii? seven men rvns »a# seven cows Era; nyaai seven days The construct forms are used before the noun, which may be either definite or indefinite: trmx TVňbý three men D'linxrr n^uí the three men [159] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Numbers may occur before collective nouns in the singular: "»i?a nsat? seven (head of) cattle On^ nsaw seven (loaves of) bread a?i nsraitf seven (units of) chariotry 131. Vocabulary 34. nouns: f|? c/e.v (no pi.) end; ppa at the end of (usually + time word) n^j? qaseh (no pi.) end, border, outskirts; "spa at the end of ( + time or place) nnp parah (pi. -nf) cow, heifer nsif «7/3a/j (dual o?n?ip; du. constr. -npto ) lip, edge; language □an /w/v-fflH (pi, -im) a wise person (also used as an adjective) in; ya'dr the Nile (usually with article); river (in general) verbs: [yp_; ^a.y] (vp.") to wake up (not attested in the perfect) Exercises: (a) Translate: maan Dsn (1) D'snnn cranan (2) □niaiz; D^an (3) fito Dian (4) □nn«n Q'VBhJi (s) ainpn nrnn (g) mbyn ,nsan (7) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: □^oari a'issn (b) mox TpNn (9) n'Nnpn D'nasn (10) muan myn (11) map nsfn (12) D"-VQt? nimVn (13) nointfn nnsn (14) 1. six men (birds, vessels, women, maidservants, females) 2. three stones (images, masters) 3. five asses (horses, camels, altars) 4. eight prisoners (Canaanites, Egyptians, offerings) 5. the seven plagues, the seven cattle, the nine loaves of bread (c) Translate: naai m^n w-Nn -^bh (1) 'as nNpn-ns «rr$n nin (2) it?) *b jrin jinan (3) nait>n ov-nN mat (4) u-i-jj-nN n&sa niffs (5) mixa-ntt maun ,1?ip~,7x niwn (g) nan *|0 □pnpN,?Ba ina^n niati? (7) rj'-ip1? ?iaNi nx Kiaa xian (s) aiun nt urxn ns; (9) D?™n ,ai-17a oa'aan "la^-nN inairn ift niait> (10) [160] lesson 34] (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. You shall surely remember these things until the end of your life. 2. We sat down weeping on the bank of the river. 3. When we raised our voice(s), he woke up and came near so that he could hear all that we (were) saying. 4. Are you wiser than we? 5. And at the end of three years he left us and returned to his (own) land. 6. At that time there was one language in all the earth. 7. Why have you withheld your help from me? (e) Reading: Joseph as an Interpreter of Dreams -wn? TH nx nine tr-ip .n;n |p nnp nt?N.p ■njjj 'afto-nx ft nnp siai -Has nsi ifa 'risft^ -axi =inx rx intfl -na'prt nftn :iftx nas'i nP^"17? S"!P;'!! nsYlf nVt^n .ins inp1? oibn 'saitin nmb .nsns DiVitf-rtK ^na?: nmbN :ifaxb nsns-nx nor jsj] .nsiP1? jT?n ntos trn^Krt -icx-ni? s«^h idk^i nsns mbq-ns nqx -np Kin .nan asn "aip saw nisnn ninsn sai&i nan °sa(ff -aii? sai| niaitsn ninsn saii* wpTi tr^so yns-Vaa Vina «sdw ,nixa tr?f »a* nan :nf» D-nVgn i^tj na'in ■imnnN asn ,aip saf Afp/ej to the Reading; 1. iris to interpret 2. ink goes with nns: "one who can interpret it" 3. sawn in the sense of "understand": "You know how to interpret a dream." 4. nasi in the rare sense "grant" 5. "he has told" 6. "satiety, fullness" [161] LESSON 35] LESSON 35 132. Clauses joined with l wa-. One of the most striking features of Hebrew prose syntax is the relative rarity of subordinating conjunctions marking adverbial clauses as such. Instead, one finds almost interminable sequences of clauses connected only by a form of the conjunction wa- (and). A closer inspection of these sequences, however, has shown us that there is a great deal of differentiation in clause function signalled, not by variation of the conjunction, but by a variation of the word order within the clause or by a variation of the verbal form used immediately after the conjunction. Although there is some deviation from the general patterns summarized in the following discussion, the distinctions drawn here and in Lesson 55 should enable the reader to classify and understand the vast majority of sequences he will encounter. There are two main types of clause relationships among those joined only with a form of the conjunction wa-; (1) conjunctive-sequential, in which the second clause is temporally or logically posterior or consequent to the first, and (2) disjunctive, in which the second clause may be in various relations, all non-sequential, with the first. The major device in Hebrew for signalling the difference between conjunctive and disjunctive clauses is the type of word which stands immediately after the ira-: wa- (or wa-) + verb is conjunctive ira- + non-verb is disjunctive. [162] imperfect 4 wa + perfect § 98 above It follows from this definition that all non-verbal clauses (i.e. sentences with adverbial, adjectival, nominal, existential, or participial predicates) are essentially disjunctive when used as such within a narrative. Such clauses can be made part of the main sequential narrative only by being first transformed jnto verbal clauses with a punctual (finite) verb form. Negative clauses in which stands before the verb arc disjunctive by definition. The basic formulas of the conjunctive-sequential relationship are as follows: [Any verb describing an event as a unit and hence capable of being linked sequentially (either anterior or posterior) with other events on the time continuum will be referred to as punctual.] (1) the narrative sequences: (a) punctual past tense: perfect + wa -I- (short) imperfect j (b) punctual future j punctual habitual' (c) non-verbal clause -|- \vs j- perfect (see below) (2) the imperative sequences: (a) imperative + wa -|- perfect ( § 107 above) (b) imperative -(- wa + imperfect (or jussive or cohortative) (§107 above) The many examples of these that have appeared in the exercises and readings should have made them familiar enough by now. A few words are necessary, however, on the sequence denoted as (lc). Because non-verbal clauses, especially those with participial predicates, may refer to the immediate future, a non-verbal clause so used may be continued with a converted perfect, in imitation of the more common type (lb): ink rinpbi n.orbrrnN tjv jru I shall give you the money and you Tprm-bN ink finji Dsns noii nOTi nio vpk sin will take it and give it to your master. We shall come to the city and see the new houses built there. He is a good man and will deal properly with you. Semantic distinctions among disjunctive clauses are difficult to define because of overlapping. The categories given below cover most uses of this construction. (a) Conlraslive: inpjro-Vs outran -\v~m ae*] nbn ETDkn nip nsi He returned the chief butler to his butler-ship, but he hanged the chief baker. (Gen. 40:21) TH^-barn nixnKrrbaa aan ,rn There was famine in all the (other) lands, art? n;rt nnsn but in Egypt there was food. (Gen. 41:54) [163] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (b) Circumstantial, where the disjunctive clause or clauses describe a situation or circumstance contemporary with or prior to the action of ule preceding clause: nwa nsh nam «ftK infef|!3 And a man found him wandering lost in the field, (lit., [while] he [was] wanderino lost...) (Gen. 37:15) lift* fR] inaxVp nibs'? nmarj K'a*] And he came home to do his work, there maa db> man ""ffi&KB being none of the household present (Gen. 39:11) It is difficult to distinguish between circumstantial usage of such clauses and (c) Explanatory or parenthetical use, where disjunctive clauses break into the main narrative to supply information relevant to or necessary for the narrative. For example, in I Sam. 1:9, between the narrative clauses "Hannah arose ... and prayed" we find the explanatory disjunction nnm-7» XDsrr Vs at?' irian 'Van (Now Eli the priest was sitting on the seat iffsa rna s-rti mm Van by the door post of the temple of Yahweh; and she (Hannah) was bitter of spirit) The inserted information characterizes her mood at prayer and also explains how Eli happened to notice her. Likewise, In Gen. 29:16, the conversation between Jacob and Laban is interrupted with the clause ...niaa ,nte jaVVi (Now Laban had two daughters...) to explain the reference to Rachel given in the next clause belonging to the main narrative: "and he (Jacob) said, 'I will serve you seven years for your youngest daughter Rachel.'" These are but two examples selected at random from the hundreds of such instances. (d) Terminative or Initial, indicating either the completion of one episode or the beginning of another. The following examples are taken from the beginnings of several chapters in Genesis; the chapter divisions often correspond to initial disjunctive clauses in the Hebrew: . ..any mn tffnarn Now the serpent was more subtle.. .(3:1) ...nirrnx am Q-ixm Now the man knew Eve ... (4, 1) ...T? nT> Kb anax m& njjn Now Sarah, the wife of Abram, had not borne him a child ... (16:1) ...n»K -iM3 rnsrns ips mn1] Now the Lord attended Sarah as he had said... (21:1) It is interesting to note that a disjunction may be preceded by a temporal clause. In this case the disjunction must be understood as applying before the clause with 'mi: [164] LESSON 35] O'nbsm nb&rt anann inx 'mi Now after these things, God tested BrnaK-nx nsa Abraham (22:1) Because a new episode may always be introduced, like a new paragraph, with no conjunction at all, such as ■nm iai mn nbkn anain -inx After these things the word of the Lord i i i - : t t v " t • t : - -- anax-Vx came to Abram (15:1) we not unexpectedly find a mixing of the two styles: mTr?n ...Vsnfg -n'? "mi In the days of Amraphel they made war... (14:1) A third type of ira-clause, conjunctive but non-sec/uential, will be considered in a later lesson. 133. & andrs. As predicators of existence and non-existence these two words approximate a verbal function in Hebrew, serving almost as tenseless forms of the verb "to be." It is hardly surprising, therefore, that these words are found inflected for number and gender by the addition of pronominal endings, rare in the case of izr, but common with px . sing. PL. sing. pl. 1c -arx 'enenni larx 'enenrtu 2m sjifi yesku aatr yeskem 'enakd oafK 'mskem 2f 'enek 3m last ye'sna laa'X 'eneimti arx 'enam 3f narx 'enennah The rare inflected forms of aft are found almost exclusively after the conjunction DX (if), as in TDft DTO aaur-DK If you act properly ... and may be regarded simply as optional replacements for the simple pronouns, Ton Biffs anx-ax The inflected forms of J"H have a wider range of usage: (a) Negative existential with nominal or pronominal subject: layx he is not (he does not exist) 13PK iVfn The boy is not (here). Note that the inflected form is used regularly after a definite nominal subject. The quoted example is equivalent to i'rn pK. [165] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (b) Negation of sentences with participial predicates (very common): ana harN I am not writing. d'bt arx D'iMXn The men do not know. (c) More rarely px alternates with xb in the negation of sentences with adjectival or adverbial predicates: mia larx iron The man is not in the house, nnho nayx -tor nanan the animal which is not ritually pure 134. Vocabulary 35. nouns: ba'X 'okel (w. suff.-bax ; no pi.) food mny 'erwah (no pi.) shame, nakedness adjectives: paa nabCm intelligent, discerning (cf. na-a) 1? ken honest, true vekus : atr imperf. am; ; perfect not used.To go well, used impersonally withb , as in ■*! ap-^ It will go well with me. asn rci'eb (3»"!") to be hungry rrn hayah (nm;) to live, be alive mp (/c/ra/; (nip;) to meet, encounter, befall. This verb appears also as *npT qara' (xnp1); the forms of the two types are sometimes mixed up. other: pn raq (adv.) only Note on ordinals: eighth -a-ati; ninth ■'iron; tenth -TiPS. Exercises: (a) Translate: .y-ilg 3iJ-in-]S anbrrnx np_ d) .mm pmb nTftrj iapai myrrnx naraa fe) .nkm nsif-bi; anas am d-traxn -atf-nx npsi .nan ispaa nyn ins xnpn pa mrix-ay Tin .mrrh yt| nnni na;iton n'Jr'jrnR x&rn np3 x-m bpvrrrbx n&xn -nbriT. .DbwT3 nt?x jna>n mx xim ink lanm] ink fepmi vnnx lain .Tib dj-x am njrj npprnnx npfsw nab .V73X- □"bnni D-mcsb ap" (8) .nbkn D-nana u'bx nax*i nanan-bx a-pba lanaxi ufik nnp (9) ,'ninx Tjrx -a tt#*f DfX a'oaxn (10) ypnm a'fiiun nnn nwx man pai a^Errbs -iu?x a^arrpa ^pnn-nx am (11) .a;to rw .a^yuh pn msa pnx w-'x pg (12) .DB a'aax pn ,ni33 px (13) [166] lesson 35] (b) Reading: The Famine in Egypt and Canaan sin pap?! a?T*a inx-bs ink nan aprn paa i^x ninp ixt| nnin iiar1 nak'i -it? uarcb ynkb =pnppb ba'ftn mrn nbkn nixan niaiBn a'aim ba'x-ba-nx rtfatj] .ayna p.kn naxh xbi a^sa pnka nrmn nfx ainn niop nam paa px :n,pi'-bx nins nakn r-rairba -a/sai ni?-ip 'rya npin 3p"i ,pfi3 nxn ^Pi-bx nine nax'i ,?|aa bnax 3xp?n pn .-ay-byi 'mp-bs? man nnx .d^sa p-ik-bp-by ^nk Dnb mn ansa pk-baai nisnxn-bpa asn -mi ni3ion a-awn saw -nnx "mi ob :o:nan-bab ninp nax'i anbb ains-bR n»a p»s?i D^sa pTflrba asnni y-ikri-bai fnkn •'ip-ba-bu ma aunni ,*»b opb nax* nBX:_bp-nx ,«]er-bR 'nvV? fari :vaab apy: naxn anxaa Dnb tf! -a ap»: Knn anb niapb nn-nxa ix| .maa rvi mnai atfa iab iap? na» ni ,a^saa anb Brr 'p ^0/« to the Reading: 1. in the sense "choose" 2. "storage supply" 3. Supply "in regard to" before xpan. [167] lesson 36] LESSON 36 135. nan. The word nan, traditionally translated as "behold," is very frequent in Hebrew prose and deserves special attention in translation. The retention of archaic expressions like "behold" even in the RSV merely points up the translators' refusal to come to grips with the meaning and syntactic functions of nan in terms of modern English correspondents. There is, of course, some difficulty in this, but it is hoped that the following discussion will enable the reader to translate this word more accurately. (1) The clearest and most basic use of nan is as a predicator of existence. It differs from tt»; in that it emphasizes the immediacy, the here-and-novv-ness, of the situation. In this usage inflected forms are common: singular plural lc 2m 2f 3m 3f 'aSrj/'an himni {hinnennt) Tjan himwka t\iTt hinnek ian hinnö lapri /uan hinonü {hinnenmt) B3an hinmkem □an hinnmn Examples: ■■aan Here I am. (Answer to question or address) BTKrj nan Here is the man. ?[rrox nan Here is your wife. [168] (2) nan may also be used to add this same nuance to sentences with adverbial, adjectival, or participial predicates. Thus, sentences such as n'33. VK> become n*aa "nan 1 am here (now) in the house. Examples: nnaari nbif Ti,nrt nan Your father-in-law is now on his way up to Timnah. nbn Tpax nan Your father is now ill. rpbx xa ^an nan Your son is now coming to you. ^paab in$n nan The land is here before you. It may also be prefixed to verbal sentences, adding to the vividness or importance of the fact stated: nan ixa a^ax nan Some men have just come here. Most M/mtVi-clauses occur in direct speech (this excludes wahintieh; see below) and serve to introduce a fact upon which a following statement or command is based. It becomes important, therefore, to consider each hinneh-clause together with the type of clause that follows it, i.e. whether they stand in a conjunctive or disjunctive relationship. Among the most frequent conjunctive-sequential types are: (1) hinneh-CLAUSE -r imperative. The absence of Wa- before the imperative marks this as a rather special construction. If desired, the hinneh-clause may be subordinated in English. ...n'j-'TO n,Ta nnrjDii; nan Your handmaid is in your charge; do to her... Or: Since your handmaid is etc. (Gen. 16:6) I have heard that there are rations in Egypt; go down there and ... (Gen. 42:2) naw-ur: ''a "nyae* nan ...natf-rn anxaa The semantic movement from one clause to the other is clear. Sometimes this can be made clear in the English by the subordination suggested; sometime the use of "so" or "therefore" in the second clause is recommended. The imperative may be preceded by nr>s or pibsi: xa ...niabnn baa nan Here comes the dreamer. Come on, now, let's ininnanab nns?i kill him. (Gen. 37:19) nnjj ...BJj&J nrix nan You have grown old. So set a king over us... !..T[bfi,iab-na"'i? (I Sam. 8:5) (2) hinneii-CLAVSE -f converted perfect. This formula is an instance of type (lc) discussed in the previous lesson. tt*m 7|nx Tina nan "ax My covenant is with you and you shall become cna pan ax? father of a throng of nations... (Gen. 17:4) Or: Because my covenant is (will be)... [169] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 'ninai o-sa EPf nan Days are coming when I shall cut off your ^sirns strength ... (I Sam. 2:31) (3) /;m«e/i-clause + disjunctive clause. There are several types of less frequent constructions under this heading, mostly conforming to the uses of the disjunctive relationship treated in the preceding lesson, but slightly modified by the initial hinneh: ...ins 'naia nan Although I have blessed him (i.e. Ishmael), my pmr-ns a-px VPia-nKl covenant will I establish with Isaac . . . (Gen. 17:20^21) Tron n'S] d'ssrii s>sn nan Here are the fire and the wood, but where is the lamb? (Gen. 22:7) ...mob T^in 'pas nan Since I am practically dead, of what use to me rraa ^^na1?, is a birthright? (Gen. 25:32) In a number of instances the use of a future disjunctive clause after hinneh + participle seems to require that the participial clause be rendered in a completed sense: ..'lapíl na 'pas nan When 1 have died, you shall bury me in my 'i-npn grave .. . (Gen. 50:5) .trsa unas nan When we come ..., you shall tie the thread . ■niiipn ...tain mpn-ns (Jos. 2:18) We have already noted the very frequent idiomatic use of nani after nx-jand other verbs of perception, nam may also be used to introduce a circumstantial clause, sometimes without an explicit subject: lay narn ffl'srr1?« sin He came to the man while (he was) standing D'Vnarr1?» by the camels. (Gen. 24:30) nsi narn )Bpn ist? lis There remains yet the youngest, tending the TSia sheep. (I Sam. 16:11) 136. si and sa-nan. The particle sa is frequently attached to imperatives, jussives, and cohortatives. It is traditionally known as a precative particle, translated as "please, I pray" or the like. In actual fact, however, there is little support for this rather vague rendering. The particle seems rather to denote that the command in question is a logical consequence, either of an immediately preceding statement or of the genera! situation in which it is uttered. As a modal particle its occurrence cannot be predicted; when it does occur, however, it would appear to show that the speaker regards his command as consequent upon his former statement or, as we have said, upon the context. It would seem natural therefore to find such a particle used in the clause following a hinneh clause, because [170] LESSON 36] the hinneh clause is precisely the kind of statement out of which an imperative emerges. This close relationship is signalled even more explicitly in Hebrew by appending si both to the hinneh and to the following imperative: rnf'b stbp 'aixy sa-nart Because the Lord has prevented mc from bearing ,nnsi!r1?K S3"N3 a child, go to my handmaid ... (Gen. 16:2) 3i-i»1? nvn nsn S3 nan Since the day has drawn to a close, spend the sa-ia11? night here. (Judges 19:9) Otherwise hinneh-na conforms to the categories given for hinneh alone. E.g. ,.,*n lias s?a sa-nan Even though your servant has found favor..., oVan? ^?is sV ■oim 1 am nevertheless unable to escape . .. (Gen. 19:19) ... 3io Tsn 3uha sa-nan Even though the site of the city is good..., ws~\ trarn the waters arc bad ... (II Kings 2:19) j 37. Tii> and n?s. In verbal sentences lis; is used as a simple adverb in the sense of "again, still, yet, once more": Vax'i lis? 31?; He sal down again and ate. -ins nftn lis nbtri And he dreamed still another dream. But n» , like nan, may be inflected and used as a predicator of existence, with the nuance of "to still be, to yet be." sing. plural lc "aiiv/nil? *adi or 'óíjénni 2m ?|1ís 'ôdakä 2f 'ôdäk 3m laiis 'ódénmi 3f naiis 'ôdénnäh milí 'áääm Examples: as laiis He is still there, nirr •'as? lai? laiis ornas Abraham is still standing before the Lord, -n "aiis I am still alive. Tj ^pi1 lis! Joseph is still alive. 31 nun Tin The people are still too many, ns 03*7 lisn Do you have yet another brother? These examples show clearly that lis, like nan, may be extended from purely existential predication to use in other types of non-verbal sentences. A special use of lis and Tisa is found in the temporal expressions [171] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 36] wvs »»n lis in yet five years, for five more years tr»; wf7vj -ri»a in yet three days, after three more days TJ iV.'n ™3 while the boy was still alive Diia lis in just a little while, shortly, soon Such expressions were originally non-verbal sentences, first used circumstantially: there are still five years -* there being still five years and then incorporated as units into another clause, thus being reduced t0 phrase rather than clause status. Tis?a would then be comparable to a + ^ infinitive construct of n;rj. -ris with a negative is translated "never again no longer." Occasionally rrw (where?) is found with subject suffixes similar to the preceding; attested forms are najx (2 m. s.), i'X (3 m. s.), a;x (3 m. pi.). 138. Vocabulary 36. nouns: Sana maraggel(pi. -im) spy, scout nax 'i'met (w. suff. 'nax ; no pi.) truth verbs: jna bdhan (}ny) to test, try, examine other: -n hay J a form of TJ (living) or 0™n (life) used before proper -n he nouns in an oath: DTtbx ti as God lives, nins 'n as Pharaoh lives; cf. as below. oh 'im (conj.) if; note the full oath formula: hay I he X 'im + imperf., where ax has a negative force. E.g. .«,D8-"3 n;a ixsn as nin:D »f) As the Pharaoh lives, you shall not leave here unless . . . -73 kull- all, every one of. Used with pronominal suffixes, in apposition: oVai DTOxn all of the men (lit. the men, all of them). sing. plural .inxnp1? xa yn (3) .Tsa on1? f'Ki 73'R xsab 731a nb^x (4) .□am ri3i 1™ nnm ,l?ip-7X xa sate (5) •nnnn oa •■alrx (e) .35n?-|s 73& u| nap (7) .Tjs-]h-7N TjVi np ?jni?K nan (s) .nbi-ra -fss "ris* 133 (fl) .nasm nra vjb ina ••aan (10) .innx *\r\ Tsna ma Tpnx nan (11) .naten of nt "a »7: Tjrxn (12) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Our mother is still here in the house. 2. Here comes your brother. 3. I am not going to go up to the city. 4. There is still a fire in the mountains. 5. The men are not eating. 6. Where are the vessels which you fashioned? 7. We are not walking. 8. On the 9th day we rode to the end of the road. 9. Are you still hungry? 10. All of us were poor. (c) Translate: .7JB5J-7K] ^snN-Ss xa 3itf na Tix Na_nan (t) T|^n-7S aio irm ns trmi o-waan nai xa-nan iX'aan-bx ^gn -iaN'j (2) .anna-D T^rn «5 i-n: .ton ^ninx -3 Pinix tni N'n tjjiu?k nan (3) .afriea na aw Tic1? pan nan (4) .nai nrix -a inn a^a; "risa (5) .nana ifc inxi --Vip-SK ua a?aii> nnin tab ur -ni/T X7) "nap^t xa-nan (6) .n*nxi naiS xa nmas nau> 0137 naip nxin tot xa-nan (7) lc 2m 2f 3m 3f tf?3 (kulhkd) T|b3 kullek, -ak i'nVg kulloh, -6 nVs /ci///o/i D?1?^ kulfakem B73 Aru//om Exercises: (a) Translate: [172] .TJ will? Tax (1) .to n3sx :onDn -tax'i (2) (d) Write in Hebrew. Use W/iw/j-clauses when possible. 1. Although our food is still plentiful (much), we cannot give you any of it. 2. Because your father has died, I shall send you to live (dwell) with your eldest (lit. great) brother. 3. Although I am here beside you, you cannot see me. 4. Now that you have come, sit down and eat with us. 5. Since we are sojourning here, let us tell them that we are rich so that it will go well with us. [173] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 6. Seeing that righteousness and truth have perished in the land, let us seek help from our God so that he will send us deliverance. 7. As the king lives, you shall not enter here before evening. (e) Reading: Joseph Receives his Brothers in Egypt. rrjN-riN ipvi nbw sft nor itjk rajaa-nio crisaa box niap1? nniffi? nor tir »tot .jsaa pka ainn rrn ^a n»^sn D-Ran mna bit-vy. -aa 'kfn nan ^aknpn )s> nax w> srriij Kb am ank «133 rnx-nx »)gr trig nxnft n;pK ft 3Tinnizn nor 'BUS Wan ipi- nan ,Va'k mpb jana pka :natn .Dnxa rka nbR1? «rropT Drifts naR'i injt .Dnxa pkn nris-riK niR-ft ,dpr Dftana :Drifts naRn abn ntPk maftnrrns .urtis in? ,«n5ij nrm ir« 'M ifta fta'ft niapV iKi ^ftain />aiR kv :iftK mas/i .mta1? Di)K3 pjftn mns ■n ,rv tonftR nax1] .Dftana Tl?? ''n v,b iras-ns ibpn nam ,|»5a ynka "33 unig ,trnK ^ftay. «">&» "jtf :n»kh .rain? inNrji Di»n nana m ,Dantt jnaR nxta .dpr Dftnn oafts ^"iar nu>K "Rin :nor natf] oriKi DDTitj-nK np_y iriR aaa vnbv ,nan ]bpTn ba/TjK Riaa DR-,a nia wsn ok .dhr Dftana ""a nsnp -n ,ift dri oans to appear to be fearful, dreadful, terrible to be edible to be choice, select, acceptable to be lovely, loveable to be habitable to be extant, to exist, (cf. se trouver) These four categories have been defined on the basis of English. In Hebrew, however, they are one: the medio-passive as expressed by the Niphal form. Only a careful study of the context will enable the reader to decide among the various possibilities. [177] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Some Niphal verbs have no Qal counterpart: onVa he fought inpa he hid □Y]a he fell fast asleep ti?aa he escaped Others would appear to be denominative, although this is a rare use of the Niphal pattern: xaa (forxaaa *) to prophesy, from xna, prophet. 141. Niphal Verbs: Stems and Inflection. The Niphal verb is derived from a triliteral root by the prefixation of «. In the perfect the stem has the basic form ansa nik tab, which undergoes no unusual changes in inflection. The imperfect was originally of the form *yankatib, which, with the assimilation of the n, became Hebrew ana' yikkátěb. The imperative and infinitive construct are based on the same stem as the imperfect, where the doubling of the first root consonant is the most striking characteristic of the type in general. The participle and infinitive absolute are based on the perfect. root type Regular III-gult. I-gutt. perfect ansa nikuib vfrwi nislah i,axa ne'eman inf. constr. anan hikkátěh nbm hiššalah |axn he'amen imperfect imperative sna1 nbii*1 yikkátěb yiššalah ye'umen anan hikkátěh hiššalah he'amen participle anaa niktáb nbitfa nišláh 7?í?§ ne'eman Remarks: (a) The only deviation from the regular pattern with roots III-gutt. is the replacement of e with a in the imperfect and related forms. (b) With roots I-gutt. (including x), the perfect usually has the pattern of faxa, with e in the preformative and e after the guttural. In the imperfect and related forms the doubling of the first root consonant is replaced by a compensatory lengthening of the prefix vowel / to ^jaňan anaa anan -anan laror: ^aron inf. constr. anan w. suff. 'anan ^anan inf. (l)ainaa absolute (2) ainan imperative participle : anaa naroa D"aripa nianaa nik tab ta niktáht nikiábli nik tabu niktabtém niktabtén nik táhnu yikkátěb tikkatib likkátěh tikkátabi 'ekkátěb yikkiiyibu tikkátáhiuth tikkátabít tikkátábnáh nikkátěb hikkálěb hikkálabi hikkátabů hikkátúbnuh hikkátěh hikkálabi hikkBlebka etc. nik tab hikkátób niktáb nik tahali niktábim niktábót nnbíM nnbiya "nnbiň inbiya □nnbisa íarňrá n?ii>n n?ii>n irtipw? nan'top inVfn nanWn nbiya inWn narf?u>n T : - t ■ nbwn rjíTttía rnVtšn nbt^a nnbrá nin^iM nišláhta nišláh! nišláh ti nišhhťt nišluhtěm nišiahtén nišhíhnů yiššalah tiššálalt tiššulali tiššálahi 'eššálah yiššálahú tišSálúhnáh tiššálahú ťtššáláhnáh niššálah hiššalah hiššálahi hiššáhhú hiššáláhnáh hiššalah hiššálahi hiššálaluikú etc. nišló-h hiššálóVt nišláh nišláháh nišlálúm nišláhót nróxa naóxa ^aótu "axa □naaxa ]Fta»Hg ^áxa tnxn tokx laax" : ir " naóxri 1s3hp naóxn T ~ t " laxa lattn "?a«n uaxn naáxn iaxn ^axn ^axn niaya niasn T " laxa nanya niaaxa lesson 37] nevmántá neěmúnt ncěmánh ne'envw neenmntěm ne'emanten neěmánnii yi'amen tě'áměn tě'áměn tě'ámani 'ě'áměn yě'ánwnft tě'ámánnáh teáimnú tě'ámánnáh nfitměn he'amen hďumdni hO'anianii heámánnáb lieáměn hě'ámnní heámenká elc. luťáhór hě'ábór ne'eman ne'enumah neěmáiiim neémánól Remarks: (1) The two forms of the infinitive absolute tend to pair off with the corresponding finite verb of the same general pattern: sjawa inaiM but saiy: inaim (2) The inf. absolute offaxadoes not occur, and since its form could be disputed (more likely to have been paxa. with e because of the x) we have replaced it with the better attested type of nasa (to be crossed). (3) The feminine participles singular may also be of the pattern na(oa, ntrtia naibxa. [178] [179] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 142. Vocabulary 37. Nouns: üD3 pw lasto t : - jiba Verbs: b»k t> 138? IKlffa Other .--tab baK ziepes (w. suff.'wpa etc.; pi. -of) soul,vital life-force; a person, living thing. With suffixes it is the equivalent of the intensive/ reflexive pronoun:-vim myself, -|uaa yourself... saq (pi. -im) sack; sack-cloth (worn as a sign of mourning). mismdr (no pi.) place of confinement, jail; a guard unit. malon lodging-place, inn. 'dsem (dot;) to be guilty; verbal adjective awx, guilty. Ian tfb*.) to spend the night. ne'eman ("BN*) to be confirmed, verified, trustworthy. nisar ("lKur) to be left over, remain, survive. hbadd- w. suff.: alone, only. E.g. nab *ax I alone, etc. 'dbdl (adv.) truly, indeed; however. Note: The preposition ra (between) has the following forms with pronominal suffixes: Tl benl -|ra benaka "|a*a benek ira benö Exercises: irra benenü or la'iiia'a benötenü (rare) aa-ra benekem - amra benehem or ania*a benötam (rare) (a) Punctuate the Niphal verbs fully and translate: -ban "larca (t) .-wan ban- (2) tt" .a'ba-ian lj-vu (.1) "I?"! (4) .xpan böa eh* ma1 kb (5) .DTi? bip jjbim (6) ,-jaa naikB -jipna kb (7) .öS/n ina* tk (b) .«ta1? la-iHiw larüx (9) .a-nbx -131 ma- (10) .aaba nam (11) .-is6a in» ana—bs (12) .nnaban anyn niai» nbä (13) .D-nssn 'T3 «jör1 -laa-1] (14) ,na "rivrta an -jDtf'-BK DTjbK *n üs) .DTI-jän WDT (16) .onnaarrr« jfr (17) jmSE'lD lai* da) .ons/tm innan (19) .niatyan ansn fös%B (20) (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. And when their words were heard, we knew that they were guilty. 2. As God lives, you will not see your husband until the day of his death. 3. And in the evening he entered an inn and spent the night there. 4. Now that you have been chosen as our king, give us help so that we may slay our accursed enemies before our land is captured and our cities are burned. lesson 37] 5. They placed the food in their sacks and set out on the road. 6. Now that he has measured the field, go to him and ask him whether (ha-) he will sell it to us. (c) Reading: Joseph and his Brothers in Egypt. ,rm #3 run eftyfi} ni»a ambx -intfh o-a; nwbip -tatia-bN vnx-nx *\or «)cttffl oiiin lab anxi nanawa rpaa "igx* nnx Da*nx ,am o-aa-Dx ,xt *ax DTibs-ns nan nans xt xwi bipb inpn ]bpn oaTiR-nin orrap -rox ba'xrj-Dy jsia nsnk .iniiin xbi aa'la-t laaK-i .uyritf Kbi ieipa n-12 u'jh -i#k >vnK-by unax a-nm bax :rmrbK utk nnx»i -bx naxb OTbx -rnds kbn nasb arm taisn ,nmn nnan la^bx nx| -a-by jrban -a *idt yaw 'a ist kb am #Ta nan ^ian-Bai anyniii kbi nbb ixunn jn'i an-ryb ink ->bx>i ?ix?nip-nx np.-i orrbx attn 7|35i ombira «ipi* <3b>i Dnia'3 -|p|n-n^t Den -|-)fb ^nis-aa onb jrn niapb na^sa 1x3 -ton ba'xrrnx onb .jsaa na-ik nibsb Dra labn wt Kb an* Dn-'pra ib lana nra K-i^ i-iianb ba'kna nnb ip(?-nK Dna ins nhpa niacin. The stems and inflection are otherwise like those of the regular triliterai root. [Note: the assimilation of the stem-final n in the perfect of ]rn is proper only to this particular root; cf. the Qal perfect.] (2) l-Yodlt. Nearly all roots 1-Yodh in Hebrew were originally I-'Fair. The original Waw shows up clearly in the Niphal verbs. In the perfect an earlier *nawlad (root yld < wld) appears as ~tb\i ndlad (he was born). In the imperfect and imperative the n- of the Niphal prefix is assimilated to the root -»'- and a doubled -h'iv- results: ibv yiwwaled (he will be born). Inflection is regular. (3) \\\-Aleph. As expected, the stem vowel of the perfect is lengthened to a before the quiescent X (cf. §52 etc). Unlike the Qal perfect, however, [183] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 38] the stem vowel is replaced with e before the 2nd and 1st person endings: e.g. niqre{')td (you were called). The full inflection is given below. (4) \\\-He. The pattern of inflection learned for the Qal will hold for most of the verbs derived from roots \\\-He. In the Niphal perfect, however the stem vowel before the 2nd and 1st person suffixes is regulary e, not ?,' Contrast 'iraa and %*iaa (I was built). Just as in the Qal, the jussive or short form of the imperfect loses the final vowel:nii}1 -* ja; The inf. construct ends in -At, again like the Qal: niaa. nrran Note the participlenaaa (ct\ma). Perfect: nana nn: nna iirii anro TAP? nil tan nittanclh nittatta nittdtt nittcilii ninamt nittatlem uittcilten nittdimu rn'Ha rn'rn Imperfect: m unan m una; njnan mrun ftpa yinnaten linndten linndten tinnamu 'ennaien yhmatanu linndtdnnuh tinndtanu linndtdimdh ninnuten Tbin T>|K nrrfjn noJW tnpa «//f: KTU wra' I-gutt. and III-//i?: nf»3 na'dsdh l-Nun and II-gutt. (root ona) ana nj^ani Imperf.: i?it yiwwddd Imptv.: aim himvdda' be known tnr ri'ini'£/rtr K"ijn hiwwitre' be feared nra^ ve'dseb nu?»n heaseh be done □na' vinndhem Dnan binndhem be sorry Note also the verb iraa Higgrw (root ffija). Only the perfect is a Niphal verb; in the imperfect the Qal form liS? is used. 145. Vocabulary 38. Nouns: m~\ rd(')s (pi. irreg. ttyUfy see §34) head, chief, top nrjB /Jcra/< (w. suff. Tins; pi. -?/«) an opening (of tent, house, wall etc.); also used as a prep.: at the opening of r|B tap (no pi.) a collective term for children; not used in construct vvp ma'at (no pi.) a little; frequent in construct: D*§ a little water. Notecsa ds» little by little; u»p nisa in a little while. Also used in a variety of idiomatic expressions with the basic meaning of slightness, smallness, unimportance. □bis '61dm (pi. -hn) a word referring to a long duration of time, either past or future; thus, eternity, antiquity. Note the common phrases: QVisris, dW? forever. Frequent as the second element of a construct chain: o^isf ■'a? ancient days; d^is; nna perpetual covenant. Verbs: nriia ndtar hjjj»J to be left, remain an1?: nilham iart^) to fight (-|- a with) ana niham (ana1) to be sorry, repent; to be comforted [185] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW LESSON 38] Bfoa niggat (use Qal imperf. sir) to approach (-rbtt) aasa itismb (no imperf.) to station oneself, to stand; be stationed sbpa nipla (R^p]) to be wonderful, marvelous. Exercises: (a) Point the Niphal verbs fully and translate: ,VJ$V naift 'ift'a; Km mwaa hi .rftftrj ]ftn vsrv. (2) .□an i^Kn1? ina1 -n (3) .mpn □,anVa on .□■'p-ian Vnpa nain h*? .yn&? npa laox; .a^nsna 1™ irvr Kb .anman □"piarj-ns inp .orft-usa ft fn (-1) !:,) (s) (7) (8) (9) .bb> a'aitari D-iraNn 10, (10) .oiy ianmj natinno^aKn mpbi (11) .□dd-au nnan nsipfty iair (12) .nan 1rri&y K1? kn nnairi imp1 (24) (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. There is a large hill between as and the camp. 2. The fruit will be taken to the house and eaten there. 3. The righteous shall be exalted (lit. raised up), but the wicked shall perish. 4. Countless men (lit. men, their number not existing) were slain near the wall. 5. Be consoled, my son; the sound of your distress has been heard and help will be given to you. 6. I was appointed (lit. stationed) to watch the women and the children. 7. A new city will be built for those who are left. (c) Reading: Jacob and his Sons, after the First Trip to Egypt. :vaaftx apjr nax'i trrsoa napa Tgg "raftn rftp -ltfxa tti y-iXa nap ainm win sft ,iafts tf'sn nas :-i'mb nTirr iftx nak'i fta/ft-osa am mpi na'-tea iaro nrR-axi VaS n^pai nna lans uTis-ns rftfo ib>T0K .Dans oa-ns "ifta ? nna xb vM nbxb ivb tfwrr bsy Virg> unaxh ,ns Daft nis "a ifts ri-u&H naV -.bxyr nas'h :nan' -a sjna sirrj ,n^n onagri ^pfts rftt? naXai ,m aob «£q .Ti'np'as -rton .DpriN it ap-ns -aa raaa Kbn nmai naVii naipai -bh nsin nrj1?© :va» ^Nnir-ftK nmm nax»i [755] ias'1 .d'aTi-ta 'fwom 'bk ?|ftK nsan aiir kV-dh ,«6d-dj nriN-aj ian?H: nil!' raipiinp ww-rwi ,inp =aa.e»a n,p^) ,nnaa i^s inp mi ,]?-dk :apy: .ra'aa-nsi Da-ng-ns ap1? 'nVEn ©'Krt 'apV •O'aijn nob jb; n-ftKi sr'Rrifts /Vo/ci' fo f/je Rending: 1. TiVa unless 2. Note"? in the sense "about" after bm. 3. ana and naR1 are imperfects used modally: "How were we to know that he would say". 4. "I shall be accountable (lit. sin against) to you". 5. "twice the (required) money" 6. "mercy, favor" 7. "and may he release" (d) Reading: Psalm 24:7-10. □p-'iffsn anyi? ike> ub\y -rins wtn :ni3?n nVA Ri3;i maan i ni mn •■a niRait mn1 :ni3an ibb Rin ir\bi) tv > Notes to the Reading: ap^xn cni/u" mii1 obis mnp iRtoani :ma?n -ft6 Kian niaan ibA n; '-a maai -nTs mn1 :nanVa nia-a mn' 1. See §82 (end). 2. A rare word: "mighty, powerful". 3. A frequent word at the close of verses or longer sections in the Psalms. Its meaning is unknown. [187] lesson 39] lesson ^ (j) 146. Niphal Verbs: Stems and Inflection (concluded). Root Type Perfect Imperfect Hollow (rn) Geminate bao) fiaa näkän 303 ansah 113' yikkön 3D? vissub Imperative riart hikkön 3pn hhsab Inf. Construct Participle pari hikkön 30n hisseh 303 näkän uäsäb As in the Qal, the two root types given above present the most striking deviation from the normal triliteral patterns of the preceding lessons. The retention of the stem vowel -d- with the Hollow roots simplifies that paradigm, but attention must be called to the curious interchange of 6 and ft in pretonic syllables in the inflection of the perfect, where the stem vowel -6- is added in the 1st and 2nd persons: Perfect: Imperfect: [188] näkön näköm'i nai53 näkönäh niaoa nakünötä aniaiaa mkönöiem now? iwkünöt 1^133 nakönöien -niiisa nakünöti 13Ü13J nskünönü w. yikkön 1313? yikkönfi riari tikkön fnraian tikkönenäh] rbn tikkön laisn tikkönfi tikköni Inriian tikkönen pat "ikkön jiaa nikkön Imperative: Tiari hikkön laian hikkönft hikköni Inf. Construct: |ian hikkön hikköni etc. Participle: Pi iHlkön d"3i33 nakönim natoa nakönöh ni3133 nakönöt The inf. absolute may have either the form |iaa ndkon or 'ian hikkon. Niphal verbs from geminate roots are quite poorly attested and in many cases one cannot be certain that the form in question is indeed a Niphal and not a Qal verb. The 3rd pers. masc. sing, of the perfect, apa (from an earlier *nasabb-) resembles a Qal verb from a root 303. The full inflection, however, shows that this resemblance is superficial and that the doubling of the second root consonant reappears when a vowel is added to the stem. Likewise in the imperfect ap? confusion with other types is possible: this form could be from a root 303 (cf. i»a?) or it could be a Qal variant (cf. an? for the more usual an?). Some of the alternate forms that crop up are due to analogy. For example, the original pair 0B3 - oa? was altered to oaa - oa? probably because oa? was interpreted as a stative Qal verb (like ia3?) from a root 0B3: 133- is to 133 OS" is to 0B3. This mixing of Qal and Niphal forms, together with the relative rarity of these verbs, makes it quite impossible to decide which conjugation we are dealing with. The following selection of forms is a sufficient guide to the ibbah forms that will be met: Perfect: apa näsab or 303 rtafia näsäbhüh or nspa niapa iwsabbötß etc. 1303 " t näsäbbü or 13Ö3 oniapa nasabbötem etc. Imperfect: a§? yissab etc. or 3d? '301? tissäbbi etc. or -aon Imperative : atari hissab or 3bn *a|n lüssäbbi etc. or '3ÖT1 Inf. Constr. aon hisse b hissibbi etc. Participle : 30a nitsüh capa napa nasabbäh niapa vissab etc. im INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 147. Vocabulary 39. Nouns : "g. Verbs: (ebab slaughtering iahiUah beginning, first occasion (of some event) sel (w. suff.,1?s; pi. irreg. □,'7I7S) shade, shadow; protection yamln the right; right hand or side (f.) S3mof')l the left;7KBte m_ the left hand or side (m.) leb (w. suff.,aVi pi. -or) heart nam (bit) to sleep (dba/i (natr) to slaughter (animals for food) rahas (fnm) to wash (tr. and intr.) names (Niphal verb from root odd; imperf. oa?) to melt dissolve ndkdn (Niphal verb from root pa; imperf. ]fer) to be firm fixed, secure, established ydmam (adv.) by day, in the daytime nVrrn 7Nbte aV □5 naa DDI P? Other: ddt Exercises: (a) Translate: .m.n Tjnrna aiab (j) .annn 'win-nK x-iin lanteaa 'mi (2) .nteai ?jrin» nmna] (3) .a^fitep ja»n irij xbi -ipaa mm (1) .ammx -as1? Dab om (5) .una K71 □■arrisr; teafn nxsp 'rp] (c) .mnan-nx nnnpj? xb «3. lanan (7) .vjaVbaa nin—Vs npa (a) .713*7 ni7-7i? ■'lan-ns aha (9) .K&3n-7>s jiaai te-m i^ pa1 (10) .7m na6 naosi nntearrnx iniipsa -mi (11) .i3"?'si lams xw dtiVx (12) .Tirx-nx nsfnn (13) .dpi psn Vsa aaeh (14) .-niapa 'axi ■^to^-'aj} -mx nan (is) .man nnp atr xim b'pxban rbx iter] (16) .iraan tji "S-Vs on man xban (17) .niKbpa op1? nr§nn (is) .n-'anVa'? nspa ps (19) (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. Your hearts will be broken. 2. The city will be surrounded and its inhabitants will be taken captive. 3. On the right are the tombs of their fathers. [190] LESSON 39] 4. Seven men were stationed over him lest he escape. 5. There was only a little food left for us. 6. We washed our hands and feet before we sat down to eat. 7. The words of his law are established for ever. 8. When 1 heard his words, my heart melted within me and 1 was not able to stand. (c) Reading: Joseph and his Brothers: the Second Trip to Egypt. na-'isi? nmi laipp pa;a3_nxi amp inpb no? 'natwai nxtn nnaarrnx mipasn inp?i gtoxn-px 'San :ima-7» -"ton1? -ibx5i pp^ap-nx onx nor \x-m nor -apb Train .mnnsa Dt^gn iVbr* -m ^ spm na6 Piel (to magnify) Such a transformation of meaning may also be designated as causative, but we shall restrict this latter term to roots whose Qal verbs are transitive: Qal (to learn) -* Piel (to teach, i.e. to cause to learn) [192] [193] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Examples: Qal PlEL -T2N to perish T3N 'ibbad to destroy to be light, trivial ■ftp qillet to curse (make light of, treat as unimportant) to be holy EHj? qiddas to sanctify to be sound Ohw sillam to make sound, whole; to recompense, reward n;n to live, be alive rrn hiyyah to cause to live, let live NEU to be unclean sat? limine' to pollute to be at an end rrVa killäh to finish, complete, bring to an end ioh to learn iipb limmad to teach In some instances the Qal verb is either transitive or intransitive, while the Piel verb is specifically transitive: k^d to be full, fill tfta "IS3 to burn (tr. or intr.) "iSa mills' to fill bi'er to burn (tr.) b. Denominative. When the Piel verb is closer in meaning to some noun or adjective than to the Qal verb (which in most of these cases does not exist), we may say that the Pie! has a denominative function: "131 word "idd book, record nana blessing ms» command nnar music, song ©ibtti three nxap jealousy "1ST dibber to speak ISO sipper to recount, narrate, tell a story ^na berak to bless rns siwwali to command "tat simmer to sing, make music vibii Miles to divide something into three parts; to do something for a third time sap qinne to be jealous c. Intensive. In several instances the Piel denotes a pluralization of the action named in the Qal. This may take on the nuance of an intensive, but the intensive force is difficult to discern in most occurrences. Many of the so-called intensive Piels seem more to be stylistic variants of the Qal verb (most likely denominative in origin) used in poetry, probably for variation rather than intensification. d. Unclassified. In addition to the three preceding categories there are many Piel verbs whose origin is not clear. Some of these verbs could doubtlessly be placed in the above classifications if we had more data on the related Qal or nominal forms. lesson 40] pizzar to scatter iľna géréš to drive away fflpa hiqqčš to seek nna miliar to hurry, hasten Awareness of the factitive-denominative-intensive function of the Piel, together with familiarity with a given root, will certainly assist the learner in mastering these new verbs, but because he will not be able to predict unerringly the meaning of a new Piel verb, they will all be listed in the vocabularies of the following lessons. 149. Piel Verbs: Stems and Inflection. Root Type Perfect Imperfect Imperative Regular bli giddél biv yagaddel gaddel III-gutt. nVu? šillah ^TŤ. ysSallah šallait II-gutt. -ii?3 bi'er nya? y aba'ér ba'ér JNB me en |Sd; yamä'én m ma en Inf. Construct Participle gaddel 'naa magaddel nVíĽ šalla/i nVtya mašalle"!; nya ha'er nana nwba'ér |Na ma en |Naa mamaén Remarks: 1. There are essentially only two stems, the perfect and the imperfect. As elsewhere, the imperative and inf. construct are predictable from the imperfect. The participle also resembles the imperfect, but with the prefix a ma-. 2. Piel verbs from roots III-gutt. deviate only in having a as the second stem vowel throughout, except in the participle. 3. Even in non-guttural verbs the stem vowel a instead of e is found in the perfect; thus giddel or giddal. The choice would appear to be optional. There are a few verbs, notablynsn dibber (to speak) andnpa kipper (to atone for), which have e instead of e or a in the 3rd masc. sing, of the perfect. 4. Piel verbs from roots II-gutt. (including n) fall into two classes: (a) those with virtual doubling of the guttural in question (see ni>3 above); the vocalization is the same as that of the regular verb; (b) those with compensatory lengthening of the vowel before the guttural (i~>e, a-*a\ see IKa above). Beforen compensatory lengthening is the rule. The other gutturals may be treated in either way, as will be indicated in the vocabularies. Perfect: b-ii giddél rťna giddoläh rhu šillah Tirfrw šillahäh -isn bi'er m»3 bi'üräh jNa mé'en naN.a me'ändh [194] [195] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW giddáltd nnfw šilláhlti rnýa hi'drtu rh% giddált nrfto Mllal.it robs hi'art -nVí? gidddlti "Tirftv šilldlui 'rni)3 hi'drti 57i:a giddalů inV© šilh/iú n»a Wůrá on'?na giddaliém cmn'pu' šillalitém annaa bi'artem I?'?'!} giddaltén innba; šillahtěn jnnya hi'arten la^na giddálnú lanbu? šilkihnit laniía bťúrnú Imperfect: 713? ysgaddčl 7wi tagadděl Vnar) tagadděl -Vnari lagaddali tyóxji 'ágadděl 17nT yagaddalú nVtsí^ yašallal) nbten taša/lalt nbm tašallah "rň^vi tasalhhi nWs 'úšallah ")»3; yabďer nsan tabder nsan řaž»a'ěr nsnp tabďdň "i»3S 'áfoťěr n»T yabďdru lnbte? yašallalut nabňan tagaddélndh nation tašalláhndh ninýan tabďénuih tagaddalíi in^ten tašalhliú nsan tabďúru na^tíf tagaddélndh njnWn tašalláhndh nanžan tabďémdh Vnaa nagaddel Imperative: "V'S gaddali ibna gaddalu naVfia. gaddélndh nbrá iiašallah TjVw šn/Za/iř irtVal šalbhíi nanne* šallůlmah nsaa nabďer nsa iw'e/1 nsa tóáfr insa Aa'drH nan sa bďůrnáh nafta meánír, nana me'dnt mana měa;,/; laxa meůini anaxa mťcmtěm |naxa mě'antén lato mě'ánnů jxít yamďěn jxan tamďěn jxan tamďěn "isan tamďdnt lNaN 'ámďCn laxiT yamaůnii naftan tainďeniwli laxan tamaáníi naňan lamďénnah ]xaa naind'en 7XB MlíVtV! 'axfl mďůni 13XB nuťanii nato ma'ennah Infinitive Construct: 773 ££íí/<7e/ ''bna gaddali tl^S gaddelka gaddalek elc. Infinitive Absolute: Vina gflíWo/ Participle: nb^ ql?iii Mlahaku šallahěk etc. niVff .5«//»"/; nan Aďér JKS íji«ě« nsa Dooř? laxa wa'a/ii íjnsa bďerkd íjixb mďenkd "insa ba'art'keic. naxa mďaněk nisa Dij'o'c lina nia'w? Vnaa magadděl n>irá mašallě"h niiaa imbďěr 7xaa mamďěn nVnaa magaddaldh nnbtea mašalblidh nnsaá tmbďúrdh naxaa mamďándh crbnaa magaddalim a-nbún nwšalbhim amina maba'drbn d'asaa mamd'amm niVias magaddalói mnbtea mašallahót ninsaa mabďúrol niaKBB mamďánót [196] lesson 40] Remarks: (1) After a wmr-conversive the prefix va- of the imperfect loses its vowel and the / is not doubled: jsan twjWMfl-'i ma^rrnN wpT .TjrjK -paV ^dik na1? N nitfarrnK bash us (J5) .□-laan-ns -frt-jV naxa do) .ink lanrn ins iwpa;i iaiaa Tin (n) .cÄp rrn Dnrin račr xinn ora Us) ."Tiía Dri D'aaK: -s DnNrárrnK feipn (19) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Drive them away. 2. Do not spurn his words. 3. Why do you refuse to speak? 4. Are you looking for me? 5. Bless me. 6. I have sanctified you. 7. He did not want to serve. 8. They expelled us. 9. Let us bless them. 10. We sought them. (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. They took the vessels with which they served and gave them to the priest. 2. The Pharaoh became angry and expelled them from his presence (lit. from before him). 3. He refused to sanctify them, for he knew that they were not honest men. 4. He sought his brothers there, for he did not know that they had travelled eastward. 5. You shall completely-rcmove the evil from your midst. 6. We drove the guilty men out of the congregation. 7. We could not refuse to spend the night there. (d) Reading: Joseph and his Brothers: the Final Test. After meeting with Joseph and obtaining the release of Simon through Benjamin's presence with them, the sons of Jacob set out again for Canaan with the provisions they had obtained in Egypt. Joseph had had a silver goblet planted in Benjamin's sack, and as soon as the brothers had begun [198] the return journey, he sent his men after them to examine their baggage, find the goblet and accuse them of theft and treachery. Joseph then expressed his willingness to allow all the brothers except Benjamin to return home, but Judah stands up to this final test and delivers the following plea: (Gen. 44 :18-26, vocalization slightly altered). I|K in'-bsi ,ianK 'awa nai i]iay Hi"ia-p ,iaix fa -ían'i rtTirr rbx tiígi hs) .ninsa -pna ^a ^naya .rm ík ax aab urn ~\bxb vnynN bxý -:ix (to) 1bk1? in?1? Kin nriF! nn ttjki jup d-aipt ijfy fpj as nb »> -ans-Vs nnxai (20) =.ians vaKi .rby -tv na^Ki -bx Jinirnin Tnaiy-bK nakňi (21) .nm T-atf-ns 'innoh 'innatah 'innita ■ innil V?ri hillel rbbn hilalah n'ftn lúlláltá ěŘn hilláli •n-'lv'Tiiv 'iimiii/'iimeti ^ffn hillálli lay '//má ^"jn hihiii [200] Imperfect: Imperative: Inf. Constr.: Inf. Aíís. Participle: milli'C )[em 'innitem onbbn hillaltém inřtba milli'Oten ]irai? 'inntien }ýf?7\ hillaltén nsba milléC )mt irfy 'itmhrit labbn hillálini «ba? yamallé" nay: ya'anneh bbn; yalutllěl Rban tamalle' nayn ta'anneh bbnn tdhallěl Kban tamalle' nayn ta'anneh VVnn tahallěl TjtVari tamalls'i ta'annt ftbnn tahalali nbas 'umal!?' nayx 'a'anneh VŤ™ 'dhallél yamalla'u ya'amm ftbn: yahahlít nař^an lanuilléC)nuh nr|sw ta'aftnC'ijuh nabbnn taliallélnah iNVan lamalla'U iayn ta'aniui ftVnn lahalalú nandán tamalle ('' )nah naisri ta'annenah naVfinn taliallélnah «"?aa namallc nava na'anneh VVna nahallěl xba malls' nay 'aiměh bbn haliči 'Kba malla't •as 'anni ft^n /Wa/7 isba nutila'ú lay 'anmt ft1?!! /w/s/ú nasba malic (' )nah nray 'annenah naV^n hallélnah Rba nutlle niay 'annul bbr\ haliči 'Rba malla't etc. 'niay 'annóti etc. ■Vpn liallali etc. sba nutilo' nás? 'anndh \ nas? 'anneh \ RbaB mamallě' naya ma'anneh VVna mahallel nsbaa mamalb'ah naya ma'annah nV^na mahallalOh nxbaa mamallě (' )t nVbna mahallélet □'Kbaa mamalla'im □'as/a ma'annim nftVna mahallalim nitftaa mamaita'di niaya ma'anno t niVVna mahallalót Piel verbs from roots \-Yodh, \-Nun, I-guttura! are in no way irregular. Piel verbs from Hollow roots are very rare. 152. Pausal Forms. The text of the Hebrew Bible is divided into short groups of clauses known as verses. Each verse is usually subdivided into two parts, often of unequal length, the first of which is closed by the accent sign known as 'atjiali ( * ) and the second by a sign similar to metheg called sillitq ( , ), followed by sop pasuq ( : ), marking the end of the verse. Each half of the verse is then subdivided into as many parts as the syntax demands, with each accentual unit receiving an accent mark. The accents fall into two main groups, conjunctive and disjunctive, the former being used when a word is closely bound syntactically with the following word and the latter elsewhere. The use of the various accents is very complex and will not be taken up in this book. [201] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW In the text of the reading selections we shall employ only SjHt-(+ .Vfi/5 pasiiq). Clause divisions that are likely to cause difficulty will be marked by commas, but it should be noted that the comma does not arm*., in the original text. Words standing at the end of the major verse divisions, and thus especially with 'atnah and stlliiq, are said to be in pause because of the break in the recitation of the text at these points. Such words may have a vocalization slightly different from that of the normal context form. The following changes are the most frequent: (a) a-*a: aro(he wrote) for ana (b) t'-»« in some segholate nouns: nap (grave) for nap (c) If a word ends in the sequence -sC\ the accent is usually retracted and the 3 is replaced by the full vowel it corresponds to elsewhere in the paradigm: nana -» nan? she wrote rnaa -» rni? it (f.) was heavy The 3 of the second person masc. sing, suffix -ska is regularly replaced by e: t|§bB your king "rfOiD your horse your keeper (note the change in the word structure) But the pausal forms of rft and 53 are *jb and 5ff, both of which are the same as the corresponding feminine form. Other prepositions have a similar change. Because or printing difficulties, the pausal accents within a verse do not appear in the biblical texts accompanying the following lessons. Pausal forms, however, have been retained. The reader should be on the alert for their occurrence. 153. Vocabulary 41. Verbs: ajs .snnra/r (np; juss.is;) to command; charge; appoint. Examples: ay^V. a"PP» is;] and he appointed judges over them rob1? a^jxrrnK ix;; and he commanded the men to go . ..nasb ank lx;i and he commanded them, saying... ioxbp T3 am is;; and he handed them over to the charge of his messenger bbn hittel (bbn;) to praise. Noternbbn Halelujah. Praise Yah(weh). no? kissdli (nop; juss. op;) to cover, overwhelm nay 'innSli (nav; juss. |y;) to oppress (cf. "3») nop sipper (npp;) to tell, narrate (cf. "id6) bbp qillel (bbp;) to curse [202] ?lpio lesson 41 ] ;ns7 'circib (ins?) to stand as pledge for ■wp qdsar (n^p1) to bind {'et + something -)-'til [to]-I-something); to band together, conspire ('al: against) Nouns: na'ir iebah grey hair, old age bxw m'o/ Sheol, Hell, the residence of the dead Other: i\x 'ak (adv.) surely, doubtlessly; but, however, only narrns; ad-henndh (adv.) until now Exercises: (a) Translate .□pub bps djjb nnb ank ix;i (1) .ins n»a;i 'asaan »oriw nab (2) .rr-Ta n*|d"ns oarn nsnk bsm bip naxn nyaw (3) .i-bk topi a-asan-nx is;i (4) .ink bkab jtlfl xbi nbjn-nx ansb jsa Kb (5) ,a»n iffXlb nnx itk nnabi ins nnb rby ™pr ".a ixnKn am nbw (e) .naiarrby naopn ina-iw sehn nban nap (7) .jiia ank nnprrnx ib nop;] (s) /as nsm^-rig -ri-iS"! Kb nan_ny (9) /nk niayb yonn nab (10) .abii7—iyi nnva ^nk nbbnx (n) •li?!] rT? i'??-™ te) .ib oab a/anarrrvk ibbprrbx (11) /nx nnb tix wpa rnaxj (11) .annaTnx pxan-bxi 7[a a'riearrnx «5 "raj lis) .mab n;n -a onrsiarj t? laa-nx ixp do) (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. He tied his donkey to a tree, lay down under the tree, and slept. 2. Let us curse them and the place from which they came. 3. I will stand as surety for you and your sons. 4. He will praise the Lord all the days of his life until he goes down to Sheol with grey hair. 5. It is not good to oppress the poor and not to give them food. 6. Darkness shall cover the earth on that day. 7. He drove us away from the well and wc were not able to find water in an(y) other place. (c) Reading: Judah's Plea to Joseph (concluded) Gen. 44 :27-34. ;'bb 'b nib; wM "? dpst am irbx -ax Tjnas laX-i (27) :nan-"7V -rrrxn Kb; >*\*yo nnp ?f8 nnx; ^nxa -rnxri xs;i (28) snbxtb nana -pyirrw ■•□rniinn -ns Tpiay I'-n-rm nsi nyan rs g inix-ia n;m (3l) *a«V 9'nNpm t^s i^afr-as sV-nx -inn1? ■•as aya nyan-nx an® may":: (3,) :ttik-d» by: isam -aix1? -ras) i»Sn nnn may sa a©; nnsi (33} :'as-ns ss?r -ityx una nxnx mjp -m urs 7ynrn ,as-l7N nbys ^ Notes to the Reading: 1. "he has surely been torn to pieces (by some wild animal)" 2. = ins -n-Sn 3. = ins mp 4. "an accident" 5. "you will send down" 6. "and (we) will have sent down" 7. "sorrow" 8. "I shall bring him" 9. cf. note 8 p. 199 10. ]B here = "except that" Joseph, unable to continue his deception, revealed himself to his brothers, whom he forgave of their past crime against him. He caused Jacob and his entire family to be brought down to Egypt and settled them in the rich pasture land of the Nile Delta. Jacob died and was taken back to Canaan for burial in accordance with his wishes; Joseph was embalmed upon his death and his body placed in a sarcophagus for eventual burial in Canaan. After the death of Joseph there is a break in the traditional history until the story of Moses and a pharaoh "who knew not Joseph". lesson 42 154. The Pual. Corresponding to every Piel verb there is a passive counterpart known as the Pual, characterized, like the Piel, by a doubling of the middle root consonant. The pattern of vowels is more or less consistent throughout, with u in the first stem syllable and a (when not reduced) in the second. Piel Pual ^l? guddal he was magnified b*pa ti?pa buqqas he was sought ^RJ hulled he was praised Pual forms are relatively infrequent, being most often encountered in the participle, which functions as a passive to that of the Piel: man "|"jaa mabordk being (having been) blessed wpan c'paa mabuqqds being (having been) sought Attested stem forms are as follows: Root Type Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct Participle Regular ll-guttural ■?ns guddal T13 börak K"?a mulla nay 'unnält yaguddal ^"la; yabörak vhi? vamuttä' I M nay; ya'unneh - niay 'unndl Vnaa magttddäl 7]"J3H maböräk sbaa maniulla nay a im'unneb [204] [205] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Remarks: With roots ]]-guttural virtual doubling is also attested, as in orrj nuham (he was comforted) corresponding to the Piel verb tarn nihatn (to comfort); the more common form Tpa shows compensatory lengthening of it to o. The lengthening of the final stem vowel in K Va should be an expected phenomenon by now, as should the conformity of the stem endings of verbs from roots Ill-He to those of the other verb types (Qal, Niphal, and Piel) Perfect: bii guddal borak rxbii guddalah nana bórakáh nbii guddcilta rpl3 horák ta nbiy guddált nana borakt ^bii guddálti ■■rirnái borák ti ibij guddah't 13-13 boraku an1?7!! guddaltem Drona bóraktem IP1™ gitddalten bórakten "ftbíi guddáliui larna boráknú Imperfect: xbn T \ nxba ntt^a raVa líťpa nasi nmi? n1» 13J) □ rraj) bvr yaguddul yabórak vtbp- blin tsguddal lobórak xbnn blin taguddal táborák xbnn rtj&á "biw tagiiddalí toboraki ^bjpn 'ISJB bliX 'águddal 'ůbórak xbax iVir yaguddalú ona* yaboraků las;; nibím tdguddáhwh naaiari taboráknáh nasmán nržsrí lb™ taguddalú onan táboráku wVan lasn nib\in taguddálnáh aaaňan taboráknáh naKlan blil naguddal nabbrak xbm nasn Participle: bim maguddal ipiin maborák hVbb nana nViaa maguddáláh ^TPQ imbdrákáh r\xbm nasia n^aa maguddélet n?13a maborěket ctkVbb cniia d'Viaa maguddíilim cre^a mabóráktm niNTaa niaso nftiaa maguddálót nia-iiia maborákot lesson 42] Njote: One occasionally finds o for u in the first stem syllable; e.g. ids kossii (they were covered). The passive represented by the Pual has no expressed agent: nanri r? -rata The matter was related to him. Because this corresponds semantically to an active verb with an indefinite subject (somebody, one, they), it may be followed ("ungrammatically") by an object with~riK: "irnrrnN ib ied One recounted the matter to him. A second construction peculiar to passive verbs is that in which a preposition is omitted before a specifying noun. D/nrm 103 The mountains were covered with a shadow. This probably has its origin in the following mixture of constructions: (a) A verb like xba in its intransitive sense (to be full) regularly has a specifying noun without a preposition: 'Vsn xbn The vessel is full of water. This is an old construction in Semitic and may be termed "historically correct" (b) The corresponding transitive usage of xba employs the same construction : Q]& ,l?3n-n« xba He filled the vessel with water. (c) The Piel verb K^a being a transitive form only is used in two ways, first as a normal verb without reference to the above, D'l&a ^srrriN K^a He filled the vessel with water, or, as the equivalent of xba: D'i? ""parr-nK n^b He filled the vessel with water. (d) The Pual verb nVb may be regarded as a transformation of either of the two constructions given in (c): D'fia ,!?3n K^B The vessel was filled with water, era "bsn RVB 155. Proclisis, Retraction of Stress, and Conjunctive Daghesh. There are several orthographic features of the Masoretic Text which, because of their frequency, must be noted at this point. a. Proclisis. As was mentioned in our discussion of pause (§ 152), certain types of words stand in a syntactically conjunctive relationship. Any word in this category may be made proclitic to the one that follows if the accentual pattern of the verse so demands. Proclisis is marked [206] [207] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW with maqqep and is more or less the rule for the monosyllabic prepositions and particles ftk, fts?, -IV, -n», -in. -ox, -td and "ftx (negative), though instances may be cited where these words are accentually distinct. Examples of other types of words in proclisis are: -noj-xb he will not depart jrrKsip? we shall find favor ft-Tru—TON which he gave to me ianx_nap buy us ™;-,3 (hat he was placing 8|*t3l£ let them dwell now The only important vowel changes before maqqep are e-+e and o-*o in the final syllable of many words: ft'in? he will give to me Nj-inE' observe now b. Retraction of Stress (imigdh or nasdg ' almr). There is a tendency, by no means consistently applied, to avoid two stressed syllables in succession such as Drft bixn you will eat bread. Instead, one may find either proclisis Drftftpxn in which the stress of the first word is surrendered completely, or retraction of the stress, in which the stress of the first word is moved back to the next full vowel (not a): □rft Vpxn your will eat bread Dw 1*51*5 and they were there c. Conjunctive Daghesh. When a word ending in an unstressed -d(h) or -eh is followed by one beginning with a stressed syllable, a daghesh may be placed in the first consonant of the second word: n"rj you were for us The absence of stress on the final -a(h) or -eh of the first word may be (1) normal, as in the preceding example; (2) due to retraction, as in ft rwfr it was done for him; (3) due to proclisis, as in ift~na? give to us. The phonetic value of this daghesh is not certain. 156. Vocabulary 42. Verbs: pin zd'aq (pyr) a synonym (and doublet) of pin to cry out no sar (mo;) to turn aside (from a given course), to depart, go away (all intransitive). *ftn hillel ftVrr) to defile, pollute, dishonor lesson 42] npp kipper hps?) to atone for, make atonement Dm niham (onr) to comfort, console (cf. Dna Niphal) nat? simmah (TIBSr) to gladden, cause to rejoice (cf. naiff, nnaiy) Nouns: ]nn hoten father-in-law nprft lehdbah (constr. nprft or nift; pi. -of) flame nd'al (pi. -im) shoe, sandal (f.) uqp qodes (pi. -im) holiness, sacredness ps 'awon (pi. -of) guilt, iniquity; punishment Other: ana maddiT'(interrog. adv.) why? for what reason? oVn hdlom (adv.) hither (a less frequent synonym of nan) Proper Names :n»a Moseh Moses jna Midyan Midian, a land in northwestern Arabia, inn; Yiiro Jethro, the father-in-law of Moses 3nh Horeb Mt. Horeb, an alternate name for Mt. Sinai, the location of which is disputed. Exercises: (a) Translate: ,,inj? Dipa-nx ri'ftn sna (i) .nix ntpxp nwa invh (2) .Tjnnin-nx nam ,rrair,p ft-mc (3) .iut 11™ xb n^xi wn; nnb npp xVnmx ■■p (4) .OT$g ift^pa1 T"!.^"0^ v:?"pp ^ .nbx 'iraa ■'JiH Tjftx 'p Tjnpy u>pa nai> (c) .rax nair napri 3nx-t™ (7) iianan D^tfrrai oanx anax ■■pax |? ink onan iax ntfx urxs <&) .iunp nn la-nbx tsis "wo "ft?01 nin- Vina (9) .nrrap-ft:; a-pis*? D-ppa d^pirn tin *?sa™] (10) .nVrma ftx inixnn nnx nnx aftna ftx nxna (11) .ink annxi Trxfti; 'nnuft ntfp (12) .nanxn Vsm -nx nuna nan .xfeaa -ail? bins mn'ftx rp_ "laxn (13) .bxatyftu ix fa'-fty moriftx (14) ; - I - t " t .Tfts nppx (is) .wsaa xbi niainxn ie>pa tie) .npp; p;?ft Vinan -aii? nan-fty 'naS nafrny (n) (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. Because of the righteous (ones) I shall not send a flame of fire upon the city to consume it and its inhabitants. 2. Where did you put your shoes? 3. His father-in-law was an Egyptian priest. [208] [209] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 4. If you touch the vessels in the temple you will pollute them. 5. They turned off the road and stayed (= dwelt) in an inn until morning. 6. She used to come to the river every day with her sister to wash clothes, and when the clothes had been washed, she would return to the city. 7. Why did you not receive the men who had been driven out of the city? (c) Reading: Moses and the Burning Bush (Ex. 2:23-3:6) VVI'j nTO»rri» VKTerj-'aa. iirujn aftsQ tfri mg\ ann trann tra»a -rn (23) :nplffl-]D D'n'VgfT'ftS !dJflBlBi ?srn taps^-nKi pn^-nN annas-ntst inna-nK dtiVn nan 3nnpTty-nN cnVs srajg (24) ioti1™ 17 ti ^N-jto'—aa-nK dtjVk r-g (25) N22 i?ian nrw iRfcrrftk -urn-i jna jna ianh inn: INS-nN nin n;n ntfai (1) tnann D'rfTKn in-1?^ naorri tosa ->»a naorj npni kti «naon ijina ra-naVa lfts mn- ijsVa ntj (2) 'tVax i:tn :napn *isa}-l6 sna njn ^i.jn nKnarj-ns ruywi tu-nnpt* rrda iak^ (3) :"ian -lasn ne>» nwa na>n njorj ijina ovjVk vVs Hnp^i rrcn1? no -a mn1 «ng (.1) ifty ibis nnK -tor aipan -a T^an ^ya ?pWa si7to d^j anpn-Vs natf] (5) item toip-naiH rap noa nnp^ apy; ■■n>Ni prtar vftR nrnaw tj^k Tax tj^k -pax nak'i (s) '■^bKv.-bK "nrana rt -a Notes to the Reading: 1. nas Niphal: "to sigh" 2. nro a cry 3. nprNa a cry 4. ana Qal: "to lead, drive" 5. In the sense: "to the edge of 6. nap a bush 7. An irregular passive adjective: "consumed" 8. "Remove" 9. "and he hid" 10. "to look" lesson 43 157. Hiphil Verbs: Meaning. Hiphil verbs are, for the most part, causatives of the corresponding Qal. The distinctive mark of this conjugational type is a prefixed h-, but because this is not present in the imperfect and the participle, one must rely also on vowel patterns to identify these forms and to distinguish them from the Qal. The meanings that can be assigned to the Hiphil may be grouped as follows: a. Causative. From roots whose Qal verbs are transitive, the causative may be doubly transitive, i.e. with an object of the "causing" and an object of the verbal idea expressed by the root: yaton he caused (someone) to hear (something) ftan na"i_ns liTKrrnH sraton he caused the man to hear the words of the king More commonly, however, there is only one object. If the second object is omitted, the verbal idea is intransitive: ui-NrrnN yawn he caused the man to hear It is better to seek a more idiomatic translation value in English, one that contains the force of the causative but requires no further object: "He informed (or notified) the man". If the first object is omitted, the verbal notion becomes passive in English: Tj'pjan naT-ns yaton he caused the words of the king to be heard. [210] [211] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Here again, a more suitable translation can usually be found: "He announced (or made public) the words of the king". A further example with ntnri (to cause to see): -irn T]ns ninn nsfgg as he showed you on the mountain (no second object) iTbrrnN nsT he will reveal his glory (no first object) From roots whose Qal verbs are intransitive, Hiphil verbs are simply transitive To this group belong the extremely frequent causatives from verbs of motion- -oh "r'Sjt! to bring (take, lead, send) across ns; k-'sin to bring (take, lead, send) out TV T"lin to bring (take, lead, send) down nby nbyn to bring (take, lead, send) up 3© ani>n to bring (take, lead, send) back H3 toan to bring (take, lead, send) in, to, into From roots stative in the Qal, Hiphil verbs often partially overlap with thePiel: 133 to honor; (rarely) make heavy rgsn to make heavy; (rarely) honor j*Sj? to sanctify, consecrate «N$1 to sanctify, consecrate Via to cause to grow; rear; magnify bnan idem + to do great things b. Permissive. This is closely related to the causative meaning and can be decided only from context: E.g. 1»l!"ri8"0? P^frg '-jiN rts-]p God has allowed me to see your children too. c. Siaiive (or intransitive). A rather unusual use of the Hiphil is the formation of stative verbs from roots that are also stative in the Qal: Qal Hiphil - ] a"?r! to be white 3-iR to be near anpn to be near, about to (do something) prn to be distant P'""!? to move or go to a distance A subgroup of this type consists of verbs describing action or behavior: no- to be good 3-0"n to do well, get along well in to be wicked snn to act wickedly These do constitute a translation problem since nearly all of them have a transitive causative meaning as well: rib? to make white pTjnrj to remove, put away anpn to bring near, present 3'&% to make (something) good lesson 43] The causative value is the more frequent one. d. Denominative. Like the Piel, the Hiphil is used to form verbs from roots attested (in a specialized meaning) in nouns: rfft ear ptKn to give ear, to listen 3is) evening ansfn to do something in the evening. e. Unclassified: Many verbs of the Hiphil type cannot be placed in the preceding classification. As in the Piel, this is due mainly to our ignorance of the sources in the language from which they were derived. E.g. npim to water, give to drink (used as causative of nnii*) trawn to do something early in the day Tbtfri to throw, cast away THB^ to annihilate, destroy 158. Hiphil Verbs: Stems and Inflection. Root Type Perfect Imperfect Jussive Regular l-Nim I-Guttural T»k>n hi'smid -pan higgid Tfijrp he'einid Tai»: yasmid Ta: yaggid Tnsr ya'amid yasmed ia: yaggid IDS?: yu'itmed Imperative Inf. Construct Infinitive Absol. Participle inwn hasmed Tan /tagged lasrt hd timed TM0n ha'smid Tan haggid Tpsn ha'amid ■jdum hasmed ™ hogged n»i>n ha'umed TDBtt ma'smid T3D maggid Tfcsn ma'dmid Remarks: (a) The basic stem of the perfect has prefixed hi- and a long stem vowel i; this is replaced with a in inflection (see paradigm below). With roots \-Nun, the familiar assimilation takes place: *hingid > higgid. With roots 1-guttural (including V.) the prefix is he-, with a secondary vowel after the guttural. (b) In the imperfect only the vowel pattern identifies the form as a Hiphil verb. Note again the secondary vowel with roots 1-guttural. The short imperfect (jussive) has e as the stem vowel. (c) The //-prefix appears also in the imperative and the infinitives, which have different stem vowels. The participle, like that of the Piel/Pual system, has prefixed m-. Perfect: THtfn hismid vr'Stifi hismidu nTliitfn hi'smiduh [212] [213] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Imperfect: hiSmädtä arnaipn hišmadtem n-joďn hišmádt jn-jasín hišmadten hišmádti hišmádmt Tfltg yašmid TTÓtŤ yašmidú tašmid njnóizfn tašmédnah tašmid n'oa/ri tašmidít tašmidi njnůwr) tašmédnah TBitiX 'ašmid vavi našmld yašměd wayyašměd naon tašměd wattašměd HTBIBK T ■ : - 'asmidáh našmidah -[aim hašměd iTiJtiin hašmídú hašmidi naiÓEín hašmédnáh Jussive: cohortative \ Imperative : Infinitive Construct : Tatfn hašmid 'Tatín hašmidi t)THt£irj hašmidaka Infinitive absolute : natón hašmed Participle Tattfa mašmid rri'ntin mašmidáh etc. an-roa nirroa mašmidim mašmidót The paradigms of Tsn and Tain are the same as the preceding. In learning the paradigm of the Hiphil, the reader should note the vowel replacements (perfect: i-*a; imperfect: i-*e) and the fact that the stem vowel e does not occur in open syllables, while i occurs in all open stem syllables and in all final syllables except that of the jussive, the imperative, and the infinitive absolute. One peculiarity should be mentioned in connection with the perfect of paxnand other Hiphil verbs from roots I-guttural: when used in a future sequence, the converted form, with the customary shift of stress, has a in the preformative syllable: r>3aKni and you will believe "■^axm and I shall believe A very rare alternate form for paxn ispaxn. 159. Vocabulary 43. The following Hiphil verbs are derived from roots which have already occurred in this text. Note the meanings which are not completely predictable. rpxn to destroy, kill has) pagrj to believe, trust (]axa) Vnarj to magnify, make great ftns) Tasn to lead (bring) across Tasn to station, set up, appoint a'npjn. to bring near, present lesson 43] -rain to cause to remember or be re- iznn to bring near tea) membered; to remind; to mentionrrxn to station, set up (333) p'Tnn to seize, lay hold of (pm) Verbs: cart hibbit, (root oaa) to look (at:Vx, by); tolookat (-f dir.obj.) ■ran higgid (root TJj to tell (something) (to: ?) 'rxn hissil (root "?xa) to rescue, deliver riiin hissig (root aiya) to reach, attain, overtake Tnpn histtr (root nno) to hide, conceal (trans.) mpJ niqrah (imperf. mp") ) . , . , , . „ ... ^ ''■ ' , ,. r „ to meet, encounter (+?x, 7V, 3) xnpa nigra (imperf. tr\pv ) • ' Nouns: abn haldb (constr. irreg. 37n; no pi.) milk unn dabas honey nai zekcr (w. su(T. nat; no pi.) remembrance, memorial nix of (pi. -of) sign, omen nil dor (pi. -im or -dt) generation, corresponding period of time Adjective: 3rn raJiah broad, wide Note: Hiphil verbs from roots whose Qal is unknown or little used often have a corresponding Niphal; in addition to]nKl 3X3, and waa note ■?SJ nissal to be rescued Exercises: (a) Translate: .mn nsryV^x can? nim np^ (t) .cpdtffn nnrja anx fin3K.ni xisri (2) .apvibx mma dtbxb edt-n win (3) .n'r'pa rasf mux nnsin-tjs-ns i1? ira?] (4) .amjip-nx in'npn Vina Vips ipyn am larfcra vn (5) .1331 arrriN 'T^JIjJ °T3Pa "JiS .nmsVi onk anpn nnarrnx anx Tasn (7) .nxinn oa mm inaa-nx npnnn (s) .Tpnixa-nx naiifN xVi n'r?; aai1 ipnpn *|Bt?-nx V"™ (9) .ns mpaa nx 'a-nxi efejj 'tcari nx ma—x (10) .nn aipan-nx nVnn-ip nanan-nx la^prrVx (11) .unnai ixxa'-jp □'Bjxn-nx irioni (12) .w^x n?w iipx ninixrrnx i3nx n-atn (13) .ia paxan a^-nx Vnr (14) .larinxa i3nx b'sa i"x 01 iri?« unx laaa-'? ftnfg (15) .n?n "Than ^aiy na^-Vs nnx mnx (to) .nwri i»^? "innaa-Vx 3"?nn-nx •'in (17) nnp3 »/.sfc»- to hide (oneself) [214] [215] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. The maidservant hid near the well. 2. Overtake him and tell him that we are returning to our city. 3. We were not able to rescue them. 4. Look at the mountains and tell me what you see there. 5. He will station his men by the road. 6. The man who meets you will tell you where I have hidden. 7. Why have you come to destroy us? 8. He hid the money so that no one could find it. (c) Reading: Moses and the Burning Bush (concl.); Ex. 3 :7-l5. zvimi 'ajan 'nsňiŕ 'anpas-nxi aňapa -rajs --as -as-nx ty^"1, sttj msf' -iax"i (7) ^raxaa-nx ^in; o •jHX-T'x narrfl naio pÄ-Vx xinn HŔn-p? ■Arfryrfy ansa i»a -"iVsn? inxi (g) ^ou'ni -nrim ,npni nngai "nnrji ^sasij aipa-Vx afa-p a^n «na» D-xnV &pix» -tox 'fB^rj'nx 'p^rj-'fljj "Vx nxa ^gTjpnja np.»s nan nmsn (9) :anx sansan bx-ii?1 ^a "■ay-nx »8!rirrj nins-%8 s$$$iSi n?V n™1 do) "tk-ji^ ria-nx "tr-six "O] runs-1?*? t^x '.a -aatj -a arjVgn-'JH tob -iBX'i (u) :Dn2BB aň.saa asrrnx '^x-xina ^TpňnVi? ,a:m *S nixri ^?_rm rr7tx-,a -iax'i (12) :mrj inn ■?» avrVxrrnx pnasn na-niax Tfrs anV ťibxi ^x-iúp "'aa-Vx xa -aix nan a-nVxrj-bx rwa nax^ (13) inrrtx ibx na iatŤ-na ,I?-nax] aa/Vx "■•aň'j'Ľ? rrnK Víjnér rnb -iaxh na nnx'i nnjnit i#s rrnx nura-bx dtj^x -ibx's] (14) :Dp-Vx ■■an1?© tiVx aa/nax "nVx nirr Vxtď? ,aa-l?x -iaxri-na rwa-bx a'rjVx ill? -iaxh (15) »s:-h -n? na; rm abisr? ,»ir-riT aa^x n-an'pu; aps?: -nbxi pnx; ti^x arnax A'o/e.v io the Reading: 1. npsx cry 2. ana to drive, oppress 3. axaa pain 4. The suffix -0 is an object pronoun. 5. "to lead him (them) up" 6. a; to flow 7. The Hittites, the Amorites, the Perizzites, the Hivites, and the Jebusites; names of peoples occupying Palestine at that time. 8. pn1? oppression; pn1? to oppress 9. = t|nx n^Bxi 10. "and bring forth" lesson 43] 11. "I should bring forth" 12. = ?jnx 'nn1?!!; 13. inf. construct of X'sin to bring forth 14. = *ns rrVt» 15. A cryptic phrase, not fully understood. 16. "forever;" an idiomatic use of repetition for durational expression. [216] [217] LESSON 44] lesson 44 160. Hiphil Verbs: Stems and Inflection (eont.). Root Type Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf. Constr. Participle Ill-guttural \U-Aleph srasfri h-san «?a: yaton n?an arson y'BtfB traaa Remarks: A guttural {other than «) in third root position affects only those forms which have e in the final stem syllable of the corresponding non-guttural type. In the imperfect (fern, pi.), jussive, and imperative this is replaced by a. The paradigm is otherwise like that of t&ipti except for the furtive patah with the final guttural: yaton. iraOT. Imperfect y^aton n:naton Jussive SHOT yaton Imperative yawn njyatm Hiphil verbs from roots lll-Aleph have e(') in the perfect before endings beginning with a consonant: ns^an (just like the Niphal nsjtaa, Piel ns^a, and the Pual nN^n). All other forms are the same as those of TBton except for the fern. pi. of the imperfect, where we find the usual -e(')nah: njsSaB [218] Perfect mxan nifien nsian Imperfect irsa: nwxan Imperative K?an ,K,j)Bn larian nittian The verb tronn combines the features of verbs 1-guttural and lll-Aleph. 161. More on the Numbers. (a) The tens. Apart from twenty, which is expressed by the plural form of ten, namely Q-nwy.the tens are the plurals of the corresponding units: B'cfttf thirty o'lianx forty B'tian fifty Dtfff sixty B'JJat? seventy cnaip eighty □'yton ninety They may be used with either a singular noun (the more common usage) or a plural noun: etn W&bvi or B'ltfjK □,izj1to thirty men. They may also be used as ordinals: D'srnK mttfa in the fortieth year. (b) Fractions are poorly attested. The expression for half ('xn) is unrelated to the number two. A fourth is uaior ya'T, a fifth is warl. (c) In addition to the regular series of ordinals (posn, *jtf, 'trtw, etc..) there is a second type attested only by toW (third) and yan (fourth). To judge from their limited use, they are more substantival than adjectival: "that which pertains to the third," etc. (d) Adverbial multiplicatives are usually expressed with DyQ (once), B^ys (twice), D'aye uribii? (three times), etc., but also attested are the forms DTiBato (sevenfold), o'nya-iN (fourfold). (e) Most of the units have corresponding verbs (usually Piel) which have rather wide-ranging meanings: "to do something x-times; to divide into x-parts; to do something for an x time." Thus, rrae? to repeat, do again vfcw to divide into three parts yan to be square; t»3"ll to make square, and similarly for the others. 162. Vocabulary 44. Verbs: yaton to cause to hear; to tell, to proclaim. frxan to cause to find; to present (= cause to be found). [219] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW K'ünn to cause to sin, to lead into sin nftan to make prosperous; to be prosperous T^fn to throw ratfil to destroy fWi 10 lengthen (tr.); to be long (intr.) nn; (nar) to sacrifice 333 bar) to steal 1W\ (nsT) to kill (with or without intent or premeditation) Nouns: nop (pi. -of) staff, rod; tribe •ft (w. suff.-pa; dual D:p3; pi. -or) palm or hollow of hand; sole Other: jfj (adv.) a synonym of nan; if Exercises: (a) Translate: .wVs nstf-nK itöb: (1) .rjov-ns mm nbin (2) .tank TatonVi D'aVxrrnx p'mrft ink 'mix (3) .niaa omrm-nx iafte>n (4) .ink laxönn -a ia5is? bita (5) .'Tai-nx ayrrVa-nx wöttfrj (7) .nax' ink bVpam ia raxan tit (%) .njn nasan ayn-nx tsx (9) •^TJix x'pqn-bx do) .'3öa -inpn nab (11) .aftirrn^ iayn xb (12) .ninftrrnx aaj 'a (13) .on ain-nx TbpTi (14) .QTrftx mm-nx ftbm ix'ä (15) .wtx nan:a-by ixnj?n 'ap1? ink xa-naro (ig) .□'pfea iwxi-nx oa-1! viaa-nx sip (17) ."nanx nix nt (ib) .ink nxTi inyyfty apt (is) .□■"btorj ^is-nx inswftx (20) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: '■ 50 fish 5. 50 honest men 2. 20 tablets 6. 90 garments 3. 30 stones 7. half of the milk. 4. 40 days and 40 nights lesson 44] (C) Write in Hebrew: 1. And when he had proclaimed the commandments of the Lord, he departed from their midst. 2. And when they destroy this city, you will be slain with the remaining inhabitants. 3. And when they told him about the enemies' army, his heart melted within him and he fled from before them. 4. Now that the Lord has made you prosperous, leave your place and come with us to be our king. 5. It is bad to steal and kill in this manner. (d) Reading: Exodus 3 :16^1:5. 'rfrx ftx nx-ia aavbx tftg mm Drifts nnaxi VxnOT 'aprnx nppxi Tp> (ig) ^nxaa Daft 'iwyrrnxi canx ^rnps ip? nax1? apsri prix' arnax nnx lira -nwv nitps inBii> twelve -lira D'jtjf niipsi dto nitps? »pii thirteen ityy né?$ niips e^ip fourteen ura nsaix n-liPi! s31x fifteen ■ros ntpnn niipa bdh sixteen nro niips? imp seventeen nips nsatii niips sátí eighteen -Hps nsa© nitra naatp nineteen nips nswn niips swn As with the tens (§161a), both singular and plural nouns occur with the numbers from 11 to 19. Nouns frequently itemized, such astzra, TOT, dť, tiísá (in the sense of "person"), and unti/ (tribe) are usually singular: i^x lips; nipan fifteen men vsi niips? iyan 15 persons (rem.: iráS is fern.) With other nouns the plural is regularly used. 165. Vocabulary 45. Verbs: 3,uhn to cause to dwell; to settle (someone in a place) (cf. 3t^>,) Tiiri to bring (lead, take) down (cf. IT) TVin to beget, engender (cf. iW STTin to cause to know; to teach (someone); to declare or proclaim (something) (cf. s?T) xrsin to bring (lead, take) out (cf. xx;) T^n to cause to go; to lead (cf. i^rr) Tpin to do again; to continue doing something. Two constructions are frequent: mxb Tpin he fasted again, continued to fast □sji Tpin he fasted again, continued to fast In the second construction the verbs are simply coordinated [223] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW in Hebrew. The verb may also have the meaning "to add" but the actual translation value depends on the context: r\w rn»S Ban Tpb;-bi! 'Aapirtl I shall add to your days fifteen years •"nyae? -\m nyiBtfrrbx ... napn ris&in You are wiser than you are reputed to be. (lit.: You have added wisdom to the report I have heard.) Note also the common phrase (exclamatory, asseverative): *ppi" nbi mrr 'b rroir nb May God do thus for me, and even more so (if such-and-such is/is-not true) »'Bnn to save, deliver main to reprove; to decide Sap to be jealous (_nx or a -(-person); to be zealous ( b: for) Nouns: bp| (pi. irreg. a-b-pp) idol, image bx (pi. -im) god; God (w. or without article) xro emptiness, vanity; xitfb in vain, for nothing l| (pi. -im) sojourner, resident alien "rk> a head of cattle (a singular corresponding to the collective Other : byaa nnna npya) (adv.) (adv.) above; below; -I- V ( = prep.) -f f (=prep.) Exercises: (a) Translate: .rap nixa ipbin n^isrrnKi ntma a-iinn a/ytínn-íiK .rbx 'jnjja "bipb saw xbi -ay "amp -nk rpbin .aaay npn nraiib lis mpix xb .ann a-jra nu?N nixbDarrnxi ninkrrnx -nk ann .la-toa pka lank s-sian sin aTfbx .vm pp-n? rax ab-nx naip -rb*m raipib ]a nbvi .nanan rnx-nxi rax-nx rjft .mai ncixa link mpoi n»P lank nirithn .ap-aa nxtprrby aanx mpix kb .aa -rox Dnaarrnx ípbx nxnpxi nap-nx xa-tísn (10) .ntn an/psn maa 'nk ňssini ninp-bs tjx rnaim npň nay xs rribyi tu) ."nan-ns anyaiy xb -a ap-bx -nnai. xitíb (12) .Nin unp aipa -a bann xinb anarrnx pirrbx (13) .myrnbs ank anp^i tš-s niyy niríbw nna;i (14) .rrrx-baa ink arm amax -p rnx ink ixap_;i (i| •TTfe*3* ynix "P nirnb iD'pin sb de) .nu™ nia nnx nnk anab labS- kb (17) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (í) (9) lesson 45] (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. He begot seventeen sons during his lifetime. 2. They settled the people in twelve small cities near the great river. 3. We defiled their holy place and brought out the fifteen large stones that they had set up there. 4. When he saw the flame of the fire, he ran out of the house without his clothes and shoes ( = circum. clause: "and his clothes and shoes [were] not with him"). 5. Now that my days on earth are finished, I charge these eighteen persons to you so that you may be a help and a comforter to them. 6. And after that he left the house of his father-in-law and set forth with this people as a sojourner in their midst. (c) Reading: The Ten Commandments (Ex. 20 :1-14): nbxb nbkn anann-bp nx a'nbx npmi (1) =:DHay map ajtyg pkn 'TJnssin ns?x mnbx mm -pis (2) pjs-by annx anbs T|b-mrr xb (3) D^a "i?hi nnna pka ntfxi byba a-b^p nvx ™arrbai bps' ab-nimm xb (4) :pxb nnfta -b» rnx py npb «xap bx mnbx mm -pax -a =anayn xbi onb x: nx mm npr xb -a xiiyb Tpnbx mm-Dtf-nx »«fen sb (7) •"npnpb nawn ai,_nx niaj (8) :t]naxba-ba mfiyi nayn b'et rwf (0) 7|iay Tj&arTjiai nnx naxba-ba niyvn-xb mnbx mn-b nao ■'y-pBn Bi'i (10) ^^.yiya nt?x pji ananai anaxi "ur\ aa-np-ba-nxi an-nx pnkn-nxi a;6uJn-nx mn-1 ntyy D,a;-nBij!' -a (11) i=:inii?ap.;i nai^n Dv-nx nim ana i?"by Tpim aiaa qb jria mnbx mm ni?x nanxn-by Tfi; panx: iybb aax-nxi max-nx naa (12) nptii iny Tfyia 'ina.yn-xb :aiijn xb '^nxan xb :nsnn xb (13) ifcjb ~*W: ^1 "Dt|j iiian inax:i iiayi 7|!>-i ni^k nann-xb Tjyn n-a 'nann xb (14) Notes to the Reading: 1. = T]nk 'nxsin 2. A plural noun used as an abstract: "bondage" 3. minn "likeness" 4. "You shall (not) bow down" 5. = ank nayn 6. xap (adj.) "jealous" 7. See § 161c. 9. 10. 11. 12. nba "thousand" km here = "to utter" (prob. in an oath); npa to absolve, regard as innocent The suffix is objective. "And he rested" = ins it*np;i [224] [225] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 13. *\hi "to commit adultery" 15. 7? "witness, testimony" 14. a my "to testify against; "falsehood" to bring as testimony 16. -ran "to desire, covet" against" lesson 166. Hiphil Verbs: Stems and Inflection (cont.). The stems of Hiphil verbs from roots Ill-He are as follows: Root Type Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf.Construct Participle \l\-He nnnn an'. nann nia-in n3"ia Also I-gutt. nbs?: ">?! niVyn Also I- Yodh rrjin ryre nv nnin ninin nnia Also \-Nun nan t 1 T- n?n nian nan Remarks: Note that the otherwise characteristic long vowel ? of Hiphil verbs is not present in these forms. The stem endings and their inflection are virtually the same as that learned for all other verbs from roots Ill-He (cf. naa, njax nay): only the beginning of the form marks it clearly as a Hiphil verb. The inflection is given below only in abbreviated form because of the similarities to other verbs already mentioned. Note that in the perfect the stem vowel before the suffixes beginning with a consonant is either e or ?: Perfect: nann Imperfect: nan: Imperative: nann nrmn ... "arm n-ann j "ann lann main I ... nrain etc. nrann etc. [226] [227] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Infinitive construct: niann, '■nianri, ^niann, etc. Infinitive absolute: na-in Participle: na"ia nana ffSPia niana The verbs nbsn, rrjin, and nart illustrate various combinations of root types. Their inflection is like that of nann. The jussive forms, like those of the Qal verbs from roots Ul-He, show the loss of the final stem vowel (-eh) and the resultant secondary vowel: yarbeh > *yarb > yereb. Hiphil verbs, then, are distinguished from Qal verbs only by having e and not / ore in the first syllable of the jussive (and converted) form: Qal: jan and he built anni and it (f.) grew numerous Hiphil: and he caused to build airn and it (f.) caused to grow numerous When the root is 1-guttural as well, there is no distinction: b$h Qal: and he went up or Hiphil: and he led up Note that in the jussive form of nan (root nan) the expected *yakk ( BTOk 31 men [228] lesson 46] 168. Vocabulary Verbs: nann nan niin npTi?'n rnin 7\bi I -fa1? I nab I nan I rianrt pn npn aaV 46. Nouns : to cause to see; to show (cf. riNi) to strike, smite, kill (root naa) to give thanks. In the imperfect the h is sometimes anomalously retained: FHifP = rep. (root iTT) to give water to, to cause to drink; used as the causative of nnii>. to shoot (arrows); to direct, teach (root (IT) to lead (take, bring) up (cf. n^y) (rsby) to uncover, reveal; to go into exile; utN-nN nbi he informed me. to carry away into exile haW to learn (taV) to teach (naT) to be(come) numerous; to be great to increase (tr.); make numerous (w, suff. "pn;pl. -f;?i) statute (pi. -of) statute (pi. -\m) judgement; court decision (pi. -of) a synonym of lb heart. Exercises: (a) For each of the following jussive and converted forms first give the corresponding normal imperfect and then the perfect. Translate. E.g. 3T -> rt3 t -» nann awn btf (t) (2) (3) (4) (5) sit (e) W (7) bt (8) l»5 (a) beth (id) ifr (n) nr (13) r)Di'1 (14) T- (l5) (b) Translate: (1) (2) (3) <4> (5) (63 (7) .bxnvr Tiaa rib* (s) " T t ' I T T .pnx vrxb rrriNi T^n-nK tin id1? (o) .ink nnb njn-ns n-'an sna do) .Nsa:_]a ink -iapn ink inrn nsan-nN *p .-non nbwb ,mr am -a .totf-m »-ja Ab rfsi .ajNii-nN nipwn Tsfi1? pin-1™ wa .-w;rn aian ^-rtrr nK aprix "'n-nini •isia nsnk "as-nN nVsn nnw .^an Nia up1? ims Di' traan 1,^-nN r\bi rnrrj .nnN c?np ''p ^aw nr [229] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW MS lanbai lam-is am rii"jmi a1? (,,) ,DBri-]D bpa nanrraii aanbaa-iB am ai (12) .nbka D'pnn-Va-nK nto1? uftk 1311 (13j »f3$Tl^ orik niiinV Dma?1? iipwrrn» nbiu (14) .mrr-nK nxTb nabi isaur; (l5) .pirn bna Bab rrm fiftrj "ap"1?? ank na-j'x (16) .npTibK mn'-Vx witfi nanaa-bRi aaaa1? waj>? (17) .D-n.xa pka Dp-nas-ns nVsa now noa-ns ntoy auw mrr dg) .apjnn pk-bK abEam •'acr—nN fcrt ([9) (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. I shall give thanks to the Lord. 2. They led us into exile. 3. Teach me so that I may know your (m. s.) many wonders. 4. Deliver us from the hands of our enemies. 5. When he hears about this matter, he will be jealous. 6. You have served them in vain, for they will not give you help. 7. The Lord will reprove his people. (d) Reading: Deuteronomy 6 :1-9. pka rrfogb asm nrpbb arrnVg mrr njs iws mppirarn mpriri rrjssn nun (1) Majish1? ns* anas am ~\m nriK 2?i§sa 'patt -ip rrnxai vnprrba-nR ib^ mnbs nim-nR ktb (2) :ma; pais: pfibi Tsn "a; ba Tjaa-jpi vjaan -abK mm nan nato aka tann nc/Ki a1? ap-1: ier nitre1? nnatin ^Rai^ nyaun (3) ssjaai aVn naj a1? mnrm :arw mm lambR aw ^j-j^ saw (4} ^aaka-Varn Tjifpa-Vaai TipaVbaa Tabs ma* nx Aansi (5) iTjaaV^v ai'n s?j?sa "pax ">$r nVka onana rrri (6) :Tjwppi Tjaatfai tpaa ^rpbai 7|maa t|na^a. aa fiaar) maa1? BDPiaam (7) rifgff ra ^sobV rm 7|m V» mK*? 'aptfpi (s) :Ta»^ai ama ^niTja-^jj arnriai (9) iVoR'.r (0 f/i and roots U-Yodh (a"EP) is not maintained in the Hiphil verbs derived from these same roots. The forms given for D-pa (from the root of BjS) are standard. Root Type Hollow (II-Waw/Yodh) WiO lll-gutt. Also [U-AIeph Perfect n-pa maa R-aa Imperfect ay* R-a- Jussive BR na; N31 Imperative -an «an Inf. Constr. n-an N-an Participle mpa man R-aa Note that the participle has the same preformative vowel as the perfect. This stands in contrast to all other Hiphil verbs studied up to this point. The presence of a guttural (other than n) in final root position has the same effect it has in S-nm For (ran compare k-XSa. In the inflection of the perfect there are two distinct paradigms, one with the linkinsi vowel -u- and one without: 1 II crpn in'pn in-pa aa-pa na*pa ria'pa ania'pa napa anapa niD^n ]nia,pn nrap_n ID^pa lain-pn 'napn lappa [231] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Paradigm I is by far the more frequent. The very common verb jpajj (to bring; root ma) is usually inflected according to paradigm II: x-ar\, rryfin, nxarj, etc. The imperfect and the remaining forms follow a single inflectional pattern-note the retraction of stress and the vowel replacement in the converted imperfect: Imperfect : a-pn a'pri O'Pv WpT nrfrpn la'pn am Jussive: ap.: opn □pn aP.ni Imperative: "n-pn wpn Inf. Construct: Tprj, ■,a,pn, t\nyn, etc. Inf. Absolute: Participle: nPn D'pn, rtn-'pn, □,Tpa, ma'pa 170. An Idiomatic Use of rj'pn. In the example: (a) biaxi -nibn -q^i And he walked along eating. the inf. absolute ■qfrri is used in accordance with the construction studied in §129 and may be taken as modifying or supplementing the main verb of the clause, with which it is cognate. But in (b) riiun rjnn n^rj wfin And the waters receded gradually (Gen. 8:3) the idiomatic use of Tjibn is clear, since a literal translation is impossible. More explicitly, if the first of two infinitives absolute in the construction instanced above is TpVrj, there is a nuance of continuous or gradual action. Closely related to this is a parallel use of the participle i\bh; the basic idiom is: subject + T]bn (c) 1s7d1 f?T] am (d) bill) r\bn th a second participle an adjective The sea (was) growing more and more tempestuous. David was growing more and more important. Now, in transforming a participial clause into a verbal one, the usual result is (for past tense): ■nbn i^Krj-t i™ r\bh The man is going. The man went. lesson 47] This same transformation was applied to the idiom cited in (c) and (d): (e) "litfpi ^bn a;n rybh The sea grew more and more tempestuous. (f) bnii rpbn in ^b'l David grew more and more important. The verb r\bn is taken as the main verb and is repeated, now as an infinitive absolute in the manner of (b) above to express the idea of continuity. But although (e) and (f) correspond to (b) in construction, their meaning can be gained only from a knowledge of the idiom in (c) and (d): "the sea grew..." and not "the sea went..."; "David grew (or became)..." and not "David went...". As a further example take the sentence: (g) ]vha TbA-by nwp) "tfhn Vim;-^? t nVrn Assuming a basic idiomatic construction: (cf. Judges 4 :24) *(g) 15??? by nttfpi nabfi bx-w—^a v the obvious translation (and the correct one) of (g) is "The strength of the Israelites grew more and more severe against the king of Canaan." These constructions, though not too frequent, are troublesome unless understood properly. 171. Vocabulary 47. Verbs: raj (nir) to be a prostitute; to act wantonly.rut a prostitute. inn hnir) to hurry; the inf. abs.-iria is used as an adverb: quickly. yyi to arrange, set in order; draw up (in battle array), □'"inn (onrp) to destroy, exterminate (often as a religious act of banning). ran (ro;) to make ready, prepare; establish (cf. jiaa). fan (pa*) to perceive, consider, understand; to cause to understand (cf. rvra). Tprj (to;) to remove, take away, turn away (tr.) (cf. id) . ni (rru;) to rest; to settle down. There are two Hiphil verbs related to this Qal verb: (tJ rr;n (rra;) to cause to rest, set at rest; (2) rnn (rrr) to set down, deposit, leave alone. □1 (on;) to be high, lofty; ann (on;) to lift up, lift off. ayn (Til*;) to bring (lead, take) back (cf. aw) iran (ton;) to bring (cf. xa) Nouns: ji (w. suff. pi. of) roof Proper Names: JU"]a ¥^n; Joshua, the son of Nun. [233] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW inT Jericho, an important city at the lower end of the Jordan valley. cravi an unidentified site across the Jordan from Jericho where the Israelites camped before crossing tlle river. arn Rahab, a prostitute in Jericho. JiTO Sihon, a king of Heshbon (east of the Jordan) whom, together with Og, king of Bashan, the Israelites defeated in their passage to Canaan, sis Og (see Sihon above). Exercises: (a) Translate: .nan ink xan (1) .air ink nan (2) •mWrj ?sa ink iTon (3) .ton? Dsa #t la^rj Ci) .nb nso_nx wan (5) .Tjaxi 'bip-ns Tionn (6) .u$nx-7K lafik a^n (7) .arrkn ns-nx wnnn (a) .nnan npijrbs a'aaxrrnx lapis (») ."PNIR? rnna du) .^x arik nyn (o) .iaf> nan (7) .a*33^n-nx iann (s) .an1?;, o;(J ia^x win (9) .lannx crann nan -a nna (10) (b) Negate each of the imperative sentences in (a): Ex. nar} ink (xari) xnn-7N (c) Translate: .wiaa-ns "PNio (1) .arrap-nx n^dn- (2) .□aV n'arrnx Tiirao .d'Van ?sk anjrrnx lanan (4) .o-pnn nrn-nx pan (5) (d) Convert each of the sentences in (c) to a sequential form: Ex.nma-px iram (e) Translate: .ixpp pan irii^a mrr (1) .annx Bnbx nnx iat *a isaw X7 Brrt)p&i-7N aai (2) .natan "^a-nx rinarj nb-'K (3) jtH 3»i pa; iaaVi saw; vamai rrsa asn nxr (4) .asn Bin intaa-px innrp th (5) ,ia£ir?xi is-Vsr^x ur)k awn X7 ana to) -?a TPix nTOS:? nisa-px; niprrnx "*rii~ii3Tt~nH nam o-'srann ■q-iia n?6 (7) .□a^n 'a; .nip; i^k? n;rn Tja^a naan xiap o taswai pni pan m (a) .^ipa isao* K7i nxs-px "'an X7 to) l)7t nasa rrn x?i ,aV"1?? ^n ^nk into asn Tina ?jnx niann "ton pj; do) inn rani ^a-'Sai ntf;n pn nit's1? iaab-Vaa nriK 7|Vn nirsi 'rraa-nx naii> nt?K ■Ian-'rv T^qx n"]Vai tip1?-1?!; ran traa *aan Tins pa?ipn -pix; T$f [2«] LESSON 47] (f) Translate into Hebrew: 1. He will give rest to his people when he has settted them in the new city. 2. I brought them to the place I had prepared for them and left them there. 3. Where did the men prepare the camp? 4. I shall go with you and give you rest. 5. Do not raise your voice lest they hear and come and slay us. 6. As he led us into exile, thus will he bring us back. 7. He will teach us many new songs so that we may give thanks to the Lord. (g) Reading: Rahab and the Spies (Joshua 2 :1-11). (1) -nK *n »7 naxb ninn o'?n» tnpas crto d-wrj-ja pa-|a serin? nVtpn :natt»-iaaun arn nam nait n»8 n'S 1x3;] 073 inn;-nx; pniSn :pnkn_pn nan1? 7»nir -aaa rijftg nan 1x3 aWax nan naxV inn; lawn sn'o1? 3ki""t$x ^x b'xan nWixn 'x^in nbx1? ann-7X inn; ?|7d n^un :ix5 pnArj-7a-nx nbn1? o t>st «71 d'Bjsn ,1?x 1X3 pa nax'm aiassni awaxn ■,ai?-nx ntwxn np.ni ^an p§a nna lain a^agn obn njk nsn; X7 ixS; dtonii t|t?ria niap7 nsi&n -n;] ^aiawn n annnx :ajn-?v tt? niansn iyvn "TOfaa "aaappi naan san^sn xn; m; "V0$ n.qx nap nsfm ^inasan 7S fjyg 6^-1^ annnx lonn aWaxn; rannnx □•'pnnn :aan-7S an^s nrrps xn; paa^ ana nan; ii'^y aana-'x nVpa 01 pnkrj-nx oab nin- ina-o >bv^ BTOxn-bx nax'fn lap^asa pnkn 'affi'-'js '»iaaa o; iniJxi anTsaa aanxsa aa-asa utpo-a; n-nx aw i^nin-nirx «ns "a do) :onix anannn -wjs aisVi itrp? prnn "nafia Ttfg ,5naxn 07a -gt/? anWi? trn7N »71 Qpnbx mn1 Qp^pa i^xa nn nis najj X7i U331? db™i sarai (11) :nnna pnkn-Vsi 7saa a;fe (to be continued) (2) (3) (4) (5) m (7) (8) (!)) Notes to the Reading: 1. A difficult word, probably meaning "secretly" 2. npn to dig, search out, explore 3. "and she hid them" (]ps to hide) 4. awi?b = am la^n 5. an7sn = anx nn7sn "and she hid them" (jap to hide) "stalks of flax" lit. "flax (aniz)3) of the tree". Note that anwp is feminine Often used thus without a preposition in the meaning "by way of [235] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 9. "as far as the fords" (sing. 13. *fara,m The Red Sea; lit rnijvn) "sea of reeds" 10. "(they) have melted away" 14. "that which" 11. m marks the "raw clause as 15. Amorite the object of ws/ftijj. 16- "13$ the other side 12. BJ'ain to dry up (root B>3* cf. rviiT) LESSON ^ 172. Hiphil Verbs: Stems and Inflection (concluded). Hiphil verbs from geminate roots have the following stems: Root Type Perfect Imperfect Converted Impf. Imperative Inf. Constr. Geminate a?; apn apn Also TI/III-gutt. inn inn Inf. Abs. Participle npn 3D» snn snn Note the general (but not consistent) replacement of e by a in the final stem syllable before a guttural. In inflection the e appears before the guttural whenever the non-guttural counterpart has i: Perfect 3Dri iai?fi inn niapn oniapn nis>nn ornsrnn niapn ]nisnn -rriaoq i'iapn uiann [236] [237] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Imperfect 3dt aon son "aon apn ■■aon iap; nraon ia6n nrapn aoa won (nraon) Imperative sn- -t inn sijpi 'sin • " t »nx snn -irin ist "t win nrsjnri am linn (nrsnn) Inf. Construct apn ■*apq 'lapn inn 'snq Participle apn nana D'app nisoa una nma D-'irna nisna Deviant forms are attested, most frequently those showing a doubling of the first root consonant, such as ap; (for ap;). Compare the similar confusion in Qal verbs from these same roots (§126). 173. Verbal Hendiadys and Related Idioms. In the construction Tjay aufji and he wept again the two verbs are simply coordinated, both having the form as required by the narrative sequence in which they occur, but in meaning the first serves to qualify the second and is best translated adverbially in English. The verbs most commonly used in this way in Hebrew are: 3ti> to do something again fppin to do something again Win to do something willingly, voluntarily; to be content to do; the imperative is virtually equivalent to "please" nna to do something quickly onwn to do something early in the day nann to do something much or a lot Examples: 7\m np_"! brnag *\oh (Gen. 25 :1) And Abraham took another wife. lesson 48] rrrn naia 3OT u^kin lb (Joshua 7 :7) Would that we had been content to dwell on the other side of the Jordan, psl ]|?*3 a#] (Judges 19:7) And he again spent the night there. nan 'as-nx Drnnim nrnnai (Gen. 45 :13) And you shall quickly bring my father down here. DapTl? nna7rn Dnaauni (Gen. 19 :2) And early in the morning you will go on your way. The two verbs may have no conjunction between them. This construction, termed asyndetic, is common with imperative, rare with narrative forms: 5]|»S n»*lR rl33#8 (Gen. 30:31) I will again tend your sheep. aau? aw (I Sam. 3 :5) Lie down again, lis i2iiip3K fTpis (Prov. 23 :35) I will again search for him. ^""iriS "l"?? *?in .rzsb nrá bzn y-n .aanaa-nN iňpV) niaa? ?>ňa .y-inSi niar? br\m (1) (2) (3) (.1) (5) .-ay in-ia-riN nah (c) -orfbtt 'nana ran1? ^rr (7) Jan; 'a annan lyv (s) .nanba ■"psr1? lai^na di) .asiana ra-y-ntt ao»i (in) [240] lesson 48] (b) Translate into Hebrew using the constructions treated in §173. 1. and we shall bring again. 2. they were content to rest. 3. I arranged it quickly. 4. and early in the day he removed them. 5. and he struck him again. 6. and he prepared again. 7. and they quickly brought it. 8. be content to bring them back. (c) Translate: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) .isůri -pi Trbx lain □ac'i ,iíis;i inš iVram ia yjB tf? naió tf?$n n?izn .]ni>b Dna-rrrns tan sa;i "iaa lirsni .nnain n^an -rsn-ns laaoa nm t t t : t i - t -.* " \ : t t : .ma1 ■,a,i?a inn niira1? nann jj'-rfa feWRj-Jw nap'i man isa;i .s-nn v-iŇn-VK nwb ipaa ro'ft rwasj sin in Daiin .man -liir n*rr sbi cnarrns n»tr swn era .iiňs srtpsjj ina?"'! na^V nqa .'nyiaw na-nns omasa sb nnb .nans onVs ■•a aa1? 'nsárá sVn (10) .□'pis;1? nvn1? spray n-a-ns fia1? ri'prtin (11) .n*3s n'a-nsi nnš inaT sV »s oris satprn (12) (d) Reading: Joshua 2 :12-24. Rahab and the Spies (concluded). Toň *a| n'a-Dii ons-oa on'ssi ion oaay ,n,É,y-,3 ni.f3 šanson nnin (12) :nas nis -7 nnnai -ns oriTsni on1? iBS-'pa nsi ''nins-nsi ns-nsi 'as-nsi 'as-ns onnn) (13) :niaa wnispa -nna n;rji sni isiat-rs n-ari s1? ns ^ma1? oa/nnn iaf sa OTOSn nb nas*] (14) inasi loft Tjas? iri&si vi^n-ns u'J aw ■.mwv sn naiaai aainn Tpa arra 3 6TiVnn lya ^Vaftg -toi-iini (t5) aaii? ny ca; nunii? nafi 'onanai o'Dinn 033 iyap'-js nnnri on1? "ínsňi do) :Daa-n? wVn nnsi o-'Pinn nanyaipn ibs ntn "inyaisn ianis10o?pa o-cíasn ri^s nns»i C17) ia i^annnin -ibs pVna' ntupn "n?n -aifa tain mprj-ns ynňa o-s3 nanas. nan de) :nn:3n t?s 'aosn tSs n-a-V? nsi Tfts-ns) ^as-nsi T3S~nsi an? nips bai o"pa lanisi iiiísna ian naiina ijn-a 'riV-ia ss^-iipK bb ani :ia_nnn a;-os laiiisna iai n'aa -qns i^ianvawn niiis ^nyauia o'pa la^m ni la^n-ns n^n-osi (20) ■.jjbnz 'aipn nipn-ns nirpni mb*± "on1?™ sin-|a oanaia nasňi (21) [241] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW _,»3 afs-hT} TOpa'i n'snin »18-™ trw nf^itf nip n-iftn (22) **§ riN iV-nfop pj?*a ?BhrP-'?« wa^ nasn inna n-n D'tfMjri -a? (23) : orris ^niNsan' H-$7 'af"1?? '«'353-031 pftn-Va-nK a-^a mrr 'ra-a srahn?-^ naK'i (21) Notes to the reading: 1. "my sisters" 2. "our lives in exchange for yours" 3. Note the absence of the article on at. 4. 07-nni = orix Tjtfn 5. ^aj a rope 6. jiVn a window 7. Dnaru = onNarii from nam to hide (oneself) 8. a© alternate inf. construct for 3111? 9. Take adverbially as "afterwards". 10. yi innocent, guiltless. Verse 17 seems to be displaced; see vs. 20 below. It. "this line of scarlet thread" 12. un-inin = «jfts n-nin 13. unsaipn = nanM ns|t?n 14. cnVipni = or)K n^ni 15. in the sense "befall" 16. "they have melted away" [242] lesson 49 175. The Hophal. As in the Piel-PuaJ relationship, there is for each Hiphil verb a passive counterpart of the type called Hophal. The form is characterized by an H-vowel in the first stem syllable and a in the second. The exact nature of the first vowel depends on the root type, as is seen from the following synopsis: Root Type Hiphil Verb Hophal Perfect Perfect Imperfect Participle Regular TBip'n -laip'n TBipn I-gutt. rn»n l-Nun Tag ian •tan lU-Aleph Ksa; NSBB l-Yodh/Waw T-iin T*in riv rvis Ill-He rnan toa Hollow o'pn ap.in □pr opra Geminate 2?n awn 3 or apia The following samples of their inflection will suffice for the remainder: Perfect naip'n "rnsn narin niaim n7n?n (ho'om-) nnaain ...Bl&tfn ...n"i»vn ...reian npjin hapm • nap^n [243] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 49] ... •mii" - : t .."TöBfn - : : t 7BIP0 r : t nTÖwa/'niBipa anauJa "tit nnaa/a Imperfect lasr rua1 Hosn (to'om-) "an ■itt ' "it miasm nrian Participle ibj?b tut nia^b/niasa anasa niiasa fiaaa maa ouaa niaaa npr 'apw apra napjia / napia a'apia As the passive of the Hiphi), the Hophal offers no problems in translation when the Hiphil is a simply transitive verb: -raty'n he destroyed -at?n jhm he threw nbm T-jin he brought down -nin he was destroyed he was thrown he was brought down But when the Hiphil verb is capable of a double object construction, it is the causative portion of the meaning which is rendered passive in the Hophal: mxrrnx BNgrnx nxin He showed the man the light, (lit. he caused die man to see the light). lixrrnx utkh nxin The man was shown the light, (lit. the man was caused to see the light). imrrnx osrrriN Tasja He brought the people across the river, inarrnx urn lasffl The people were brought across the river. Or, when one of the two possible objects is omitted (cf. §157a): asjrrnx Tas?n He led the people across. asrj lain The people were led across. liNrrnx nxin He showed the light, (lit. he caused the light to be seen) lixn ninn The light was shown, (lit. the light was caused to be seen). Note, too, the impersonal construction with the retention of m (cf. § 154 end): anairrnx i1? nan He was told the words. 176. Vocabulary 49. Verbs: Vi?b to; 1?? pm nan (bipa1) hurt (flap*) (pip;) (pin;) (nan") to rule, have dominion over (obj. with a) to be pleasing, agreeable to be(come) angry (bv against) to settle down, dwell to become strong, firm, hard to mutter, roar, moan, sigh; to meditate, imagine [244] Nouns: nnt? (no pi.) ^ "in (pi. nrng) j ns (w. suff. TiS; pi. -im or -6t) time, appointed time (f.). '13 (pi. o^Ti; constr. ""la) kid nil? (no pi.) congregation, assembly Tina (pi. irreg.crnna) young man Other: b~\v (adj.) uncircumcised; (fig.) inept, deficient ]?-Vs; (adv.) therefore Proper Names: piM Samson nrjaanTimnah (or Timnathah), a town held by the Philistines; exact location unknown □T.-rVp The Philistines Exercises: (a) Transform each of the following sentences into the passive, replacing the Hiphi! verb with the Hophal according to the example: emrrnx trän he brought the man .naian *?ya ^an-nx Tpn .□'inxrrnx lan as?rrnx a^in .aan-ja aiyaxrrnx nyi/in .nanii carnhn-nx x^jsin (1) (2) (.'!> (4) (.i) W'xn xaan the man was brought .nayarrby niarrnx nVsrn is) .anon "lai-nx ab> ran (7) .nainn bun t^xn-nx yfyjfy ^ .niai nixbsa aanx 'rrifciri (9) .ba-nn-^x inx xa'i (10) (b) Translate: laVin nasn ntran xaian irxn t - ■ t (c) Translate: (1) (2) (3) (I) n'jaan aan -main iVar aaian Dun (5) (a .D*TJ»n-rK rfptf1? jsira nsns a"? pirn .a-'p-'is nisya awi aaip; xV I?-1?» (9) (10) (11) (12) (1) (2) (3) (•!) (5) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) [245] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW .bx-vy* nrn-bs-bx nwa nan jdi (n) .naTanfty anaa ink Dj^j "HarrnK nao»i (m) (d) Write in Hebrew; 1. The statute was annulled. 2. The work was begun but not finished. 3. He was made to swear that he would return early on the fourth day. 4. He fell from the wall and died. 5. He was taken outside the city and there was put to death (lit. was caused to die). 6. She stood beside the door until they had departed. (e) Reading: Judges 14:1-10. Samson and the Riddle. ■■a^mbs niaaa nriaana rrox wn nnáan ]way tví G) aniR inp nnjfi trtyabs niaan nriiana "n-Ňn twh iat*H iax1?! rax1? tin bsň {■>) a ^yx1? ft nc'x nnpft r|Vin nrix 'a mix ^Hsftaai tjtik niaaa fljjg ibxi rax ft nax'i (3) rrjttj; KTt",si ft_np. ams raxftx -tott- nnx'i Dftnyn D'ntiftDa trna n»ai arftobsn »j?a»-K-.n -naxrr-a imn nwa "a bt isxi ram (4) ftxníra aft^a D^nsfts utop ninx n'aa nani nnaan 'a-ia-as ix'fn anion iom ram "icíaifí tvi (5) ňnsnp1? rax1? ran 16) ira rx nwsai man Sas/a «inýo«n aw nn ifty •■•nSsni (b) safra ntM ns iaxbi :rii£*ai^ -rya nf'fji rwjxb lari nnh (?) ■wiaa "o-iaa nns? nani nriKřj Bflbkn nx nixn1? np;i 7nnnpft rrn-o atjJSj (a) :un-n rrnsa xb) ft|mi Qn*7 rnn iaxftxi rax-ftx -\bh Vam i[ftn ift/3 ^faftR Mwrvi (9) :t!/ann i-nnn ayiRa n'laa arft Tan .-a-jinaa íteí] ja -a nnira jteňíf Dtí »»3 nvfxaftx wax tví (tu) (to be concluded) Nates to the Reading: 1. "that it (i.e. the situation) was the Lord's doing" 2. nash opportunity (for a quarrel) 3. Tsa a young lion 4. 3Rii> to roar 5. nbx to rush 6. yew to rend, tear apart; "and he tore it apart" 7. The suffix is objective: "to take her" 8. nbén carcass 9. ania-7 (pi. -im) bee(s) [246] LESSON 49] 10. n;ia body 11. "and he scraped it' 12. -"he had scraped" [247] LESSON 50] lesson 177. The Hithpael. Relatively infrequent, Hithpael verbs are distinguished by the prefixal element (li)h- and the doubling of the second root consonant. Root Type Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct Participle Regular Ill-He nrurr mronn Geminate "ftsna In regard to formation the following points should be noted: (a) With roots beginning with a sibilant (ti i it » s) there is regularly a metathesis of this consonant and the n of the prefix: *hitsammer > nanwri. A further assimilation takes place, wherein *-zt- > -id-, as in *iutzakker > *hizlakker > nsTjn; and *-st- > -si- as in *hit_saddeq > *histaddeq >piozn. Other assimilations occur sporadically, as in xasn for more regular sprirj, (b) With geminate roots the doubling of the middle root consonant is often given up, as in the Piel verb, when preceding a a: iaannn for viarsnn. (c) Roots II-gutt, show either compensatory lengthening or virtual doubling, as in the Piel. E.g. ns-jrin but arunn. (d) The final stem syllable may have a instead of e. This is normal before gutturals, optional elsewhere: qaitnri, smnn. (ei With roots I-Waw/Yodh the original i is sometimes preserved, as in n?inn (to argue) and »Tmn (to make oneself known): contrast TVnn (to declare or claim a pedigree) and VJ^nn (to conspire against), both with \ (f) Hollow roots seldom occur as Hithpael verbs. (g) Vestiges of a closely related verb type without the doubling of the second root consonant occur sporadically, especially in the verb npsnn (note the long a and single p). Inflection is as follows: Perfect ft-nann riVanri ftanri nnVanrt arm win n4ann Drvftann n^snn jnb'Tariri nftariTi |r.-Vjnri 'nftanri s^ita iftberin Imperfect ^■rarr riVaiv ftarr ft"?sn: win naViann rftann naft arm V?snn n&fsriii Vnirin iVnarm nbann v>ann Vbsnri ft-tann naViarw ftann naftann biir.K n^arm nVana bbpris ?¥er nnb -íax'i (12) strata «nbVB Q"'!?'1?^ »«5Hf KtŕVa) ddV -nmi Drjxxa'! npran V? naK'i o'lja ma-11?!] d-i^w d'iho arfiv *b orinsi,l? Tan1? iVain kV-dxi (13) 'inayattrai ^ny-n afift iD1!?; nÄ nTnn ran1? r?z>* sVi «pino xar isjbi "?3nb xs; boxna on1? nas'i d'Jj rpra-js? ri-rnn-nx laVijn •qw'n-nx »-bd pistol? nrN1? nas'i 'spawn oi"a ^rj*i (15) "txpn la1? amy. ,1«0T,?n tfsa Tax n'a-nsi -nr™ -as) -aa1? nn-rn n-rnn l3,aŕi3nx iftj i:,aňxaiff pi laxni fViji putoi? nip'š ijatj] Ciej :T?k i^i 'rrrän «■? ■toKyi 'a?1? ran a1? nax'i nn-ún x1? ■•Vi 'a rf?;"rjgi 'SPafn d>3 'rrn nraton onV n;n--iw'x own ns;3t? vVjj t^it, (17) :nav "aa1? nrnn Tarn "innjrsn rs nm siata pinn-na <;npnnn «a* onĎa 'SJ'aign ova Tin "tp'ax iV noxh (is) :'iiTn DnKsa ió 'nVisa onip'nn kVi"? dpi1? nas'i nxa ^DniirVrrnx pfgj irx dV?ib ona TiVp™ ffy rrtrp nn r^s '"rfpsni (id) :vraK ira V??] iss -irri nTnn Tan1? nis'^nn twi •.r? unsn tlx winn1? patoi? ntpä nni (20) Ato/es to the Reading: 1. una companion 2. ~tn (tit) to propound a riddle 3. nrn a riddle 4. Notice the temporal expression without a preposition: "during the seven days..." 5. ftp a linen garment 6. nD,l7n a change (of clothing) 7. naiara = nnx sjbimi 8. pina sweet 9. nns to lure, entice, beguile lO.iafTVn = n+ b + eh; + suff. 1st pers. pi.: "have (you summoned us) in order to dispossess us?" 11. xVn probably a mistake for oVri, but it may be taken literally as an emphatically placed interrogative: "You've summoned us... haven't you?" 12. ia5Kaip = *rjtx nsaip 13. 'aronx = tix naftx 14. nnp/xn "she harrassed (p-sn) him" 15. An uncertain expression; probably "before the sun had set" 16. RJSX to rush 17. nsr^n armor 18. nin to be a companion to, to be "best man" [252] lesson 179. The Qal Passive. There are several forms, taken by the Masoretes as Pual or Hophal, which must rather be viewed as survivors of an obsolete passive of the Qal. Perfect Imperfect np- to be taken 7^1 - to be born - 11?; to be given Isolated participial forms also occur: bsx (eaten,consumed),"fr?; (born). That these verbs are not true Pual or Hophal types is suggested (1) by the absence of a corresponding Piel or Hiphil active verb with the appropriate meaning, (2) by the absence of a a -preformative on the- few remaining participial forms, (3) by the irregular assimilation of the b in npi, a special feature of the Qal not found elsewhere, and (4) by the asymmetry of a Pual perfect and a Hophal imperfect. It is quite likely that a number of other Pual and Hophal verbs belong here, but assignment on the basis of meaning alone is precarious. 180. Polel, Polal, and Hithpolel. In place of Piel, Pual, and Hithpael verbs from Hollow roots there is a derived system of verbs characterized by the reduplication of the final root [253] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW consonant and 6 in the first stem syllable: Polel (active) Polal (passive) Hithpolel (reflexive) Perfect Imperfect Inf. Constr. Participle DBip oaip; DSip DBip Daip; naipnn □aipiv f □aipa aaipa oaipna Typical verbs are aaip (to raise up), nnia (to slay, kill), nan (to raise), jaia (to establish), and "His (to arouse) from the roots Dip, ma, on pa, and "im respectively. All verbs of this type are rare. In the inflection of the perfect the distinction between the Polel and Polal is obscured: Polel oaip naaip . naaip Polal naip naaip . naaip Similar forms occur from geminate roots, as fain (to favor; root pn) and aaio (to encompass; root aao). 181. Other Verb Types. Biblical Hebrew has a number of verb types not belonging to those already treated. Most of these are so infrequent that a complete paradigm cannot be constructed for them. Given below, with the traditional name of the type, are a few examples. Poel: similar to the Polel of the preceding paragraph but formed from regular triliteral roots. E.g. tonto (imperf. tonto?; part.tontop) to take root, a denominative from the nounto")&'(root). Contrast the Piel verbehto (to root up, destroy the roots of). Palal: presumably from triliteral roots with reduplication of the final root consonant E.g. TiNto (to be at rest); V'paK (to be weary). Pilpel: perhaps traceable to reduplicated biconsonantal (i.e. Hollow) roots. E.g. bsbs (imperf.babo?; inf. constr.bifta; part. Vaban) to sustain, support: bibi (to roll). The relatively frequent verb ninnton formerly taken as a Hithpalel form of a root nnto is now known to be a Hishtaphel (i.e. prefix [h]iSt-, root mn). The attested forms of this verb are given below and should be learned. Its inflection is like that of other verbs from roots Ill-He. Perf: 3 m.s. ninnton Imperf: 3 m.s. mnnto: Imperative: 2 f.s. sqnJKj 2 m.s. ninnton 3 m.pl. vinnto? 2 m.pl. iirjnfri • [254] 3 m.pl. Tinrwn Inf. Construct: ninnton 2 f-p'-.rinnton Jussive: innto' lesson 51 ] Participle: mnnwa 182. Final Remarks on the Numbers. The numbers above 99 employ the following words: hundred nKB thousand fjVk len thousand nan-) lan Because the gender of nKB is fern., modifiers have the masculine form: nixa to'rto 300 nixa imn 400 Constr. Dual Pl. Constr. nsa crriKB nina niNB '•a'pR a?nin nixan Whereas is masculine: a*sbx ni^to 3000 □-•a^K nainK 4000 There is a great deal of variety in the order and syntax of the higher numbers, but the following points will apply in most instances : (a) n«a is usually followed by a singular noun: nato nxa 100 years t]p±> n«a 100 pieces of silver aa-i hnb 100 chariots The number may be in the construct: nato nNB [00 years -i?a nsa 100 talents (b) D'nNB, «|^, rrsVx are also followed by the singular noun, but plurals are attested: nato trnxa 200 years to'N *ftj 1000 men «103 D'nNB 200 pieces of silver trays nbiit 1000 times to'N O'sbii 2000 men □'did B'Bbx 2000 horses (c) Compound numbers usually begin with the highest unit: x-thousand, y-hundred, and z. Only the final element (z) is affected by the gender of the noun being modified and will conform to the patterns already discussed (§§130,161). Note first the construction with n*zbx nto^to mo *fjfk ntos nto^to 13000 antos 20000 nwarn ontoy 25000 ^ nua 100000 iVk D'riKB 200001) Following is a selection of compound numbers illustrating normal usage. Study them and be sure their construction is clear. [255] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW n^b0) rm» m 3 •wy n»7tki) n«a 113 rwfofa Dnwuti) n«a 123 nf7B/0i) o^nsp 203 ntfWOi) nixa teVte 303 naibteh) "rVrt 1003 nteVfW nxn(i) fiSft 1103 ni»7wCi) d'fiKaft) 1203 ntfWCi) cnHpd) d's^k ra^te 3203 f]^ "lira rwbiff 13000 nbft nu?7iiii anil's? 23000 ibft nKa 1011000 "pjft ntebun nKa 103000 n^S ira n#7B/'0O nsa 113000 nbfit niNB tebte 300000 «-|Vi3c nc?7iii(i) nina wbvi 303000 nuJ7!i'i Drifted) nixa B7b(i) n^ft ni?7tti(i) nisa teSte 303333 The words for ten-thousand are seldom used. 183. Vocabulary 51. Verbs: nnia aaii ninn^n DDtt1 Trip P-? Nouns: Adverb : pis nai 13> Proper Names : '7» to slay, kill (§180) to set up, establish (§180) to arouse, stir up (§ 180) to raise up, exalt (§ 180) to bow down (§ 181) to take one's stand, station oneself (uemp') to judge hro;1) to hide, conceal (pEri to break down, breach (a wall); to burst out suddenly (a upon); to increase precipitously (in numbers, wealth etc.) (vv. art. pnsri) the Ark of the temple, containing the tablets of the Law (w. suff. mat; pi. -im) sacrifice hundred (see § 182) thousand (see § 182) therefore (usually introduces a divine judgement or declaration) Eli, the priest of the Lord at Shiloh to whom Samuel was entrusted. lesson 51 ] Exercises: (a) Give the Hebrew for the following numbers: 1 2 3 4 5 (b) Analyze and translate the following verbs: . 3554 6. 7325 11. 100000 . 1238 7. 5899 12. 220000 . 9671 8. 2107 13. 460000 . 8442 9. 4960 14. 587963 . 7683 10. 10349 15. 666666 i:nnia (1) ••aiiann (2) TTiJW (3) -as-Tin (4) d*a:i>a (5) naön («) ^niYlBIT (7) inntzn (b) an-iniann (o) ••nrria (10) ^aönnn (11) nnnten (12) (1) (.2) <3) (1) (5) (6> (7) (8) (!)) (c) Translate: .^d1? "a'R-nK mrr pp .ntn nas-nN obwh 'a *J8 'a .■■a'K-bi; tp'jK-nK *rnniin .nstn niimo ^nas] Tjnpn "■nina «7 .d^irhT nana is-ip'i .T]awa xipb n-rana psi .p&n 717a nateni iDpte' .-?xn nsa ffi-Nri pSffl ."■aaa ■man-?Ki rrSs no •*? K}~i?n .uanpa nnan p-iN np_- irrirj nin (111) .Tjas ate wirnni oris rirtp1?) btnte? •'ipta te^s a^ate nppN (u) .ate nai apir nan (12) Mr rreB-ns Torna -ais nasb. *ja nj» ip& o ?p»Ki-7v 103 fyj v^s -ior*i (13) .TjriN rrpis Trtarbs? k7 (14) .rnnnn nti« nnrurrbs; pftrrnN mn- |;ria (15) .nins n-a nusrj np.ni (ig) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. He was a just and righteous man and walked continually in the way of the Lord. 2. He will heed your prayer when you pray to him. 3. When they begin to prophesy in my name, do not listen to their words for they are evil men, going the way of the wicked. 4. They approached him and bowed down to the ground, for they feared him greatly. 5. This people will increase precipitously and prevail against us. [256] [257] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 6. Our salvation is in his strength; he will not abandon us if we implore favor from (lit. to) him. (e) Reading: Samuel and Eli (I Sam. 3 :1-18). ps onn era;? igj mn mm -1271 "bs -as1? mm-nx nntm 7Hiate nuhm (1) 2:rr?3 pin tnixnV 73T xb inin? nnn rr»i iaipaa a?» 'bin tnnrj Di«a 'rn (2) :n-n7K pnx ote-ntex mm Vpnp apte bxiatei nap: onti o-nbx na) (3) :'aan nax;i 7Xiate_7X mn1 xnp:i :aaip»] t^j apte aw 'nxnp xb naxn 'v nxnp-'p '33n nax*] "bs-bx f-m (5) ,l? nxnp "a -XT) nax'i 'by-Vx tj|?*i bxiate 0,75 bxiate niy sip mrr ^p'si (0) :33te aite 'aa 'nxnp »7 naxn :mm nan rbx nVr Dn6i mm-nx in; trj| bxiatel (7) jajj ,l? nxnp 'p 'aan nax'i 'V??-1™ I1??.] opT;i mteVwa 7Xiate-xnp mm non (s) nsaV «"jp mm 'p 4s Tjirav saw 'p mm nan nnaxi ^« xnprns mm aiw bvcmtf? ,l?s naxn (g> :iaipaa 3pte»i 7XiBi? ■ab'i sate -p nan 7x181? nax"5] bxiate Vxiate 'oypa-oypp xnp'T. asn»i mm xin (10) :5l/n? "na'bxn isate-73 ntex bxnte'a nan ntey »3ax nan bmate-bx mm natn (11) :ratx nte »snV?) bnn ima-Vx 'nnan ntex-bp ns 'V?-1?*? o'px xinn Di»a (12) •ma "orr? D'Vbpp 'p sm-ntex i»|isa obiy-ny imp-nx 'ax upte-'p ft> nnam (13) :D3 innp x71 :nbis-ns nnaapi nab 'by-ma ps inppm-ox 'by mpb nsatea jabi (14) -nx Tana xt bxiatei mm ma ninbn-nx nnp5] nparrny bxiate apte'i (15) :'bs-bx '-nxnan :'3JJ7i naxn 'aa bmaw nax'i bxiate-nx -bv xnpn (re) nil D'nbx ?]b-nteir >na 'aaa nnpn xa-bx mbx nan n&x nann na nax'i (17) :5|'^s npn-ntex npnrrbpa nan 'aaa -mpn-ox mpi' :nu?s: va'sa 3iDn xw mm nax'i ia?aa nna xVi Dn3nn-73-nx bxiate ib-na'i (is) Notes to the Reading: 1. Note the series of disjunctive clauses giving the setting and explaining the circumstances of the narrative to follow. 2. inpa |iiri a frequent vision. Note the asyndetic ]'x clause: "there being no frequent vision." 3. nna weak (of the eyes) 4. na light, lamp 5. npato be extinguished, to go out (of a fire or light) 6. mte'Vte fem. of the ordinal used adverbially: "for the third time." 7. An idiom: "as (he had) at the other times." 8. VbiUo tingle. The form nr^sn is unusual; it looks like a Hiphil verb but is generally taken as a Qal. 9. Normal use of inf. absolutes (see § 129); translate: "from start to finish." 10. ps is in construct with ntex and hence with the whole following clause: "for the iniquity of (the fact that) he knew." lesson 51 ] 11. nrjb is reflexive here: "they were bringing a curse upon themselves." 12. nrtp to rebuke 13. ox after a verb of swearing has a negative force: "I swear... that the iniquity... will not be expiated..." 14. ntnia a vision 15. Cf. remarks under mpin in § 165. [258] 1259] lesson 52] The use of object suffixes for the 2nd pers. pi. is so infrequent that we have omitted them from our table; they were presumably of the forms -kern and -ken after all types of stems. lesso 184. The Verb with Object Suffixes. A pronominal direct object may be suffixed directly to a verb rather than to the object marker nk ("nk etc.): ink TTih - ■ t nnk nn - ■n-rrtn I saw him. nnn He killed her. though There is no difference in meaning between the two constructions, there do appear to be stylistic preferences. As with the noun, the major problem is to accommodate the proper form of the suffix to the proper form of the verbal stem. The following table shows the object suffixes as they appear after various types of stems: A. Post-consonantal, B, Post-vocalic, C. Post-consonantal, stressed unstressed unstressed 1 c. s. -únl "3- -ni -tú 2 m. s. 17 -(ajkä 1- -kä f -kä 2 f. s. iz -ek f- -k % -ek 3 m. s. irŕ/i-n- -ô or -áhtt i-/in- -lift or -iv i-Mn- -hú or - 3 f. s. -äh n- -hä "t -:5h 1 c. pi. 13-t -anti 13- -nä 13- -nú 3 m. pi. D7 -am B— -m -am 3 f. pi. It -an 1- -n lr -an [260] 185. Object Suffixes on the Perfect: 3rd pers. masc. sing. inínu? or nasi tt i t : n-jattí 13-jDir? anair pair he observed me he observed you (m.s.) he observed you (f.s.) he observed him he observed her he observed us he observed them (m.) he observed them (f.) The suffixes used are those given in column A of the preceding table. Because the suffixes are stressed, the propretonic vowel of the verbal stem is reduced to a. In Piel verbs, however, where the propretonic syllable is closed or at least unchangeable, it is the pretonic vowel that is reduced: ,iBip3 he sought me. A further difference with Piel verbs is the change of e to e before the suffix of the 2nd pers. masc. sing.: ""ttfjga he sought you. The following list includes all of the main types of Qal, Piel, and Hiphil verbs as they appear before the suffixes: Qal Piel Hll'hil aty nbis h33 cm aap HO 111 nns? t • Vpiiŕn traan T"iin aon mtii "3ksn Via •aáap ">Án -aŕiVti' ■oSna "3ŤpiĽn -^"auŕn ^k'spn ^Ťaun "3ť-;in -ú'aín ■uaon íiais) I :.t-! "pni? etc. t?V íjTpíľn TjŕJc-asQTi IT'Püjri *lT"iin ^pn [261] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Remarks: (1) Verbs from roots \\\-He, regardless of the conjugational type, have a shortened form before the suffix: nan -* -33 naif -» —3sj nVan -> —bin (2) A variation between e and iJ is found in the reduced syllable of verbs like Vtin\ thus either ^5"ipq or "33^ri. 186. Object Suffixes on the Perfect: 2nd pers. masc. sing. urnaty you observed me inrnnffi 'innae? you observed him nnnatp you observed her urnac you observed us arnat? you observed them (m.) yrnaiff you observed them (f.) The endings are exactly the same as those of the 3rd pers. masc. sing, verb; it is convenient, therefore, to describe the stem change as nybv -» rnatii (note the propretonic reduction) and to specify the suffixes of Column A above. Thus Qal PlEL rnnu? urnac/ in-iatz> P31S7 inais nrt1?^ inn1?© ruiäa unxxa inxsa ri"i3 un-as inug naii> unai? inat? ni3D "311130 ininp ™pß UFIIiip.? ™pp "nnViy innVu? nana T I --- 'sfona inua niawn ^rnaum iniatfn nspip'n ■•ansäten insatyrt rw^an ^nxsan inxisan Hpi'n UPI»!!? Tnasn in'tnn mfrim ini3,tt*n riiaprr 'aninpn ini3pn nnan ^iVhpn ininan etc. Remarks: Only the Hiphil verbs from roots I-gutt. require comment. We noted at the end of §158 that the converted perfect naaxrn has a-ä instead of the usual e-4, as in napx?. This same substitution is made where pronominal suffixes are added to the converted forms; thus: yniasm I stationed you -» yniasna and I shall station you It is interesting to note that the stress is the same in both of these forms, and that the substitution is morphologically rather than phonologically de- [262] LESSON 52] lermined. There are, moreover, a few instances where this replacement is not made. 187. Vocabulary 52. Verus: oxp (OXB?) to refuse, despise, reject TjVo (^a1) to rule (p/^s over); to be /become king "rap (lisp;) to reap, harvest sVa (s^a;) to swallow n"?p (nbp1) to pardon, forgive (+ b with person or thing) Tip (lia?) to rebel (aagainst) ■?D3 friro?) to stumble, totter Tsn (tst) to warn (a) Nouns: n|>s:a (pi. -hn) deed, act, work n;i (pi. -jot) olive-tree, olive is (pi. -jot) chief, officer -rap (no pi.) harvest, crop; time of harvest ia. (pi. -jot) people, nation; sometimes synonymous with as; in referring to Israel, but more often used for non-Israelites. Proper Names: nanRamah, a town in the hill-country of Ephraim; home of Samuel. Exercises: (a) Transform the following according to the example and translate: Ex. 'linn -» tix mn he killed me arnot (t) lapat? (2) -arna"? (3) rap (4) nntosn (5) innpt? (6) inspp (7) tj-idb (s) na:n (») t t : I^xs (ill) (b) Transform the following according to the example and translate: Ex. unnptii (11) innais (12) 1"jag (13) axns (m) inöxa (15) nnx inx (1) inx npaa (2) lanx km (3) ianx nfa (.1) anx nar (5) tix ain inx nap (6) ?]nx a (8) inx nüa (9) nnx nap do) ■ua-in inx nrro (11) tix ni3 (12) inx irk-i (13) inx rras (14) lanx 330 (15) (c) Translate the following. Replace the nominal object with the appropriate pronoun, suffixed to the verb. [263] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Ex. x-aarrnx bbn -» ibbn he praised him liprrnx unp (1) a-birrra; nay (r>) TiffTJiK nix (?) ntpsnrrnx ins (b) iaurnx Tsjn (o) innan-nx a-ipn (to) (d) Transform the verbs of Exercise (c) to the 2nd pers. masc. sing, and add the object suffix of the 1st pers. pi. E.g. wip -»ntrtp -+ lanwip (e) Give the Hebrew for the following orally; use object suffixes when possible. aian-nx eh? (2) Txprrnx (3) ix^arrrix nVo (4) Tnxrrnx yxa (5) asn-nx Tarn (11) an'jrrnx w-an (12) D^aiprrnit riin (13) inix-nx nxin (14) -pärr rix mnri (15) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 And he will gladden us. And he will comfort them. And you (m.s.) will cause them to swear. And he will bring you back. And you will take me up. And he will strike him. And you will save her. And he will throw them. And he will warn them. And you will plant it. (f) Write in Hebrew: 1. And when they rebelled against him, he became very angry and sent his men that they might put them to death. 2. But when they came to the city, they saw that the people had fled and had abandoned their houses, their property, their crops, and everything that belonged to them. 3. When the people saw the deeds that their chiefs had done, they rebelled against them and slew them. 4. Why should ( = shall) I bow down before these idols of wood and stone? There is no breath of life in them, nor can they act in my behalf when I pray to them and call in their name. (g) Reading: I Samuel 8:4-22. The Evils of Kingship: :nrwin bxintp-Vx Vxiip: ,ap] "?s ixaprn to) napptp1? T)*??> laVna-w nns T$T!3 P^j xb Tpim naj?_; nrix nan ipx nn*n (5) ■.a^m-baa bvnati V?sm latbsip1? -p§ laVnan npx iisxp Vrona* *a"?3 ipin sti te) imm ioxn ?px xV "3 m^x natr-ira bah asn bipa saw Vxibip'-Vx mm lax*] (7) LESSON 52] n3»3 2,aiis»i mrj arrrisi a-ixan anx "nVgn ara to-i©x a-ipsan-'pp (s) :ij|?-aa n'ro nan p anm dtiVk ipa? ii?'K "fl$n ostfa an1? niam ana -p?n isrr-a aVipp saw nnsi (3) i-[Va inxa o-V^fj avn-bvt mn' -la-r-H-si nx ■js-at? iax'i (10) lpaaiaa i"? oftn np_; ap-ap-nx a?/1?!? ura -pan as«to mm m iax'i (11) :ina?na -is1? ism iip-pai "-ba niss1?1 imsp lapSi 5it!>'in trirpi a-©an a-obx i1? law*?) (12) o;iaai ""rat inarpa inipk1?! ninspVi 7ninp-p np- ap-maa-nxi (13) ^-psp pai np; D-aion ap-rrn ap-anp-nxi ap-nntp-rixi c14) !Vn33?|?i vo-ip1? pai slips- ap-aim dd-siii (is) rripsi rij?" oanian-nxi a-aian Dp-mnp-nxi n3*ninDtf-r.xi apnas-nm (16) nnpxSa1? ra-iay1? ib-rnn anxi lips: aaaxi; hi) Di'3 apnx mm nasr-K1?! ap^ aninp iipx aaaba -apVa xinn oi-p anpsn (is) :Ninn :ia^s n-m ^l^|"D« 'P nV naN"i bmny bipp sa©1? asn laKan (is) :ia-riaq!pp"nx anVai la-a?1? nx;i lab^n lapstp'i pian-^pp unas-aa ia-?rti (20) imm -amp 'aiami am -lai-bp nx ^xiaip satth (21) ^ax-bx bxiaip naxi anV foVarrt abipa saw ^xiaip-^x mm i»x'si (22) :ii-sV w-x 131? ^xir A/ofe.v ro the Reading: 1. The suffix is objective: "to judge us" 2. -aitsn = -rik iais'1 3. -3 ■qx but, however 4. The infinitives can be taken gerundially, continuing the preceding sentence: "appointing (them) for him (self) as..." 5. tp'nri land to be plowed 6. ap"),chariotry 7. nnpi perfumer; nrjap cook; npxbaker (all feminine) 8. ii?s to tithe, exact a tenth of 9. B13T1 = anx 1ST" [264] [265] LESSON 53] less ON53 188. Object Suffixes on the Perfect: 3rd pers. fern. sing. The feminine ending -ah is replaced by -at or -at before the pronominal suffixes, which have the forms given in Column C, §184: 'irrtoitf she observed me OTrtaai she observed us Tjnnatu she observed you (m.s.) ■qniati; she observed you (f.s.) inrrtn/f j she observed him annas* she observed them (m.) iniaw i nnnai? she observed her Peculiar features of this paradigm are (1) the restoration of the full vowel a in pretonic positions, (2) the assimilation of -at + hit and -at + ha to -dttu and -dttah respectively. A survey of extant forms: Qal Piel HlPHIL nnaiy natu nrj1?!? nufpa nnay riTätfri naw'n •"anajs ,ann1?i? •<3r&s 'inraim 'arSnn -an'prri ■'anaWn IPty" IC^nn [266] 189. Object Suffixes on the Remaining Forms of the Perfect. These offer no new problems, other than the alterations in the form of the subject suffix: (a) The 2nd pers. fem. sing, ending -/ ~* -ti- (b) The 2nd pers. masc. (and fem.?) pi. ending -tern -» -tii- All the remaining stems, then, end in a vowel, to which are added the suffixes of Column B, § 184. Here is a representative sampling (cf. also the Exercises): "rnnaiy you (f.s.) observed me a^rnaw you (f.s.) observed them 7]"rna© I observed you (m.s.) I'rnau? I observed you (f.s.) n-rnaiii I observed them (m.) 'aria© they observed me ■qnati; they observed you (f.s.) wnatz? they observed him miaai they observed them ^lirnatp you (pi.) observed me fflifrtntp you (pi.) observed him ?]ianatp we observed you (m.s.) mianaiif we observed him Note again (1) the shift of stress and resultant propretonic reduction; (2) the restoration of the full vowel in innate etc.; (3) the possibility of confusion between the 2nd pers. fem. sing, and the 1st pers. com. sing, with -ti-. Qal PlEL HlPHIL 190. A Group of Irregular Qal Verbs. There are several Qal verbs which have e or i in second stem syllable before the pronominal suffixes. Two of these fih» and "wo have unusual forms even in the 2nd pers. pi. of the non-suffixal paradigm: anVmy you asked; anan? [267] wrnati inTiati •■natsj irrnajj? iniära ■TiNäa wfjKsa iniNxa wivs-i imsn "TOp.a nnwp.a TO'pa iriTOpa imrVai; iaa imäy ^P^a wnaia ona iniana wniaiyn imTau>n in-tf^sn im^sn -niawn in^ia^n imawn INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW you inherited. Below, for reference, are the anomalous forms of the f0Ur important verbs of this type. Regular forms also occur in some instances arm or arm to love 3 m.s. 3 f.s. 3 m.pl. 2 f.s. 1 c.s. to inherit 2 m.s. 3 rh.pl. "lb1 to bear bste to ask T|riiriK 'afnb? nnter 2 m.pl. anteT 3 m.s. tjVkc? 1 c.s. vnbHte 3 m.pl. iai7Nte 2 m.pl. anb.Nte nn3™ imteT imnbste 191. Vocabulary 53. Verbs: ban - t abip" rnra ma t t keh Nouns: teas' nteaa i t • P'5 3-)i Other: nrr in* (barr.) to spare ( + inf.: to spare oneself the trouble/expense of doing something); to pity ( + bs) tabte^ to restore, make good, recompense (ntea?) to anoint Crtta?) to despise (SP.31) tO Split (li»*) to help (KBT) to cure, heal; P Hsn idem, (pi. -im) lamb (male) (pi. -or) lamb (female) bosom (w. stiff. ,3-]n; pi. -or) sword (f.) (adv.) together, all together •'p/ntes ap„s) (conj.) because t?3 (prep.) before, in front of; w. suff. 'To etc. Also laSb 05$ a rare syn. of |jS "non-existence"; "3 dd$ (conj.) except that, save that ProperNames: ina Nathan, the prophet nnw Uriah 1?" Hittite (adj.) Exercises: (a) Transform the following according to the example and translate, "jnjy -nit nt| they helped me lesson 53] invrnte "aiteip (?) Tjifna (ti) (7) Drrssn (12) Errnab (8) "•airnam (13) nrnSann (9) in'fnio (14) "■ZfflSH (10) Ttibjo (15) (b) Transform the following according to the example and translate, info win -> m'frm I saw him □itenj ma-na imrnxp. (1) (2) (3) (-1) (s) ins 'ntesn (1) iafix nnbte (2) Drw way (3) inx lairoa (4) nn« laate (5) ins ixkj (a) Dnk iris (7) -ns win (b) □nit nrn.in (9) nnit Ti'Sa (10) nm nrny (11) ■jns inste (12) init ir|3 (13) nriK "wjri (14) •>rk nnt3 (15) (c) Translate the following. Replace the object with the appropriate pronoun suffixed to the verb. nnnbtt-ns «J» ^inn-nK -rnatf Drrbiir-ns rrtb D»rrn« nay Dninarrnx noK nai-nN 1dxd o^n-nx lanjy lai-sp-nx mpb (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (g) (7) (3) □nterrnx ostein (?) □''ana Dnyaa (10) □•■sirn-ns wpa (11) □••teaxrrnx i»na (12) DMrasrrnx -nsip (13) nnbvrnx rrbyn (14) lorbrrnx obte (15) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. We shall continue to meet him. 2. They began to approach the city in the evening, before the gate had been closed. 3. At that time there was no place for us to settle in, so we continued travelling. 4. Even in this congregation there are unrighteous men who do not heed the word of the Lord and who take pleasure in nullifying his statutes. 5. Prophesy now to the people, for evil days are coming and they will not be able to hide themselves from the terror which is about to fall upon them. 6. Bow down before the one who has made you and give thanks to the one who has delivered you from your distress. (e) Reading: II Samuel 12:l-15a Trw inns Ti>a rn OfBfiK "ate ib nax'i rbx sin nn_bx ina-nx mrr nbte'i (1) 2:tenn inxi Ttes [268] [269] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW nxa nann npai p«s mn s-wsb (2) nrr via-asi iHS biani -imrn nap nrcx napp nnx nóap-nx o Via-px (3) snap ft—nni aatfn ip*nai nntfn =ioaai teKň 4inpa npn i1? xan rnx1? niiffi?1? inpani iaxxa nnpV 7arn nw'im třx? qbrí sán (4) :vb« xan třxV sniíin tfxnrr tfttg nipap-nN :nxi niton ířxrj °niů~Ta "? mm ti jna-bx naxh nxa 1^x3 rn nx-nrn (5) i^an-xV na>x Vsn ntn nsTn-nx niyi? nc?x apů ioD*ňj?anx abw nitapn-nxi (g) IŤniiíp iDjs ^Mrjffr tjVx mm nax na ur«ri nnx ^na -iax'] (7) :Vixuí tb mrVj-sn 'aasi "rxni^-1?!? nnimi Vxnizr ma-nx nanxi Tjpnna minx wa-nxi máix iva-nx i]1? nanxi (a) "snaroi nana íj? nppki osa dxi wx-nxi anna main '•nrjn njnns nx -Tra inn niáís?? mm na-rnx mia irna {9) i2:ripi; ria anna nann inxi ntýx? ip> nng1? "Win mmx niptf-nx np_ni 'iňja n spi} d^ís—r» ^man snn -norrs1? nnsn do) :nj!>x? sf| nvn? "J™) T^V"? Tf?"*? "ÉJjťřJ ifeDP f?l I'1?? Q-RP fJW nn; nsx na (u) :rwn aiaipn ,a,i7? Tfj^PV a?i?) :«to»rj naii bxněf'-1?? tjS njn na^n-nx ntoK -axi 'nnáa nnx n (12) x1? ijnxpn Tain mn—as ttt-'px jna nax'i mm? tiKďti jna-Vx Tin naxn (13) :roan :nip; nia 7j*7 13-riTi'n pan na mn nana mm "--mx-nx nska yxa-^a opá (14) ňn-a-bx jna tj^i (15) Notes to the reading : 1. nnx pausal form of nnx 2. ipxn (or tin) poor (adj.) 3. mrr = nnx mn; 4. np morsel 5. Pia or oa cup 6. I^n traveller 7. Note the construction 1^x7 "ntfsjn to the rich man, where the noun is in construct with the definite adjective. 8- n&spj == nnx a»ah 9. "deserving of/sentenced to death" 10. Note § 161(d) II, 12. 13. 14. 15. "and if (that were) too little, I would add unto you (i.e. increase your wealth and prestige) so much more" rial) -aa the Ammonites nntaa secretly; nn6 secret 'a'X may have been inserted at an early date to prevent the verb pxa from having mm as its direct object. The word must be ignored in translation psa = inf. abs. (irreg.). TiVl a rare type of verbal adjective: "born" [270] lesson 54 192. Object Suffixes on the Imperfect. When the form of the imperfect ends in a consonant, the suffix - take the suffixes given in Column B, §184. But even in these forms the a vowel of the stem is restored. Contrast Qal PiEL HlPHIL naer nam 1BT - : • 1OT' St w. rm töstj tt* 3D-1 inňaV m^pS' in»t " Tl 'UP. •'aňVii'? innOT: in rov inátr ISJOlř1 : ! ■ hbiť hbt I I ' 11OT? «!»: wsb1 t ib'ii'? T 1 ■ ItíípT inV©! OT3-' i IT t ITřJuŤ wáa? itív 13 Ď1 ,aiSB2í'. ■ainaa» iniia1?? 'aiaaw? -aiŇsB? vn^ič imar iniB,í!;? iniáo1 'áurv i ■ ■'aníVEí? iniŤaiř iniK^sa? iniŤ-iř inia-p? líMo1 The distinction between short (jussive, "converted' is not retained before pronominal suffixes. and normal imperfects ins iaii?.»i ->■ iniOT'i and he destroyed him Note that the -a- in the final stem syllable of the Piel imperfects such as n1?^ does not conform to the rule given above and is reduced: in(j'5?i?\ Note also in'ras*. The object suffix -ka (you, m.s.) may be added directly to the imperfect stem, in which 6 -* o and e -* e\ a remains o; f remains i. ?[ns naiř ?|nš }T íjnš uip_3' [272] ^ns nbv] ^r]1??: (but note Qal r\nbw]) ■^ns Tair -» ^TBtti: Verbs from roots Ill-He drop the final -eh before the suffixes: Qal KIT j J3i| man: Piel njs' j ISM Hiphil f|ST i]ŇT 193. Object Suffixes on the Imperative. The suffixes used are the same as those found with the imperfect. The general similarity with the imperfect is such that no new principles are involved' in the attachment of the suffixes. The following examples should suffice: Qal "TO naii lí> "lim ian -run SOT ■'lÍBllí isOT -aisíBí? ssn USSB ' " T 1 issn '3182B ™? m?3 133 wúa inia-1» 3D in3D 130 iniao Piel inicpg IBP? inwp.a nVis innVö mW wirfW ( - Hiphil ■ron iniOTn iTBitfn iniratin wain 13"!ü iniánrj 'n$»3 iniťs-rt 194. Object Suffixes on the Infinitive Construct. Because of the ambivalence of the infinitive with regard to voice, the subject suffixes learned in §115 may have an object value in translation. E.g. "he sought my killing" may refer to "my killing someone else" or "my being killed." In the first person singular the ambiguity may be resolved by employing -em as object versus -i as subject: "'inn versus ■'linn In the third person singular masculine it is possible to use -ó as opposed to -éhú in this same way. In general, however, it is necessary to translate the infinitive plus pronominal suffix as the context demands. This is analogous, of course, to the situation when a noun follows: vrx Jňn "killing a man" (objective) or "a man's killing (someone)" (subjective). 1273] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 195. Vocabulary 54. Verbs : ntpn riff sftja. Nouns : nann nua nbrn sinr ft?1 mat; Other (neO to turn aside, incline, thrust aside (all transitive) (nap1) to turn toward, turn (both trans, and intrans.) iv>\r) to leave, forsake, abandon taiprr) to think, devise, reckon, impute (pi. -dt) supplication (pi. -of) righteousness, righteous act (pi. -of) rain (pi. -of) property, possession, inheritance, portion (pi. -unj-df) arm; (fig.) strength (usually fern.) fear; used also as the infinitive construct of trr (constr. nNT) (adj.) foreign, strange; fern, nnpa (adv.) truly, indeed Exercises: (a) Transform according to the example and translate. Ex. ank natim -» BTjjffito you shall observe them am no: (1) ink io«a; (2) nnk (3) -nk utonfttt tt) lank nrs (5) ank nan (e) t » t ink inipa (7) ank nrp1 Rt 1t3> wan If they were wise, they would understand this (Deut. 32:29) earn -nrin xb arriR b(vnn lb If you had let them live, I would not kill you (Judges 8:19) nbi? U*n npb-xb UrVan1? mm pan 17 If the Lord had wanted to kill us, he would not have received an offering from us (Judges 13 :23) rtFiSJ-'? *b mn ... >3R -ribs 'bib If the God of my father had not been "tfinVui ap/n on my side, you would have sent me away empty (Gen. 31 :42) [278] LESSON 55] The particle rv may also be used in the sense "would that" without a following apodosis: nmn naSa 3b?a] lab&in r?i Would that we had been content to dwell on the other side of the Jordan (Joshua 7 :7) 197. Concluding Remarks on Clause Sequences. The syntax of Biblical Hebrew presents difficult and often insoluble problems. Given the unknown numbers of sources, writers, and editors that have had a hand in the formation of the text, together with the grammatical schools of the later traditionalists, we can never be sure how much reliance (grammatically speaking) we may place in the textus receptus and, consequently, how refined our analysis can be before becoming meaningless. The narrative sequences presented in this grammar are a good case in point. To maintain that these are-the sole devices pertinent to the syntax of tra-clauses would be false in the face of the many obvious exceptions. But because most sequences can be reduced to these patterns there is certainly some value in regarding them as standard. The evolution of Hebrew toward the post-biblical type replaced most of the older converting sequences by simpler non-converting ones. Thus, a formal tendency directly opposed to an earlier one must have been a work in the latest redactions of the text before it achieved its fixed form. Certainly some of the inconsistencies in verba! usage and clause syntax are to be attributed to this influence. (a) Further remarks on the present-future narrative sequence (lb-c). This sequence, characterized by a continuing series of converted perfects, may be led off by a variety of clause types; we have already mentioned leading clauses with verbal (imperfect) and non-verbal predicates. The verb mn in a leading clause requires special consideration. By virtue of its double meaning "be/become" it may be used to describe a non-punctual past tense situation (e.g. "there was a famine in the land"). If a narrative sequence begins with a clause containing the verb mn (or VP), the real nature of the sequence is not clear until we reach a continuing verb. Contrast ...na^xa tti pn&a ayn mn There was a famine in the land and he used to go down to Egypt... (habitual) There was a famine in the land and he went down to Egypt (specific; punctual) '...nnyVsn tti pn&a 3in mn The leading clause of the present-future sequence may thus be redefined as comprising the formal subtypes: [279] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (a) imperfect (b) non-verbal clause (including those with participial predicates) (c) conditional clauses, with perfect or imperfect finite verb in a present-future meaning (d) the verb mn in a non-punctual sense all continued by wa + (converted) perfect. (b) Conjunctive, non-converting sequences: (1) perfect + Wa + perfect (unconverted) (2) imperfect + \va + imperfect (unconverted) (3) imperative + wa + imperative The third of these sequences has already been mentioned (§107) and is included here only because of its formal similarity. Sequences (1) and (2), however, are new and because they are by no means uncommon deserve some comment. They seldom occur in punctual narrative and are used mainly where there is a simple listing of clauses without an explicit expression of logical or temporal consecution; they may thus be defined as conjunctive but non-consecutive. But when they are used in a consecutive series it is usually to continue a disjunctive clause rather than in the main narrative. For example, suppose that in the main narrative a person has been mentioned about whom the writer wishes to supply additional information. Such information is usually introduced by a disjunctive formula (verb not first). It is often the case that this explanatory disjunction will continue for several clauses before the writer returns to the main narrative; it is in this type of sub-sequence that (1) and (2) are frequently met in a consecutive sense. Note, for example, I Sam. 23 :20, concerning a certain Benayahu: nun-Jin nam tv mm and he is the one who went down and killed the lion... Another use of sequences (1) and (2) above is an analog of the imperative + W3 + cohorlative sequence, in which the second clause is best translated as a purpose or result clause (cf. § 107). Thus corresponding to a hypothetical (but normal) sequence of the type (lb): jnftn rnaai irj arnrt Make room for us, so that we may be fruitful in the land we have the statement of fact in Gen. 26:22: fjsä ithdi ift mm :rrnn nny— .. for now the Lord has made room for us to be fruitful in the land. (c) Finally, note the unusual sequence occurring in each of the three passages outlined below as illustrations. We are dealing in each case with a punctual, habitual sequence. Circumstantial information about action which lesson 55] is prior to the clause that will follow is introduced by wa + imperfect (converted), best rendered "and when he had done so-and-so..." Such clauses are conjunctive by definition, but because of their formal departure from the sequence in which they occur, they clearly mark an anticipatory temporal subordination. Illustrative Passages I Sam. 17:34-5. In this passage David describes his prowess as a shepherd. The sequence begins with the ambiguous verb mrj and is uniformly with converted perfects (lb), with the exception of uph which belongs to the peculiar type mentioned in the preceding paragraph. [In this and the following passages only the leading elements of each clause are given. Clauses irrelevant to the discussion at hand are omitted. Indentation indicates subordination or disjunction. The reader should compare our outlines with the original text.] *\iys mrs nsn I (your servant) was a Note ambiguous hayah. shepherd... nxrj xni and (whenever) a lion would come Ntoai and take ■tin:);] I would go out rrom and strike 'riV^m and rescue D|?ji and when he attacked me Anticipatory subordination -nptnm I would grab him Resumption of main sequence. vrom and beat him viram and kill him Job 1:1-5: mrj 2tk There was a man Beginning of the main nar- rative ; note ambiguous hayah. fflnn urun mm and that man was Continuation with wahayah - t t t : marks the sequence as type lb (habitual). 1T>ji and when there was born Anticipatory subordination, to him continued by two consecu- tive clauses, TH and his herds had reached (the extent of) *mi and he had become great labm his sons used to go Resumption of main narrative ifosri and make [280] [281] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW inbtei and send 1x1!ti and call wjSjn 'I tit nbte:i ai'H -ibn 1kb]ti -blN 13131 and when the feast days had run their course and he had sent and had sanctified them he would get up early and send up offerings for Job said perhaps they have sinned and "blessed" Another anticipatory subordination marked by wa + jm. perf. (converted), complicated by a temporal clause insertion with ki. Resumption of main narrative Simple subordination with ki. Quotation, beginning a secondary sequence (type 3a). Disjunction marking the end of the general introduction to the narrative. Note the correct reversion to the imperfect in the final disjunction. nws/: nas thus he used to do I Sam. 1:1-7. 1t\h BTK tp! (and) there was a certain man Up (and) Peninah had children Kinn te-xn nbm arn Tri nan (and) that man used to go up and when, on a given day he had sacrificed Beginning of main sequence, followed by four disjunctive non-verbal clauses (omitted here). Continuation of main sequence, still with the ambiguous wayhi. Continuation of main se-quence,now clearly habitual, with the converted perfect. Anticipatory subordination, doubled here with a temporal clause. Continuation of main sequence. Disjunction for contrast. Note the correct reversion to the imperfect. Main narrative. End of main sequence, as marked by the disjunction. At this point in the narrative the writer turns to the specific occasion of Hannah's encounter with Eli and employs the regular past-punctual sequence, beginning with the wayyomer of vs. 8. [282] jrr nanbi jrui he would give but to Hannah he would give nrm nnösp) ni??2 13? and her rival would vex and thus he wouid do lesson 55] 198. Vocabulary 55. Verbs : bpba (bpbp;) npte (nsffO Drn (dot) bnpn (bnp:) nbs (nbD') Nouns : Adj: Proper name ans nax SJteB ran Vnp 17teB nmaa Tjina nbbte (sna?) (*]3g2) (ateo1) to contain, sustain, support to lead into exile; N. passive to be compassionate toward to divide, make a separation between to complete, bring to an end; + inf.: to finish doing to bow down to become angry to rebel, transgress ( 3: against) (no pi.) a cry of joy (less commonly, of supplication) (no pi.) iron (w. suff.-step; pi. -1m) transgression, sin (pi. -6i) rest, resting-place blessed Solomon Reading: I Kings 8:22-30; 44-58: Solomon's Prayer. i:DW'n Tea ihB'i bRite: bnp-bp laa mm npia rteh nbbte ibih (22) nate nnftp pftn-bsi bs?aa B:dtep D-rfbR mbs-px bx-jir nbR mm -ibx'i (23) :oab-b3a miab a-pbnn mnasb nofini nnpn •nm ovs nxba sjmai mpa nairn ib nnpn--)teR ntj -ait in Tj-najb inbte ifg (24) nnp:-xb nbxb ib rnpi ntex nx nx in Tjipsb nate bxni?: nbx mm nnsn (25) ixft npbb opTrnx Tip vra^-ds pi bsntp? xpp-bs af -asbp ip-s ifj :'aab npbn ntexp ill l^1? TO"1! "if8, 2T"!3rl K? 19$- ^"W U^g nFV) fej) -'P 1« m.bpbp: xb o:aten -atei a-fiten nan p.xrrbs onbx 32?; oaaRn -p (27) i'mji ntex nn mpn itffR nbpnrrbxi nnrj-bx snob nbx mm inanrrbxi TjifS nbprnbx «mis? (28) :ain mapb bbpnn pas? -aw nn: rn.ax ntex aipan-bx on nb:b mn marrbx ninns tiffig ni-nb (29) inn Dipan-bR s^as bbsm ntex: nbpnrrbx abteb ud upon nnxi nn Dipan-bR ibbsm ntex: bsnip Tjasi ^nas nanrrbR ni/atei (30) :nnboi ni/ptei a:§fn-b»? ^nate oipa-bx man spi mm-bx ibbsnm anbten ntex Tji^a ia-R-bs nanbab ?jbs Kir-3 1«) iTjawb nia—itex mani na pro n^j :QOBtfa mfsfl anann-nxi nnbpn-nR a:»wn ftsaifj (45) ornate oiatei aiK -apb onnai op npa«) Rpn:-Rb ntes tnx j-s »3 qViRpn: "3 (46) :nanp iR nprim: sisn p^-bN -ibRb onnte p.xa Tbs iiannni wtei nte-ntea ntex fife oab-bx 7i3-teni (47) siiasten aiais;m laRtbn mbx ibbpnni am late-ntex omp-x ynka Dtesa-bppi Dppb-bpp mbx i3tei Its) iTjateb "map-ntex mam rnna ntex. main oniaxb nnna *w?R Dsns 4pj% [2s5] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW :nosE;a rr&in on3np-P8i orfrprrnK ?|Aajf i0p3a o?dtfri fisstfi (49) '387 "cani? apra 13-ibwq *tok nmyBp-bD1?! i||"lK»n -it?x siav1? rmSm (50) smptp) arrafe :7nan "to tripa anspn nsiin -ros, ori tjjri^nai ?jBS-',a (51) tea DrrVN sfatf? 78-j(tr ?|a» rarin-78i tjnay rann-78 nnns tpjgj nvn1? (52) :?pVK BK-jp ^mxina T|ir3V nira rja rnai ie/83 p->ftn -as 73a nVruV rff Dp'PTan nptr,3 (53) r-njrr aix anxaa irftas-pk >|fr>a ']apT PKtrj nanprn n^Dprnba pn nw^j ^pnnV naVip ntes \-pj (54) :o;a£>n niiinp raai tti'STa-Vs span mrr nana :1BNb 711} w?1p 781ET 7np_73 P8 1.13p loin (55) 73B 108 731 733-87 131 1W8 733 78TftP lDSJ1? HPIS?? |P3 IttiN, MOT (56) :113S? 7WS TIL 131 1UW atop 1131 tatfi^-TKi i3iTy:-78 «'§ag-DS vm ic^a ui&i/ utiVn mrr w (57) nis iiy'8 raDtttoi rpm rnisa iaiy7i van-Vaa pd7? V78 aaa1? pian? (58) r4 '.■ "! tt(- It VI t : ■ :■[ tt: t: t t t t ■ "ti - : iianas-PK /o f7;e Reading: 1. Note D?ftwn in the sense "heavenward" and "in heaven" throughout this passage. 2. The plural form in the consonantal text is pointed as a singular. 3. The nap should be correlated with the '3 ^8:"Since even the heavens and the heavens' heavens cannot contain you, how much less this house which I have built." 4. mam continues the sequence of vs. 26. 5. Defectively spelled ?]ri? in the original text. 6. Here in the sense "toward". 7. Idiomatic: "if they lay it to heart, consider it". 8. iilgn to sin 9. sail to act wickedly 10. pa = nipa 11. Idiomatic: "and you make them an object of compassion". 12. 113 a furnace 13. The form ap instead of DpTJl marks this as the first main verb of a new sequence. Compare the discussion at the end of §132. 14. a:?i3 (dual) knees 15. Adverbially: "in a loud voice". Appendix A A CLASSIFIED LIST OF NOUNS The following list contains all the nouns appearing in this book, classified according to the vocalic pattern of the absolute singular. Nouns of a given pattern are included under a single number; differences in the inflected form, such as construct or plural, account for the further subdivisions. The principal forms are arranged as follows: absolute construct singular with absolute construct singular singular 1 pers. sing. suff. plural plural Other forms with pronominal suffixes are listed under the appropriate stem. When an entry presents a virtually unique type, parentheses indicate a conjectured, but securely based form. E.g., ('»»;) "my sea" is not attested, but the form is reasonably certain because rnp; "her sea" is attested. The same suffixal forms are given for each noun for the sake of consistency. Square brackets enclose conjectures which are probable, but not as firmly established as those just mentioned. Dual forms may be found in §92. I. Monosyllabic nouns with a normally changeable (reducible) long vowel or a (plural §34; constr. sing. §§73, 75; constr. plur. §§78-79; w. suff. §§85, 88, 96): [284] [285] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW la. r t "T niT hand (tf ran* IT (Tin;) 1 b. on Dn o-an blood {-an) (oD-an) lc. 38 "38 ni3« ni38 father DD'aK -riisK Id. m TINE n-rm nx brother Tňx ■rrN DD'rtX le. D" TT <*a*) □"a; - sea 2a. ay cy D"81> 'nas /•■ay people aaav ••• ■ ■ Also: nK nose D'n lifetime f)? palm fa fôf J garden an f im) festival TJ? mighty (adj.) 2b. nit; Vn poor (adj.) TJ alive (adj.) oanip ^p children 3n numerous (adj.) Note: With def. art.: oyn fan arjn "nif Tit -nip "n© chief Dani? Also: na bitter (adj.) nx (7mJadversary ns (im)steer (nsn) sn evil (adj.); wickedness (noun) 2c. nn nnn t t 2d. ns 3a. fy 3b. na [2S6] iü "nnn /•'nnn Dann onnn 1? ľ? (djssj) ia □ana (-ns) pa in nnn -nnn /nn mountain niacin ans i-ja side (na) DD'ns d^sy *gs tree ('"«) (oa-sj") ana na sojourner ns oDna 3c. 1? 3d. dtz| 3e. yn Also: bK (im) god D'SB inward parts "II'1? (0333) □3b1p APPENDIX A] na ŕ/w) dead person »n (im) companion 3f. I?s 3g. npn (ossn) m fire (nun) %3 b"aa "13 son 1?? "33 D3'33 •as; niaiy triatr name TfBUŕ (•niaffl) 'sri o'sn arrow 'sn Dpsn grace TP. er"l (of,i heart fi? (du.) teeth • t : *l£fm shadow (■non) □"son ■ t -: -xan "Kön sin b3"«Bri II. Monosyllabic nouns with a normally unchangeable long vowel (plural §34; constr. sing. §73; constr. plur. §§78-79; w. suff. §85): 4a. nns Til •>T|b anns nnrJ song ddtip rjTl? "Tri DTTtt? Also: Tp (öl) wall an (im, r [) quarrel 4b. Ty Ty n*s any n» city (o?ts) ■JTS ny; D?ny 4c. ttf'K ETX BTOX nr/js man (aavfK) (ífiiŕK) (apn^ax) 5a. np nP rrftip nibip voice DD^ip "ninp nis (»hJ light nin generation "vi» fowl nix (or) sign nin splendor nis (di) hide nia fd,fj cistern 3iD good (adj.) ]K3 small cattle "ia (im) people ns power nils (iih,) head of cattle [287] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Note: The once attested plural d-ljltf represents a rare alternative in nouns of this type. 5b. Dr DV (-or) a-a; 'a; (□par) D?,aľ 5c. uířth -ibRn O'lirKT 'rán ODBKi TON! aa/rón 3d. ti; -13j/TÍ! [a-tsl l*í»J DDTSÍ Also : oň í integrity in multitude 5e. pn -pn/pn TW o=pn li™ 6. 0"D ma 'DID B-rjiD 'DID appio TJPIO "BID aa'DiD Also: mb (ór) tablet na (ß»j rock nn (or) w da ay might statute III. Dissyllabic nouns with penultimate stress (the Segholates) and related rarer types (plur. §§19, 50; constr. sing. §§73, 75; constr. plur. 99-w. stiff. §§99, 104). 7a. r\bů 003Vb Q'oba <07D raVa king aarabn Also: J3k (7«iJ stone ipó (im) kindness (im) servant *]"?!* (&sj thousand a-iň (ó/J sword ass) (1m I or) bone H$ fímj cedar (frwj boy sní evening Tl$ f<>£> eartn 1°? (""") silver D^á fřmj image na| flffiJ man ana (im) vineyard pp. (im/oi) horn I?| fjfaíj vine on^? bread Van (du.; pi. ?w) foot Tit wav sou' I8* Cw«J oil 7b. -nii [255] mn/mn (?pin) (aa-nn) Q,1in "Tfri room hin) (aa-nn) Similarly :Vari (im) vanity 7c t?Ř. 'Tru TW aaiap anap nap grave aanap Also: au?3 j'wiyi rain ^ap idol mě (at) sun "to' remainder righteousness b0 (im) shekel fimJ lamb 3"$ midst 10 (im) deception (im) vow api chariotry fifnj corpse (im) breaking 8a. stJ s"iÍ tľsbu ■ t : ('sVp) seed aaint rock The following may belong here or to the next type (8b); evidence insufficient, nop (im) Passover nT dm) month npa trust 8b. nai nai 'nat Tjnar aanBT D'nai Tjar sacrifice vni aa-nat Also: vú (im) stroke too (im) transgression nnp (im) opening ). isa -isa nsa 1JTSJ aans: ansa naa ■"TSi young man oans: Also: ^sá ffiwJ master ns5 (7w) woods bm (im) wadi iná (íjina) (im) dread nsf fÍHíJ gate 10a. loo naó ■"lap TJ-)DD oanao anpp noo nop book oonoD Also: ppi) (im) valley opfr (im) rod [289] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 10b. -ns 'TIS T|-|iy D3T7S 8*1"$ "11» flock TB asms Also: abri fljMJ fat pbrj (im) share Vj? (7roJ calf its) help 3|$ herbage 11. anp TIP, - t't ■ -iIt: Üfi? holiness Also: bnS /7/wJ tent [is (du.) ear baft food ll'J (°0 threshing "]"is neck floor tf"in (7wJ month BT"ins noon tot darkness «n© fftj-J root np3 morning D"ana loins The plural forms of bnft (tent) show some irregularities: ft™ oftrwa DSftriK 12a. m'8 12b. urn am tt"!« □33m rrirn« nirnx (aa-ninnx) way breadth Also: -wri (w. sufT.vntn or mrt) form 13a. rs rs TV DDrsj nirs nirsj eye spring Also: rn (im) strength £J wine [290] 13b. rn ("ntf) "Til QDTfT APPENDIX A] olive-tree Also: mij (/»»_) ram 13c. Ti% 14. (s);j 15. ma Din"! m-a (K)'| - □ma (ma) nvNJ ms (nitra) ma nama -ma T[nia house valley death Also: j)jk trouble mft midst 16. KW not inflected nothingness IV. Dissyllabic nouns with a sometimes changeable s in the first syllable and a changeable vowel in the second. 17. aaty is. urn 19. 1821 20. -ma 3K1 03tt> -ma axt 'aptp (Tjaa^-) (nsa) ('am) nntta D-3KT rrnsa "3NT shoulder honey remainder well wolf V. Dissyllabic nouns with an unchangeable s in the first syllable and an unchangeable long vowel in the second (plural §19; constr. sing. §73; constr. plur. §§78, 79; with suffixes §85). 22. maa -liaa niaa D3"TO? iptoa Also: mV« (Im) god, God (]i-itjri) pitj ark 81*11 (at, tm) arm D-maa -maa miaa Damiaa first-born oftn (dt) dream airn (dt_) street man (im) ass VKai? left-hand -)k? Nile 23. maa maa ftiaa □ftiaa ftsaa boundary [291] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Also: otbV clothing ana (hit) cherub diki declaration wian property 24. Vsa (b'sa) tft/ya) | b^S (ft-sa) robe VI. Dissyllabic nouns with normally changeable vowels in both syllables (plural §19; constr. sing. §§73, 75; constr. plur. §§78, 79; with suffixes §85). 25a. 121 02121 TF1 anan "IM word aa-nai Also: npa large cattle 1|£ precious (adj.) sun evil (adj.) iton flesh nto; just (adj.) bVtf booty pm strong (adj.) noa (6t) rain 25b. lit) -nn D3TT*! Tpvrq 1 oniq —i-rrj T[3 splendor Also: dtk man (-kind) bbn slain (adj.) bnpT (7»r) assembly ant T t gold inj fo/J river 3 in hunger win new (adj.) 13» (';myl cloud aan t t wise (adj.) -ia» fg$ dust 25c. (uns) (aaw'-ip) (•aha) (^Bha) b'shb fasha) (ayane) horseman Also: ©"in (Tjflj engraver 25d. baj Vpa (ftaa) (jjfaai B,l?aa (ftaa) -Vas (oaftpjj camel 25e. abrj aVn, "sbn ■qabn — — milk 26a. IP-f B?aj»T TO b"ap_t ^p.1 (■apt) /-apt Da"?;?! elder Also laa heavy (adj.) Bbto complete (adj.) t»2] APPENDIX A] glad (adj.) (7/hJ neighbor 26b. nan nsq rrhxn ni-ixn courtyard Also bis uncircumcised (adj. 26c. Una niana niana shoulder Also nn ; moon tit (du.) thigh bio uncircumcised (adj.) 26d. Kba Nba (-aba) b-hVb (-kV») full (adj.) Also: sas thirsty (adj.) sap unclean (adj.) 26e. 13? 11? (?]3ja) B*asa (■aaa) ■"aaa (oa^aa) shield 27a. aab 'aaV niaab (niaaW heart Alsc aas? f&wj grapes "WW hair 27b. a-iJbs nia1?3 rib VII. Dissyllabic nouns with a normally changeable long vowel in the first syllable and an unchangeable long vowel in the second (plural §19; constr. sing. §73; constr. plur. §§78-79; with suffixes §85). 28a. Taa Also: BDT-aa Taa ?|T33 B'Taa "Taa "■Tja. leader aa'Taa 28b. ana 29a. Dip? pa; right hand rrtra (im) anointed one ana noble (adj.) Tpp (tin) deputy Tin» small (adj.) ("ono) D'lO □ipa Hisi (im) prince TUfg rich (adj.) o-Vp (im) fugitive fBjg harvest TJjj| (im) he-goat D'o'io ■,D,"iD /'ono eunuch aaaipa "Bipa ?|öipö mal pa niaipa place aa-niaipa [293] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Also: f/TK (im) lord pKa majesty pan roar lias glory piyb fdrj tongue py fo/j guilt pas north n\bv f?m; welfare 29b. liaa 30a. 3w3 30b. mna 30c. 1j13uí nsia 'isa b-ted (nifa) refuge ains ^ins naama ^aws Here belong all Qal passive participles. a-aws ,ama -amp na'ama amna ■nina sjiair nimaz' nisrasi oa'nisiaitf written (adj.) young man week VIII. Dissyllabic nouns ending in -i (§ 112). 31a. ■HS »3B 31b. ■'sn ns '"73 "13 btis b?,3 49. mis [296] rro TO "If T|TO nm table blind 7 throne altar poor (adj.) warrior lower (adj.) - inner (adj.) righteous person pillar mouth sheep/goat field APPENDIX A] Also: ns; (adj.) beautiful nsp end nap (im, 6t) reed ntyp (adj.) hard, harsh 50. napa napa 'apa/'apa (n-apa) ťapn) property 51. nana nana vapa/wapa Also: nnu>a banquet niana -ana hma mana Also: npa (öl) staff 52. nnx — nraa (im) deed niana camp nxna appearance - lion XII. Feminine nouns m-dh (plural §53; constr. sing. §76; constr. pi. §§78, 79; with suffixes § 85). naip 53a. naitf 53b. nns Also: nna (ötj heifer nan (6t) evil 53c. naa - (tuiií) -mas a-aiii niaw/'ai? nins nils year distress Likewise participles of Qal verbs from hollow roots, like op, ato etc. maa -naa Tina sacred high place 53d. nst> t t 53e. nnx t t 54. nxs na'i1 (nax) nsr -nax -nsa? — — lip Also: nan rage nxa (6t) hundred 55. nVis nViu -nbis? ! n^npffi -na«? ninax ninax nisa nisy nn» congregation nxp corner nibis; nibis maidservant counsel Also: nain (at) wall naiu welfare burnt-offering nnin (at) law, Law [297] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 56. nra Tfa j — — understanding 57. nat? (nax) 1 niaN (max) cubit Also: ; rn fó/J wild beast 58a. nap nap ("nap) niap nias corner Also: -cm (ötj measure 58b. r\m | afj woman 59. nprn npn -npn nipn nipn statute oOa.naVp na?n YO?» 1 rriaVa niaVa queen 60b. T\bm n?na TVna | niVna niVna portion Also: nana love nny:a (dt) girl 61a. nyaa nsaa Tyaa 1 nisaa nisaa hill Also: FIHT fear nnaii? (joy nnair (dt) maidservant nma r<3i; gift n'pa» (dt) cloak 61b. mxa nisQ Tixa | nlsa nisa commandment 62. nann r>?">n "■nenn j rn>nn nisnri reproach Also: n^as (dt) heifer mns nakedness 63. naan naan T03? | maan (niaan) wisdom 64a.nana nana "nana | niana niana blessing Also: npns (dt) righteousness naan myriad n'jbp curse naau; desolation 64b.na™ na™ 64c. nnsa ni«a - mans mans mnsa nnsa land/ steppe cave [298] 64d.naK1?a naK?a "rem1?0 (niaKVa) niaN^a task 65a. n*?aa 65b. n^Nii? 65c. nana 65d. nana n?aa 'n^aa 1P!?aa in"?aa tj4?8f nana ("nana) ^pana nana mana mana (niVaa) corpse request niana beast pond Also fern. adj. and stative participles of the type nnaa. 66. nrias nnias Trias | - - work 67. nNian nman -mur\ | nimari niman product Also: nVina (dt) maiden nimr deliverance nmn understanding 68. n^an r?Dn ,n'r>pn niVpn ni7>pn prayer □an?pn ^nVpri Also: nVaa (dt) scroll nj>nn praise nann supplication frVDa (60 highway nVnn beginning 69. njns ninx 'rung j - - possession 70. na^aa TP?aa niaVaa niaVaa kingdom Also: naa?K (at) widow 71. napna naana (Tiaana) 1 niaana niaana chariot 72. nncra t t : ■ nnůiiřa -nnsiffa ninawa ninpEia family Also: nan?a (naň?a) war 73. nasin nasin niasin niasin abomination (niťró) nn?in history [299] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW XIII. Feminine Nouns in -/ (plural §62; with suffixes §111). 74. na 75. ns 76. nn« 77. 78. na\ 79. nuíŕiJ na nií nuíŕn ma ins? hsh-é mia □'Hi! ninsT nin'pi mia ('ns!) (nins) ninbn Also: TWp\ bow 80. (nT)ia) nn^ia ,nY>ia 81. rnawa manin "rnaio'a 82. nKtpn 83a. n-in nKpn (rnn) Also: mSofi beauty 'ritten I nisan (wan) I D'rvsn onswn nixan (t'ln) daughter time truth door knowledge bronze (fetter) kindred office spear Also probably the following (insufficient attestation): rrna pact nnrm close jvaiii captivity 83b. msta (nnss) -man ninsa (ninaa) Egyptian (fem.adj) Also the many other fern. adj. ending in -it, such as n't?1?© third, for which we have not made separate classifications. 84, tftw 85. rrobn noVa 'rvoVn 86. nin« ninx Tirm [300] nŕaba (ni'ntO Titers (nvntt) testimony kingdom sister XIV. Masculine nouns in -ah. 87. nW - - I m*1? 88. nns nna ("fins) I nins/niqs APPENDIX A] mV? night nina/nins governor [301] APPENDIX B] Appendix B QAL VERBS: THE PRINCIPAL PARTS ACCORDING TO ROOT TYPES The following is a classified list of all the Qal verbs appearing in this grammar. Under the heading "imperfect" are included: (1) the normal imperfect, (2) the jussive (if it differs from the preceding), and (3) the converted imperfect. Under "imperative": (1) the 2nd pers. masc. sing., (2) the 2nd pers. fem. sing., and (3) the "emphatic" form of the 2nd pers. masc. sing, in -ah. Under "inf. constr.": (1) the free (unbound) form of the infinitive construct, and (2) the inf. construct with the suffix of the 1st person singular. Under "other": (1) the active participle, (2) the passive participle, and (3) the infinitive absolute, in that order. The numbers in parentheses refer to the paragraphs of the grammar where the full paradigms of the form in question may be found. Minor deviations from the given type are indicated in parentheses. Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct Other- l.Triliteral roots with no phonetic peculiarities (called Regular or Sound). la. ana Uz) nhp; (do) aha (102) aha (114) ana (26) aina (128) aro"i 'an? nans -ana aina a» to steal T|-n to tread pns to break out ins to spread 8>T! naj rna ana nan ^? Tin 7»a to seek, inquire to remember to cut to stumble to write to capture to sell to rule to rebel to drag to rule to close to count to attend to to gather ■>3r to bury ■PR to become angry "wr to harvest nu?p to bind together TO to pursue hi? to burn nam to break natf to cease, rest to dwell to observe UDty to judge 7|pii! to pour can to catch hold of Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct lb. nab (4:0 (94) t»7»1 inb to learn - T aan to ride lc. anp U:i) anp- ( to call KDi to heal N7B (im) - kí7b (128) wte to hate 3. Roots I-guttural (not l-Aleph) 3a. Perfect Imperfect Imperative ibs (48) ibs: (103) láB (103) lain nay mas ■qsn to overturn ann to kill oin to break down (tr.) (also onrr) isn to gird harr) □bn to dream Van to spare ipn to explore (also iprr) tein to plow aten to reckon (aterr) 3b. pm (48) pm; (103) pirn pm dus) "pin nn to honor din') bin to cease (7irr) 3c. Npn (52) kbit do3) (to sin) 3d. fsrj (48) psn: (103) (to take pleasure in) 4. Roots l-Aleph Perfect Imperfect 4a. ion (48) ion; (108) ibs'i ^oh to collect, gather 4b. 73K (48) 73tT (l08) bz)K*i_ Imperative "ION (lOS) nou mou VaN (ma) n73S APPENDIX B] Inf. Construct Other lay (111) nas (26) nas nay (128) liay (128) iter: to withhold (iterr) nay to serve nay 10 cross ars to abandon its to help (also lis:) tbs to stand ais to give as pledge ■spy to arrange pin (114) - "ptn — pirn (i2B) pin lo be strong Nun du) m?n (35) •son - Inf. Construct Other 1ĎN (114) "-IOK "IDS (26) T1DN (128) -liOK (128) ion to bind, take captive Von (im) voň (2(i) 713 N (128) 7Í3N (128) [305] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 13N to perish trw to seize (mx'or lhN') 4c. Perfect Imperfect arm Us) antr doa) anN 3n«' arjN to love 5. Roots l-Nun Perfect Imperfect 5a. "?D2 (43) bb' (118) f]l3 to strike Tin to vow ipdj to forsake 5b. ail (43) sr (us) siai 5c. Jiji to touch soa to plant XW (52) K(P (118) Niri (to raise up) 5d. TXU (49) ]TP (118) (to give) 5e. np1? Cib) np_; (us) (to take) Imperative 3ns (ios) bba (us) "VP? »» die) '175 Hi' (118) 'iff nutě jr die) 'an run np (na) 'np nnp bz)K to eat Tpti to say (nns'i) /«/ Corn-tract Othei nans (114) 'nans 3™ (35) ainřt (i28) DEW (nrá.') to be guilty Imperative Inf. Construct Other bhi (ue) '"7D3 "?S3 (26) (Vl£3) (128) Vim (128) to fall "132 to guard nsi (na) 'nsi »33 'S33 sjj3 (35) SÍU3 (128) SÍ33 (128) spa to set out mt (ns> s|a (35) 'nStií Sliř3 (128) Kii'2 (128) nn (us) jná Í2B) *nn jim (128) Jim (128) nnp. (us) npb (35) 'nnp nip1? (128) nip1? (128) APPENDIX B] 6. Roots \-Yodh Perfect Imperfect Imperative 6a. atr (43) aft (120) aw (120) it to go down T> to bear (a child) 6b. ST (48) ST (120) i"t (120) (to go forth) 'in nm (to know) 6c. Na; (52) us; (120) us (120) «s'l 'Na nNa 6d. 1iít (43) tíh" (I2t|) Eh (120) nft to be upright rv; to advise 6e. jar (87) Jf*? (120) - (to sleep) 6f. st (87) st' (120) nt (102) —r t • t: (to fear) 6g. na; (43) hs; (us) - 155; (to fashion) 6h. pa; (43) px (us) pa/pa' dig) (to pour) Inf. Construct Other naf (120) 'na» an?' to dwell aw' (26) alii' (128) nsi (120) 'nsn st (35) sit (128) SÍT (128) nxa (120) ŇS' (35) •rwa NiS' (128) nsn (120) T.rn a'T (26) tin; (12s) ttfVT (128) uh' to inherit ]a*' (120) na' (2G) npá (120) [306] [307] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct 6i. Sb; (87) bar (120) — r (120) Other #J (2G) fifea (128) 7b. 7c. 7d. 7e. op (64) Dip; (124) Q!)p (124) Dip (124) Dp (C4) op; •»?,? -nip - Dip (128) na to sojourn r? to be scattered to circumcise to fast na to rest (mjl) la to besiege to sleep op to arise D3 to flee to be high to turn aside(nph) n to run n» to arouse oneself DIP to return □if ((14) S"|ri (H4) □'ip (124) nylow (124) Dip (64) dip; 'Tip mw D'lP (l2B) □tp;i na-ip oitp (12a) to rejoice DIP to put, place 11 to judge "IIP to sing to spend the night ntp to set, place na (87) ma; (124) raa (124) ma (124) na (87) na; - (to die) na;i nia (i2a) C?3 (87) tffT (124) 1P3 (124) (to be ashamed) K3 (64) S31 (124) t t «3;i (to come) K3 (124) nxfi K3 (124) "K3 K3 (64) S3 (12B) 8. Roots Ill-He Perfect Imperfect Imperative 8a. na? (57) nan; (122) naa (122) I?' -a? ni3 to despise HD3 to weep (^mi) naa to build nVa to reveal; go into exile nai to be a harlot nba to be done, finished rns to ransom rue to turn toward 8b. n^y (57) nSy: (122) n1?!? (122) by: *bv bs'y nnn to conceive nan to camp nVi) to ascend, go up Inf. Construct niaa (122) ■•nij.3 APPENDIX B] Other naa (41) ■133 (128) ni3 (l2B) nap to acquire n"ip to meet nin to see (tn?i) n3T to be many FlSh to pasture (smi) n3ip to take captive nritp to drink (n#i) nVn to hang t t ° nun to wander lost mbv (122) -mbv nVi? (41) nVs (12a) 8c. nm (57) nm; (122) nrq (122) in; "in nan to mutter, meditate nan to roar 8d. mrj (57) n;rr (122) mn (122) •jT "P • - ■ v: ■m; n;n to be 8e. n3K (57) nstr (122) 3tT H38 to be willing 8f. noa (57) np- (122) npa (122) 0; nay to answer nips to do, make nim (122) Tiiiq njn to see nnn to be angry nvn (122) nvvib mn to live ns« to bake nioa (122) nth (41) iirj (128) nm (128) noa (41) noa (128) [308] [309] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (to stretch forth) 9. Geminate Roots (a sampling of major types only; for details see §126) Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct Other 9a. 330 (08) 3b;/3nr (120) (to surround, go around) 9b. "TIN (68) ik; (l2fi) (to curse) 3b (126) »30 IN (126) 3D (126) "3D 330 (26) 3530 [(28) 3130 (128) TmH (128) 9c. DP (87) orr (126) an -an (120) XH to be bad an to be finished, completed bp to be light, contemptible Appendix C THE DERIVED CONJUGATIONS: A SYNOPSIS'1 [310] Niphal Piel Pual Hiphil Hophal Hithpael 1. Sound Triliteral Roots (141) (149) (154) (158) (175) (178) Perfect 3rp: ana ana a'nan anan anann Imperfect ana1 ana? ana;1 a'nar 3n?; anair' Jussive anir any. ano;1 ana; aria; anaiv Imperative 3nan an? - arpn - anann Inf. Construct anan ana - STian - 3ronn Inf. Absolute aha; ana aha anan anan anann Participle anag anaa anaa aToaa 3roa anana 2. Roots I-guttural (excluding l-Aleph) Perfect "rasa i§» nay Tasn iasn tasnn Imperfect Tajr lay t^j Tair tbs; lasrr Jussive lay nay. las;1 las: tbs; naan1 Imperative Tasn "ias - nayrj - "rasnn Inf. Construct -rain las - -rasn - nasnn Inf. Absolute lain tbs ibs iasn nasn lasnn Participle lasa nasa -jbsb tbsb lasa lasna (141) (149) (154) (158) (175) (178) The same rool is used to illustrate all the conjugations of a given root type, regardless of whether it is attested in that particular form or not. References are to paragraphs in the body or the grammar where the complete paradigms may be found. [311] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Niphaf Piel Pual Hiphil Hophal Hithpael 3. Roots II-guttural (141) (149) (154) (158) (175) (178) Perfect TO? to p.3 T1?n 11?ri ^jianri Imperfect lia; to: TO: to': lian: Jussive to: 113? TO: to: lisri: Imperative TO* to 11.3 rj — 113,-iri Inf. Construct Tian TO Tian TO™ Inf. Absolute TO? TO - 11.3? TOn Iianri Participle 5|iaa TOI TOn Tlpa «]iaa TOpQ 4. Roots Ill-guttural (141) (149) (154) (igo) (175) (178) (excluding lU-AIepli) Perfect yptea yate Imperfect sate; sate1 Jussive yate: »Bte; Imperative yaten yate Inf. Construct yatert yate Inf. Absolute yiatea sate Participle yate3 yatea 5. Roots Ill-zlfe/j/i (143) (151) Perfect ks»3 ssa Imperfect ksd: kxb; Jussive K3b; xsa; Imperative Ksan N3B Inf. Construct xxan K3B Inf. Absolute xsaa K3B Participle xsaa K3Ba 6. Roots l-Nutl (143) (149) Perfect bpa ?fl Imperfect ?sr 733; Jussive 7qp bpr Imperative bpan bpa Inf. Construct bsan bp; Inf. Absolute 7b3 7b3 Participle 7d3 7b3b 7. Roots \-WawjYodh (143) (149) Perfect 3teia 3te: Imperfect 3ten; 3tf*! Jussive ater 311*:: [312] yaip yawn sate; srste: ypte; sate; - yaten - y'Bten - yaterj yatea y'atea (154) (160) K3B K'SBn yairrj sate; yate1 V»ten yatea Haa- N3B1 KTSB; Nxan K-atan Kaan K3b; K3B-1 (154) 7B3 - \i t \ ! (154) 315" ate-"1 - \i ate" (158) 7'sn "td; 7§: 7-pn 7BfJ V'pp (163) a-tein atei1 (175) 7sn - \ 7B- -.-X ban bpn 7DB (175) 3tein sun" yanten yante1 yante-santen santen yantea (175) (178) xsan K3ann 83»fl? Kasan; N3ann «sann ns38 k'sbb k38b xsana (178) Vpann ^an; ^?3n: 7B3nn 7B3nn 7?:nn bsana (178) atemn 3ö;n: ateT1 Imperative Inf. Construct Inf. Absolute Participle g. Roots W-WawjYodh (Hollow) Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf. Construct Inf. Absolute Participle 9. Roots l\\-He Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf. Construct Inf. Absolute Participle 10. Geminate Roots Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf. Construct Inf. Absolute Participle APPENDIX C] Niphal Piel Pual Hiphil Hophal Hithpael atein a®! atein ate: - ate; ateia aarp (146) oip; Dip: Dipn Dipn □ipa nipj (143) ^?32 W napn niapn nana ■™? (146) 303 - T ae; so? 3pn 3on 3iort 303 aw'a amn a^tein atein 3"tei8 aunn 3te;nn 3C??nn ■- 3te':nn ateia ate;np (151) naa ma; is: niaa nip naaa (151) 3 IP aap; 33o; 330 aao 33DB 33DB - " I T VI (154) na3 T \ nas: mas naaa (154) 330 330? 330'' (169) (175) o-pn op.rj apn B"pn (166) lapn nas- napn niapn naan naaa (172) 30 n no; =°: 3pn aprt 3on 308 (175) spin 30V 30V 3D1B Bp.W - OpT1 - Dp.V-- opin - Dpa - (175) (178) naan naann naa; naan; —— I3?? - naann - niaann 1»? "- naaa naana (178) 33npn oanp: 33np' 3pnon 33npn aanpn aanpa [313] Appendix D CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE Patriarchal Period, as reflected in the traditional accounts of Genesis The Exodus The Conquest of Canaan The Period of the Judges Reign of Sau! Reign of David Reign of Solomon Division into the Kingdoms of Judah and Israel Fall of Samaria (cap. of Israel) to Assyria Fall of Jerusalem (cap. of Judah) to Babylon The Babylonian Exile Post-Exilic Period (Persian domination) Beginning of Greek Rule (with Alexander) [314] c 1900-1500 B.C. c 1280 c. 1250-1200 c 1200-1020 c. 1020-1000 c. 1000-961 c 961-922 922 722 587/6 587-538 538-332 332 grammars W. Gesenius, E. Kautzsch, A. E. Cowley: Hebrew Grammar. Oxford, 1910. G. Bergsträsser : Hebräische Grammatik, Leipzig, 1918. Reissued in Hildeshcim, 1962. text and versions B. J. Roberts: The Old Testament Text and Versions. Cardiff, 1951. F. M. Cross: The Ancient Library of Qumran. New York, 1958. Biblia Hebraica, ed. by R. Kittel and others. 3rd edition, Stuttgart, 1937. history and archaeology W. F. Albright: Archaeology and the Religion of Israel. Baltimore, 1946. J. Bright: A History of Israel. Philadelphia, 1959. R. de Vaux: Ancient Israel, Its Life and Institutions. New York, 1961. [3IS] hebrew-english glossary] HEBREW-ENGLISH GLOSSARY Verbs are listed according to the root. Conjugationa! types are abbreviated as follows: Q qal N niphal P piel Pu pual H hiphil Ho hophal Ht hithpael Po polel All other words are listed alphabetically as they appear. References of the types Ale and B3c refer to the Appendices A and B respectively. All other references are to paragraphs in the grammar. K 3N (-01)father,ancestor (Ale) "tax (nam) to perish, be destroyed (B4b); H T3xn to destroy, kill na.K (nam) to be willing (B8e) Vax truly, indeed; however |3 i (im) stone (f.) A7a onnax Abraham □nax Abram = Abraham onx Adam; man ;mankind(80) [316] nanx earth, ground, soil (A64b) px (Im) lord, master (A29a) arm (anm) to love (B4c) nanx love (A60b) iN or nix (im) light (A5a) n-niN Uriah T • niN (ót) sign, omen (A5a) IN then, at that time Jtá (du. aýw) ear(f.) All nx (dtw) brother (Aid) trt*" one (m.) IPX ninx sister (f.) A86 nox tnx (trw) to seize, grasp, take hold of (108, B4b) "iriN (omrm) other; fern, nnnx, pi. ninnN "ifjx after (prep.); afterwards nnsx after (prep.); +"WX after "iSX (conj.);+ia afterwards ranx nnx one (f.) nsanx ma-1!- from what place, from which? pix 3.1X (im) enemy (A35) where? mnx nam'TN how? in what manner? •nN nirx dread, terror (cf. A55, 56) V" there is not, are not (*px) nb-x where? (antfjxhnan, husband (A4c) "ii.x surely, doubtlessly; but, however IPX "mx (•»#) to eat (B4b) nox Sax food (All) DtffN bx to, toward <7N (im) god; God (A3b) these; 40 "if 8. D-n^N iš gods; God (59;cf. A22) (im) thousand (181; A7a) ON if -nx/nx nx (niax) mother (f.) A3e -nx/nx nax (ninax) maidservant, fern. nx slave (A54e) nrix (inn) n. )aX3 to be confirmed, jinx verified, trustworthy; h, raxn to believe, trust npx aaax surely, indeed "Manx nax hax*) to say (B4b) inx DSN truth (A76) njňx naň whither? "nix we (81) ^x 1(81) "?Jx 1(81) a -rax (im) prisoner (A28a) (nam) to gather (B4a) (nbm) to bind, take prisoner (B4a) (du. &*|r) nose, face; anger (A2a) + '3 except that, save that (conj.) near, beside, by (A 10b) four (f.) four (m.) forty ark (of the covenant); w. art. )inxn (A22) accursed (A30a) (nvnx) lion (cf. A3 lb) !ionT(A52) h. T nxn to be long; to lengthen (nix;) to curse (B9b) (ot)'earth, land (f.) A7a fire (f.) A3e (D'tito) woman, wife (A58b) (Btfm) to be guilty; (adj.) guilty Ashkelon who, which, that (rel. pron.); that, since, because (conj.) dir. obj. marker with, together with you (f.s.) 81 you (m.s.) 81 (6t) she-ass, donkey (f.) A29a you (m.pl.) 81 yesterday you (f.pl.) 81 you (f.pl.) 81 in, with (instrumental); (+ inf.) when, while [317] INTRODUCTION TO BIBL -ixa (61) well, pit (A20a) 1j| (im) garment (A7c) (113) -la1?alone, only; 142 nana (6l) beast, animal; 80 (A65c) (xia) X3 (xi3;) to come, enter '(B7e); H. to bring na hna*) to choose (obj. with 3) B2a npa (hot) to trust, rely (B2a) pa between; 47 nj'3 understanding, percep- tiveness (A56) TP$ (trap) house (A13c) nD3 (npa;) to weep, mourn (B8a) nbs (sis>) to swallow (-B2b) 'ribs not(negates infinitive ;'l 15) )3 (d'aa) son (A3c) naa (njar) to build (B8a); H, caus., N. pass. t33j3 for the sake of, because of 1173 through; around; on behalf of; 174 ■TS73 in the eyes of, in the opinion of b»5 (im) lord, master, husband, owner; 121 (A9) "IS3 hya;) to burn (tr. and intr.) B2a; P. to burn (tr.), consume completely 37x3 profit, advantage;i7x|_nn [318] L HEBREW what profit is there? (A8b) spa (sggpj to split (B2b) ijja morning (All) npr3 (large) cattle (coll.) tops) P.topatoseek xna (xna;) to create (B2c); N. pass, rrna covenant, treaty (A83) nia ftrsfi) to flee (B2b) (-pa) P.^na to bless n3ia (6t) blessing (A64a) niys flesh, meatji^a-Vs mankind (A25a) na (mas) daughter (A74) 3 "?xa (Vxr) to redeem (B2a); N. pass. 1133 (im) warrior, hero; + Trt idem (A43) rnna (6t) hill (A61a) niSs mistress, lady (cf. A81) Vila big, great (A29a) ^"I? (bir) to be(come) great, big; to grow up (Blc); H. to magnify, make great "13 (D"ia> kid (A3la) (Tia) Tj (Ta;) to sojourn, dwell '(B7a) (T3) bi (Tr) to rejoice (B7b) nba (nbr) to reveal, uncover; go into exile (B8a); N. pass.; H. to carry away into exile tjVj Gilead □3 also, too, even brM (oftaa) camel (A25d) ja (niaa) garden; jan, §21 (A2a) 333 (333') to steal (Bla) TJ3 hsr) to rebuke (B2a) na (im) sojourner, resident alien(A3b) (otJ P. b"la to drive away -Di (im) word, thing, matter, affair; Tji'bs because of, for the sake of hat) P. 131 to speak, talk toai honey (Al8) 31 (im) fish (cf. Ala, lb) n;i fish (coll.) A53a ill David "rii (im, 6t) generation (A5a) |nii Dothan (pi) pi (pi;) to judge (B7b) bi poor; §22 (A2a) nV^r (du. Trjbi; pi. 6t) door (A77> ' ni (im) blood (Alb) (Dai) oi (ot) to be silent, astonished (B9a, c) TVh (im, 6t) road, way (m. or f.) A7a toll (wit) to inquire, seek, require (B2a) n n n n the def. art.; §14, 18, 21 rj n interrog. marker 3n (defective verb) give! come! let's...! 119 Tarj Abel nan (n3T) to mutter, moan, t t t 1 V roar; meditate, imagine (B8c) Kin he; that Kin = trn ; see 87 X'n she, it; that n;n (rrn*) to be, become (B8d) byn (im) palace, temple (A34) ij'pr! (iV) to go, walk; H. Tbin to cause to go, HEBREW-ENGLISH GLOSSARY] lead; Hi. to walk back and forth, to go continually (B6j) (V?n) P. Vjn to praise; nibbn Halelujah, Praise Yah (well) □Vn hither on they; those jrj if nan see §135-6 nart they (f.); those (f.) nafi hither, to this place, here -in (O'ln) mountain (A2c) nil (aim) to slay, kill; N. pass. (B3a) nin Cn*lEp) to become pregnant, conceive (B8b) 1 1 and; 17 i T DKT this (f.); 40 na: (nap) to sacrifice (B2b) nat (im) sacrifice (A8b) rq this (m.); 40 am gold (A25a) n;j (im) olive, olive-tree (A13b) 131 hap) to remember; N. pass.; H. to mention, cause to remember (Bla) "OT remembrance, memorial (AlOa) na; (im) male (A25a) nat (nap) to be(come) a prostitute, harlot; nai a harlot (B8a) pyj (pyp) = pax to cry out (in distress) B2a li?J (]p.r' to be(come) old; (adj.) old (Bid) [319] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW jpj (im) old man, elder (of city) A26a (pi.) old age(cf. A23,30a) (im, 6t) arm; fig. strength (A22) seed, offspring, progeny (A8a) Hint sh! (Nan) N. tarn to hide (intr.); Ht.sannn tohide(intr.) bin (bin;) to cease, stop; 117 (B3b) tfnri new (A25b) mn Eve (mn) Hist. niqniBn to bow down, humble oneself (6t) city-wall (A55) outside; nam, nyinn (to the) outside; b yina outside (prep.) (pT07.) to be(come) strong, firm, hard; (adj.) idem (B3b) (Nom) to sin (b against); H. to lead into sin (B3c) (nispn) sin (A82) living, alive; as-lives (in oath), 1.38 (A2a) (mm) to live, be alive (B8d);P. mn to let live, revive, restore to life; H. mnn, same as P. (6t) animal, living thing (A57) (mbjn) army; strength; b;rt niaa warrior (A13a) life, lifetime (cf. A2a) bosom (cf. A3b) wise; wise man (A25b) wisdom (A63) milk (cf. A25b) (6t) dream (A22) nam fin spn mron mn mn T - 0"n PTJ nan naan abn Dibq [320] obn ninn ^-an ban ©an ntfan ID W (bbn) H. bnn to begin (bbn) P. bbn to defile, pollute, dishonor (Dbm) to dream (B3a) (im) he-ass, donkey (A22) fifth (bam) to spare (B3a) five'(f) five (m.) fifty grace, favor (A3e) (rim) to favor, be gracious toward (B9a); Ht.iannn to seek or implore favor npn (im) kindness, mercy, proper conduct yprj (yem) to take delight in; to desire (B3d) rsn hair (A3lb) pn (im) statute (A5d) npn (6i) statute (A59) anft (61) sword (f.) A7a anh (Mt.) Horeb nnn (nnm) to become enraged, angry (B8c); used impersonally with b or with (onn) H. mnnn to destroy, exterminate (often as a religious act) cnn (win-) to plow; engrave (B3a) 7|t>n (7|wm) to withhold, keep back for oneself (B3a) atin (awm) to think, devise, reckon, impute (B3a) 7|tt>n darkness -nrj Hittite |nn father-in-law (A35) U nao (nam) to slaughter (B2b) nap" a slaughtering (A8b) ym good (A5a) no children (coll.) A2a D-iC before, not yet;Dn.pa idem; 121 (b»r) H. b'Xin to be willing, content (173) "lir The Nile; river rvsT dry ground (cf. A70) T (du. ayim; pi. 6t) hand, side (f.) Ala (nT) H. nnin to give thanks S7T (»t) to know (B6b); H. to make known, teach, declare nnm; Judah mm Yahweh, "Jehovah," the Lord (59) dv (pi. o,a;) day; Di\n, Di»a today (A5b) □av by day, in the daytime nor Joseph nrr together nn; together (aa1) ap-Ho go well with (b) B6d (na1) H. main to reprove; to decide ba; (bar) to be able; to prevail against (b) B6i t1?; (tVO to bear (a child); N. pass.; H. to beget,, engender (B6a) nV (pi. im) boy (A7a) m (pi. d-b;) sea; naj seaward, westward (Ale) pa; the right hand (f.) A28a (^m) H. mpin to add; to do something again; to continue doing something np; beautiful,handsome(A49) ap»: HEBREW-ENGLISH GLOSSARY] because(+inf.); -)wx )«! because Jacob (ks-) to go out, to go forth (B6c); H. caus. (as11) Ht. as-nn to take one's stand, to station oneself nx; hsv) to form, fashion (B6g) (yp-) yp^to wake up (B6d) np^ precious (A25a) NT tH"1«) to be afraid (of: ]0, -aBB) B6f.; N. to be dreadful, terrible njjm fear (A61a) TV 10 S° down, descend (B6a); H. caus. pbOTT Jerusalem (mi H. nnin to shoot (arrows); to direct, teach nT the moon u?T ton") to inherit (B6d); to dispossess bNntr Israel c?- there is, are as/; (at?;.) to sit, dwell (B6a); H. caus. nyro; (pi. 6t) salvation, deliverance (A67) d-bKuBic' Ishmaelites ]or to sleep (B6e) (jw/'O H. yEhn to save, deliver it?} (nw'v) to be pleasant, agreeable (B6d) ni»; just, upright (A25a) (nm) N.nnia to be left, remain inm Jethro a like, as; (+inf.) when, as nfflN? as, according as naa (nap?) to be (come) heavy, [321] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW important, serious; (adj.) idem (Bid) lias glory, honor (A29a) i!/33 (im) lamb (m.) A7c ntn-p (6t) Iamb (f.) A61a rb thus, as follows •rra (im) priest (A35) 3?i3 (im) star (A33) (yd) N. fen to be firm, fixed, established; H. ron to prepare, establish; Po. |3i3 to set up, establish hro) P. ins to hide, conceal 1 because, since; for; that; ax -3 unless, except that, but rather 0.V3 today, this day -balba all, each, every; presuf-fixal -Vs 138; la/x-Va everything which (cf. A5d) n'w (i1??1) to be depleted, finished, at an end (B8a); P. to finish, bring to an end (im) vessel, utensil (A3la) |3 thus, so; }3_I7S therefore; ]2b therefore |3 honest, true (A3b) "SS3 Canaan ^sn Canaanite K03 (60 throne (A41b) (rt03) P.npatocover, overwhelm ryoi) silver, money (A7a) -)3 (du. B^S; pi. 6t) palm or hollow of hand, sole of foot (A2a) (1D3) P. -IBS to atone for, make atonement BlJ (im) vineyard (A7a) ma (niB") to cut (Bla); rns rv")3 to make a treaty B1-TO3 Chaldaeans by? (ViPT) to stumble (Bla) 3ro (aria;) to write (Bla) ri|Ti3 or nans <6t) tunic (A79) b to, for xb not, no ibxb "saying" (used to mark a direct quote) 31? (60 heart (A3e) 33^ (60 heart (A27a) -lib see (113) - i ]lb Laban rui1? (60 flame (cf. A7I) mb (61) tablet (A6) Bi1? Lot -b^ixbr? unless, if not nnb bread, food (A7a) (an1?) N. an1?; to fight ny> night; at night (A87) (yb) ]b iyby to spend the night T(B7o) lab (13V0 to capture (Bla) therefore in1? da1?") to learn (Bib); P. in1? to teach nab why ?(naV before » n n)74 lyfcb so that, in order that "isb before, in front of, in the presence of np.1? (np_:) to take (B5e); N. pass. nxip1? toward, against, to meet (125) 1KB very, much 1kb (60 hundred; 181 y&n from where? V3KB food (A38) naixa anything; w. neg. nothing (A67) (|KB) P. |KB to refuse oxa (oxa?) to refuse, despise (B2a) B'liJB (pi.) sojourning, residence (A30a) npiB (6t) plague, stroke (cf. A73) 131B wilderness (A37) n_b (lb;) to measure (B9a) sna why? riB Midian It i ■ nn what? (inn) P. inn to hurry; ins quickly nvi death (A 15) (niB) riB (ma;) to die (B7c); H. ivan to kill; Po. nnia to kill C?ia) br: Ojib*) to circumcise T(B7a) n3TB (61) altar (A41c) njms (6t) camp (A51) ibb (6t) staff, rod; tribe (A51) lea rain (A25a) •a who? D^ii (pi.) water 13B (IBS') to sell (Bla) k^b (Kba-j) to be full, filled (B2d); (adj.) idem; P. xba to fill yxba (im) messenger, angel (A38) IBK^D occupation, work (A64d) y\ba lodging place (A29a) nanVB (6t) battle, war (A72) "ipb (im) king, ruler (A7a) r\bn ("f?0") to rule, be (come) king (Bla) bs&ti above (adv.); (+ b) above (prep.) p from; some of nrua (60 offering (A6la) (bob) N. bbj to melt ibbb number; b isoa rx is/ t : • i t t ■ I •• ' HEBREW-ENGLISH GLOSSARY] are innumerable; -ttnx ippa a few men (A37) bsb a little; usb bsd little by little: bsb lis in a little while ntt>sa (im)deed, act, work (A51) ksb (ksb;) to find (B2c); N. xsb3 to be extant; H. k'ltfln to present msa (60commandment(A61b) •isa Egyptian; fern. npXB apxa Egypt; napsa toward Egypt BipB (6t) place (A29a) nipn cattle, property (A50) nxia appearance (A51) ■?nn (im) spy, scout (P. participle) 11B (liB*) to rebel (Bla) 13318 (60 chariot (A71) npB Moses nwa (noa1) to anoint (B2b) Visa ibww) to rule, have dominion (over: 3) Bla DiPB from there; thence IBBB place of confinement, jail (A37) 05u?b (im) judgement, court decision; manner (A37) nnuia banquet (A50) XJ particle used after imperative, jussive, or co-hortative; 102, 105 (vxa) P. fX" to spurn (X3:) N. X33, Ht. xaann to prophesy yai intelligent, discerning (A29a) (D3i) H.D-'Bntolookat P?x, Vs) x-3; (im) prophet (A28aj [322] [323] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 3j3 C-nS w Etsjj) ttj 113 (ma) (ma) (oia) nbna (dh3) ■wna BlrU hd3 »03 U%3 (7133) naa »03 7»! isj [J24] the Negcv. npaafa) toward the Negev, Southward' before, infrontof(cf.A7b) H. ran to tell (Who touch, strike (BSb) (IJ7) to strike, smite (B5a) N. tM3 (or) to approach; H. t^arr to bring near or Tjjj (im) vow (A7c, 10a) (it) to vow (B5a) (6t) river (A25b) na (ma;) to rest, settle down (B7a); H. man to set at rest; H. man to set down, deposit, leave alone oa (ana;) to sleep (B7a) 03 (013;) to flee (B7a) property, possession, inheritance, portion (A60b) N. ana (ana;) to be sorry, repent, be comforted; P. ona (anr) to comfort, console pleasant (A39) (im) snake (A25b) (no;) to extend; pitch (tent); turn aside (intr.) B8f.; H, npn to turn or thrust aside, to incline (tr.) (so;) to plant (BSb) (tfer) to leave, forsake, abandon (B5a) H. nam to strike, smite, slay foreign, strange (so?) to set out, travel, journey (B5b) (im) shoe, sandal (f.) A9 (im) young man, attendant (A9) ©03 v 1 (axa) ftsa) ™& KiVl t t 330 (ibi) to fall (B5a); H. Ton caus. (6t) soul, person, living thing; life; (-1- pron. suff.) self (A7a) N. 3X3 to station oneself, stand; H. B'sn to station, set up N. V23 to be rescued, saved; H. Tan to deliver, rescue female (A65a) (Kir) to raise, lift up (B5c); N Kto: pass. H. 3'tyrJ to reach, attain, overtake (jrri to give, set, put, allow (B5d) Nathan (3b;) to surround, go around (B9a); H. son to turn away, to turn around (tr.), cause to go around nap hatri to close (Bla) did (im) horse (A6) (mo) 10 (w) to turn aside t t (intr.), to depart (B7a); H. Ton to remove, take away, turn away n?o (nbp;) to pardon (B2b) 196 (im) book, writing (A 10a) ipo hop:) to count (Bla); P. iso to tell, narrate one (d'onp) eunuch, officer (A28b) (mo) N. nnpa to hide (intr.); H. Triors to hide (tr.) V 135) (im) servant, slave (A7a) 13» (i3»:) to work, serve, till (ground) B3a nii3» work, task, servitude (A66) 13» (i3sr) to cross; to transgress (B3a); H. T3sn caus. •Has Hebrew; fern. n;i3» 731) (im) calf (m.) AI Ob n"?a» (6t) heifer (A62) is to, as far as, by; (+ inf.) until; ii?n_i» until; Harris until now; □7i»_i» forever rns congregation, assembly (A54) iii (im) flock, herd (AlOb) li» again, still, yet (m») H. t»n to warn, protest obis (im) eternity; d"?is-is, oVis1?, forever (A33) |i» (6t) guilt, iniquity, punishment (A29a) lis birds, fowl (coll.) A5a (ns) Po. iiis to arouse, stir up 1» strong, mighty (A2a) ts strength (A5e) ois (3is:) to abandon (B3a) 11» (lis;) to help (B3a) it.$ help, assistance (AlOb) |?J> (du. o,i,») eye; spring, well (f.) A 13a t» fans) city (f.) A4b ?s on, upon, over, against, concerning;i3i_1?s for the sake of, because of; t_7» beside, in the company of, to the side of; |3-"7» therefore; "■as-1?? on the surface of, up against nbv (niar) to ascend, go up (B8b); H.Tpsn caus. HEBREW-ENGLISH GLOSSARY] -7» Eli as with, together with as (im) people, nation (A2a) ins (ibs;) to stand (B3a); H. TBsn to station, set up, appoint pai (im) valley, lowland (AlOa) nas (msO to answer (B8b); P. nas to oppress 'as affliction (A32a) J3S (im) cloud (A25b) ys (im) tree, wood (A3a) nas counsel, advice (A54) api + 'phtvs because ai$ evening 31» (31»:) to stand as pledge for (B3a) mis shame, nakedness (A62) •qis (^1»:) to arrange, set in order; draw up (in battle array) B3a ■pis uncircumcised; (fig.) deficient, inept aos) grass, herbage (coll.) AlOb niys (nil's:) to do, make, act, bring about (B8b) 'Tto» tenth; fern. n'TtoS ill's ten (f.) lira -teen (m.) mtos ten (m.) rnfos -teen (f.) anrns twenty TffiB rich (A28a) ns (im, 6t) time (f.) A75 nna now, then, (and) so then s3s nip na (sap1) to meet, encounter (-nx/a) B2b (nip;) to ransom (B8a) mouth; 'pp ,^~Vs according to; 1WN 'Op [325] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW ns-uis (S7S) (779) )? a-aa 7DÖ ays' n-jQ ns rtsns (-no) fcng nns nni 1k2 according as; nrtK no unanimous, in agreement (A48a) here Potiphar N. xbsi to be wonderful, marvelous Ht. bVpnn to pray the Philistines lest, so that not (nap-) to turn (toward) (tr. & intr,) B8a (pi.) face; -apb before, in the presence of; ■■asp, •apVn from before; *3B-,?V on ,nc surface of, up against. 100, 101 (A89) (o'Vps) idol, image (A7c/ 28a) (im) time; o^yp twice( A9) (npp;) to keep one's promise to; to pay attention to; to visit; to appoint; to pass in review (Bla) (60 cow, heifer (A53b) fruit (A3la) Pharaoh (ynp;0 to break down, breach, burst (out) Bla H. npn to annul, cancel (ehd;) to spread (out) (tr.) Bla (o-uhd) horseman (A25c) (nnp;) to open (B2b) (im) opening (A8b) small cattle (sheep and goats) cf. A5c (6.t) army, host (A25e) righteous (A46) pnj riRis (rns) (ors) (Tis) ms 7s (ribs) Ob$ p»x ms righteousness (A7c) (60 righteousness, righteous act (A64a) noon (cf. A 12b) P. nis to command, charge, appoint 153 as fa«r) to fast (B7a) ns (ms;) to besiege, confine (B7a) (im) rock, cliff; (fig.) support, defense (A6) (d,'7i?s) shade, shadow, protection (A3f) H. rrh-i7\ to make prosperous; to be prosperous (im) image, likeness (A7a) (im, St) rib, side (A27b) small, young (A28a) (psrr) to cry out (in distress) B2a (50 distress, trouble (A53b) npj? Vrip Tip (Dip) (yap;> to gather; Ht. to gather (intr.) (im) grave, sepulchre (A7c) (nap;) to bury, inter (Bla) holy east; nanf) eastward; b Dijip to the east of (d*. A7b) (im) holiness (All) P. Enp to sanctify assembly, congregation (A25b) (60 voice, sound (A5a) Dp (Dip;) to arise (B7a); H. D-pn to establish, set up (bbp) (tap) nap W t^R TSR ">?R "TR a* nni? amp jni? small, little, unimportant; also ippr (cf. A25d) Cain (60 wall (A4a) bp (bpJl) to be light, of little importance (B9c); P. bbp to curse P. «3p to be jealous (of: nK/a); to be zealous (for:'V) (nap;) to acquire, purchase (B8a) end; ypa at the end of (A3e) end, border; -spa at the end of (A49) harvest, crop; time of harvest (A28a) (nip-} to be(come) angry (against:7») Bla (nap-) to reap, harvest (Bla) (Nnp;) to call, name, summon, declare, read; ( + bs) to call unto; ( + b) to summon (B2c) (*np;)a common variant of nnp (anp;) to be near, draw near, approach (Blc); H. anprt to bring near, present midst, interior; anpa in, within, inside of (A7c) (nnp;) to meet, encounter, befall (person usually object) B8a; N. rnpa idem (person usually subject; object with a/7K/7J?) near, close (to: bx) A29a (snp;) to rend, tear (B2b) difficult, hard, harsh (A49) HEBREW-ENGLISH GLOSSARY] n?p (nipp;) to bind; to band together, conspire(B 1 a) nxn jaiKn »sn an nan -van ban inn mn 'am) (yin) ann pirn bn-\ yrn apn Bian jyan VI in (nin;) to see (B8a); N. nfnn to appear; H. nxnn to show Reuben (Q-tftn) head, top, chief first (A45) much, many, numerous (A2a) (nan;) to be(come) numerous, great (B8a); H. nann to make numerous, great; to do (something) much fourth; fern, n-yan (du. D^n) foot' (f.); ■bina in the following of, belonging to (A7a) (f)nn;) to pursue, chase, persecute (+ nntt) B1 a (60 spirit, wind, soul on (on;) to be high, lofty (B7a); H. ann to lift up, off; Po. DBin to raise up yn (yin;) to run (B7a) broad, wide (A25b) distant, far; pinna at a distance, from afar; of old (A29a) Rachel (yrjT) to wash (B2a) empty, worthless, idle (cf. A3b) (a?T)toride (Bib) (moveable)property(A23) creeping things (coll.) (im) friend, companion (A3b) evil, bad, wicked (A2b) [326] [327] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 2SH an nsn nsn (s?s?-i) DIPT (rráO nafy t " ^xá» nni? n nato t : • n'jato naj? p»to i? •PJp ■7KIZI famine (A25b) (an*) to be(come) hungry (B2a); (adj.) idem (A26) (im) shepherd (Qal part. act.) (nST) to tend flocks, shepherd (B8a) in (s?t) to be bad, wicked (B9d); H.vnnto injure, to act wickedly (nst) to heal, cure (B2c) (nrv)to kill (B2b) only firmament (A28a) evil, bad, criminal (A25a) W (6t) field (A49) Dip (D^itrOto put, place; to make (x) into (y) B7b old age, grey hair (cf. A 56) left (hand); north (cf.A22) (nato') to rejoice (B2b); P. nato to gladden (ot)joy (A61a) (6t) cloak, outer garment (A61a) (toiir) to hate (B2d) (du. q'rtEffiO lip; language; edge (A53d) (im) sack (-cloth) A2a (im) chief, leader (A2b) («^ni»7) to burn (tr.) Bla; N. to burn (intr.) (Vn^*) to ask, inquire, request (B2a) bbtf Sheol hKaO N. nxi?'a to be left over, remain, survive naw (naitf')totakecaptive(B8a) ns»3i? (6t) oath (A67) [328] liPSti C»3B?) ya| nsna? tpBaa/ n3&> nací hie?" us1 orný ti? (Tttŕ) (rrť) 33B> rtSE? (naV) (DVť) nwbiú seventh; fem. tfíSKti N .s?au?a to swear; H. Vattfn to cause to swear seven (f.) seven (m.) seventy hasrOto break, smash (Bla) (natrf') to cease, rest (Bla) (nina?)sabbath (f.) cf. A82 emptiness, vanity; RTÉb in vain (A16) as? (aniiŕ) to return, go/ come back (B7a); H. Tltfg to bring back (im) a head of cattle (A5a [note]) (on&>,> to slaughter (an animal) B2a (im) song (A4a) -IB? (Tf*) to sing (B7b) na> (n,^p,) to put, place, 'set (B7b) (satí') to lie down (Bib) (nau?:) to forget (B2b) Shechem H. a'aiirn to do something early in the day 173 {p0 to settle down, dwell (Bla) peace, well-being, health; b niVu?'1? bvti to ask about someone (A29a) third; fem. rni),?ii? Cn-pii?"^ to send (B2b); P. n?i? to expel, send forth, let go (ôt) table (A40) H. T7tfn to throw P. aViz? to restore, make good, recompense three (f.) three (m.) a*vibw □a? our ilfív) Vkidiz? 'rail? naiľ nine/ rubw t i B'ätäíl sna? -iais - t iff ]iipniii nati? nrjptff apa> T|pC? Vaa> Cnpeř) thirty (6t) name (A3d) there, in that place; nnir? thither, to that place H. "ratf?! to destroy Samuel heaven(s) eighth; fem. n"tbb? (dep.) to be desolated, appalled (B9c); (adj.) idem eight (f.) eight (m.) eighty (s?bu>?) to hear; heed, listen to (a/1?; B2b< N. pass.; H. ya^n to tell, declare, proclaim hat??) to watch, keep, observe (Bla) sun (A7c) Samson (im) year (A53a) second; fem. rviw two (m.) (im) gate (A9) (6t) maidservant, fem. slave (A61a) ivby') to judge (Bla) (im) judge (A35) (ilQi!?*) to pour, shed (blood) Bla (bsi?') to be(come) low (Bid).; H. TDitf'n to lay low, abase H.nfjipn to give water to, cause to drink hebrew-english glossary] (ma*) P.rni? to serve, administer an? six (f.) na>a? six (m.) Titoi sixth aiwi sixty nria? (nrrcr;) to drink a%0 two (f.) n -ix'n form, appearance (A12b) Tjiň midst; '•pna in the midst of; ?]inn from the midst of (A15a) ninbin (pi.) history, genealogy (A73) nnin (ót) law, Law (A55) n^nn beginning, first occasion (A68) nann (ót) supplication (A68) nnň under; instead of; nnáa beneath (adv.), {-\-b) idem (prep.) n'pn (n^rr) to hang (B8a) Sinn yesterday (nan) an (on:) to be finished, at an end; to finish (doing something) B9c nninn Timnah, Timnathah t t * ■ nan (nsrr) to wander lost (B8a) nVpn (ót) prayer (A68) vsfi (farr) to seize, grab (Bla) 'Spate ninth; fem. tvimtpi štíři nine (f.) nscin nine (m.) D'sa/n ninety ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY a: (see §14) abandon, to: aw ,iioi abase, to: TBiin Abel: *>$ ' able, to be: by [329] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] above (prep.): Vy; (adv.) bsAn Abraham: arnax according as: nwxp according to: 3 ,-t?b /p-Vy ,-pa accursed: mnx acquire, to: nap act, to: ntos?; to - - wickedly: ynn act: ntoya Adam: onx add, to: n'oin administer, to: nntf advantage: advice: nsy afar; from —: pinna affair: nan affliction: nns ,'as afraid :xm; to be - - : xm after (prep.): mnx ,nnx (conj.): ntsx nnx afterwards: nnx ja~nrix again: ni»; to do —: main ,au> against: *?» agreeable; to be - -: nr?; alive: ijjj to be —: mn all: barbs alone: -"[a1? also: 05 altar: rota although: see §§135-136 and: 1 angel: -jxVa anger: «ix angry, to be(come): nnrj; he became - - : \b nnrt; fjitp animal: mn ,nona annul, to: npn anoint, to: ni?a answer, to: nay another: nnx anything: nawa; anything + adj.: 73 + adj. appalled, to be: bbijj appear, to: nxna {330} appearance: nxna appoint, to: nps ,nis ,niff appointed, to be: asa approach, to: tyin ,3T_p ,anpn arise, to: Dp ark: jinx arm: sins 1 army: "rrj ,X3S around: nya arouse, to: nniy arrange, to: "qny as: a + inf., ntfxa; as X lives: m ascend, to: nby ashamed, to be(come): u?a ask, to: bxw ass: (m) man; (f) jinx assembly: bnp ,nny assistance: mi) astonished, to be(come): ai_ atone for, to: nsa attain, to: aftn attend to, to: npp B bad: un ,ysn t t bad, to be: sn band together, to: ntfp bank: npto banquet: nncia battle: nanVa be, to: mn TT bear (child), to: T> bear witness, to: myn beast: nana ,n'n t •■ i T beautiful: np; because: 'p ,jy? + inf., ntfx ]ir ,nt*/x/-p a,?.y because of: may? .na-r^y become, to: mn ( + b) befall, to: nnp ,xnp ,xnp: before (prep.)■apb.nal; (conj.) *3Db + inf., nnS(a) beget, to: T^in begin, to: bnn beginning: nbnn behalf; on - - of: nya believe, to: raxn belong, to: useb max (§72) or (§93) fta-ia ' below: (prep.) nrjr); (adv.) nnfta beside; b%& besiege, to: ns better: comparative of "good" between: pa big: Vina big, to be(come): blj, bind, to: naip birds: lis bless, to: rpa blessing: nanp blood: bt book: npp border: nsp bosom: p'ti bow down, to: ninncn boy: tVJ ,ns?: bread: an1? break, to: nair, npn break down, to: rns bring, to: xran, 3mpn bring about, to: nira bring across, to: mpyn bring back, to: a^n bring down, to: mnin bring near, to: 3"npn, tiran bring out, to: x-sin bring up, to: nVyn; ( = rear): bii broad: arn brother: nx build, to: naa burn, to: (intr.) in», nya (tr.) into, nya burst out, to: ynp bury, to: nap but: i, T|X, bax but rather: ax-'p by ( = near, at): b?& Cain: calf: bii, nbiv call, to: xnp camel: bm camp: nana can: ba; Canaan: |»aa captive, to take: nab, nao capture, to: 10b cattle: (large) npa; (small) jxit; a head of--: nitf; (as property): napa cease, to: nati, ?nn chariot: naana chase, to: *yr\ chief: iffXn, ni» children: come to an end, to: nVa, on comfort, to: ana be — ed: ana; commandment: nma T 1 - command, to: ms * t ' commit (a sin), to: Hun companion: in ■ conceal, to: nna, mnon conceive, to: nnn concerning: by confine, to: ns [331] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW confirmed, to be: ]n«3 congregation: Vrtj?, nil) consider, to: nB*n console, to: am be - - ed: ana; conspire, to: "wp consume, to: V?Ni be—ed: bsxi, content, to be: TNin continue (doing something), to: f counsel: rtsi? count, to: nap countless: = without number covenant: nna cover, to: npa cow: nns create, to: N-i3 creeping things: iMrt criminal (adj.): Siin crop: "rap cross, to: -ns cry ( = weep), to: n33 cry out, to: pyx. py? cure, to: nan curse, to: -ns cut, to: nia D darkness: i\vn daughter: na David: "in ■ T day: DTi by - - : ani* daytime; in the —: aav dead: na death: mii V T deed: ntraa defence: "lis defile, to: V?n decide, to: rrain nip, min Tit - Vtuin nana*; "10 declare, to: deliver, to: deliverance depart, to: depleted, to be(come): nVa deposit, to: rran descend, to: TV descendants: ant desert: i3"ip desire, to: ypn "is?a desolated, to be(come): aatf despise, to: osa, nja pin destroy, to: anqn, Tat»'n, -raNn destroyed, to be: "T3K die, to: na difficult: nop discerning: rial dishonor, to: V?n distance; at a —: pinna distant: pinn distress: ms, "is? TT ■ T. do, to: nu?»; to— early in the day: d'-pipn do again, to: main, atf donkey: (m) nian; (0 jinx door: n^ draw near, to: 3"ip, waa draw up (for battle), to: Tjny dread: na-K dream: n*\bn to--: D^n ~t ~ T drink, to: nn»; cause to - -: npon drive away, to: irha dry ground: nt?a" dwell, to: ac;, na, p»: cause to —: 3"uhn each:Va, Ef'K (see §123) ear: jfR earth: na-(K east: aipj to the - - of: *? 0"if3a eat, to:- Vdn - T edge: npi? Egypt: erisa; Egyptian: nsa eight: naatí, naaw eighty: a-iottf [JJ2] Eli: elder: |pi; ( = older) use: Vila emptiness: my empty: pn encounter, to: nnp, inp, nipa, N-jp: end: fp, n?p; at the - - of: ypa, 'spa; to be at an - - : an, nVa T t enemy: a;k engender, to: Tbin enter, to: xa entire: bs establish, to: pan; be - - ed: p33 eternity: ubiy Eve: nin even (adv.): aa evening: a*l$ every: Va; everything (which): lOTt ba (§66) evil (adj.): in, evil (noun): in, nan evil, to be(come): in exalt, to: xiw, ann, aain except (that): ax-n?, "a expel, to: nbw extend, to: . no1, nbi? exterminate, to: tsa, annn eye: ];»; in the — s of: 'rya face: B'as fall, to: bsi famine: 3 in far: pin*); as--as: IV fashion, to: is"1 " T fast, to: as father: ax father-in-law: pn favor: ]rj; to seek - -: Tannn fear: hxt female: nap; few: -iDpa (§86); anrw (pi. of inx) field: nnto ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] fifth: ■'Iran fifty: a-iypn fight, to: arjVa filled = to be full find, to: Ksn finish, to: rfpa finished, to be: nVa, an fire: u*K firm: pin; to be(come) - - : pm, rial firmament: S'pn first: |iiPio fish: ai, tvn T TT five: wan, nsan flame: narr? flee, to: ni3, 01 -TT flesh: -IB3 flock: nii following; in the — of: -bi~)3 food: an^ foot: by) for: (prep.)"?, 7»a; (conj.): -a foreign: naa forever: ab\yb, avians forget, to: natf form: ->xn form, to: ns* 1 - T forsake, to: aiy, u>pa forty: B"y:nx four: aa-ix, nyanx fourth; '»'an fowl: "]iu friend: an from: p front; in - - of: "as1?. 7$ fruit: ne fulhx'jB; to be(come)- -: «ba G gain: Sis| garden: ]3 garment: taá gate: -\yv [333] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW gather, to pap genealogy: ninbin generation: nin give, to: 'ru give birth to, to: lb; gladden, to: na© glory: Ti33 go, to: nbrj; to cause to —: Tbin to--continuously: TjVnr.n go around, to 330 go back, to: 3© go down, to: TJJ go forth, to: xar go up, to: nb» go well with, to: 3B',, god: bx God: D'rjVg, bK gold: an; good: 3io; to make — (as compensation): ob© grab, to: ©pn grace: |rt gracious; to be — toward: )an grasp, to: rnx, p'fjjn grass: 3©s grave: lap great: bina; to become--: bnj; to make--: b'nan grey hair: nx© ground: nanx; dry--: n©3?; onto the - -: naa& grow fond of, to: ('rap ]n xxa) grow up, to: bna guard, to: nsa, "into guilt: pis guilty, to be: D©'x H half: 'sn hand: T handsome: no1 v t hang, to: nbn hard:, ptrj; (= difficult): n©]? harsh: ntop harvest, to: nxpr harvest: Tspr hate, to: xa© he: xin head: ©xn heal, to: Kpn health: Dib© hear, to: 2a© heart: 3b, 33b heaven(s): D'fc© heavy: naa; to be - - : naa Hebrew: na» heed, to: ira© ( + b/a; bipb/a heifer: H1B, nbas t t t : v help, to: 1!» help: its herbage: a©s herd: nn» here: nb see also § 135 hide, to: (tr.) Tnpn, nna; (intr.) nnpa, xana, xannn high, to be: an hill: nana history: ninbin hither: obrt, nan Hittite: inn holiness: unjS honest: ja honey: ©an honor: -riaa horse: did horseman: ©np host: xait house: n'i how?: np'X however: nx, bax hundred: nxa hunger: a an hungry, to be: asn hurry, to: nna hurt, to: m_n husband: ©'X i I: 'ax. -ahx idle: p'n ' idol: abá, bpé if: ax, 'rr; if not: xbib, -bib image: aba important: lap in: a indeed: bax, aaax inherit, to: ©"v inheritance: nbna iniquity: ps injure, to: ann inn: pba innumerable: b nppa px inquire, to: Mini, bx© inside: T|ina, antia instead of: nnň intelligent: riaa Israel: bxn©;1 is (see "to be") it: xin, x'n Jacob: 3p5J; jail: na©a jealous, to be: xap. Jerusalem: pb©n; Joseph: t\ov journey, to: 203 joy: nnato Judah: nnm' judge, to: opto ; judge : up© just: n©'; K kid: 'la kill, to: ann, nan, T3xn, nnia king: ^b»; to be(come) - -: T|ba know, to: snj ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] L lamb: ©pa, ntoaa land: fjft, nanx; language: np© law (Law) nnin lead, to: Tbin lead across, to: n'3sn lead into sin, to: X'pnn leave, to: 3T2, ©pa leave alone, to: man left, to be: nx©3, nnia left hand: bxa© left over, to be: nnia lengthen, to: (tr.) ?pnxn lest: 'a lie down, to: aa© life: D';n, ©pa lifetime: D';n lift up, to: x©3, D'nn light: nix like (prep.): a likeness: ab3 lion: nx, nnx lip: np© listen to, to (see "obey") little: jap, lppr; a little: uya; in a little while: B2B nil?; little by little D2B U2B live, to:n'n, a©'; to let - -: n»n it -! t • living (adj.): "n lodging-place: pba lofty, to be: an long, to be: Tnxn look at, to: can lord: fix, by? Lord: mm Lot: Dib love: naqx love, to: anx low, to be(come): bp©; to lay —: b'p©n [335] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW M magnify, to: mnan maidservant: naN, nrrae> make, to: niyy; to - - a treaty: nna tvra male: not man: thl. bin; young - -: ny5,mna old--: Jgi mankind: Bl», 1ba"Va » T T T T manner; in this —: )a, na many: an marvelous, to be: 81??" master: *tV&, matter: nan measure, to: nna meat: niva meditate, to: run meet, to: nnp, Nnp: see also mipb Tlf Tl t -I | * (§ 125); ana melt, to: oaa mention, to: Tain memorial: nat messenger: Tjjj'pa midst; in the — of: Tfina; from the - - of: mna might: is, yiny mighty: is; milk: abn mistress: nnaa TV I money: noa month: BhfS moon: nm morning: npja Moses: rraJB mother: bn mountain: in mourn, to: naa mouth: ns much: (adj.; an; (adv.) nxa, nanri N name: op name, to: 8np narrate, to: nsp, Tan Nathan: ina nation: By near: (prep.) Vsk; (adj.) ainp near, to be: an/? Negev: aai new: ivnn night: n1?;? Nile, the: nk* nine: Bitfn, njwta ninety: o-ya'n none = no one, not one (cf. §65 end); use negative with verb or predicate noon: B'^ns north: ?xato, lbs nose: n,8 not: x4?; there is - - : ps not yet: antMa) now:nny; see also §135 number: nsoa numerous: an O oath: nyiat? obey, to: VipV/a satý observe, to: naisi occupation: nasVa offering: nnaa officer: it?, cno offspring: mj olive (-tree): ml old: ipj; old man: idem old age: B"l"j?l, naw omen: nix on: 7», a one: nrw, nrm only: pn, -na? open, to: nns opening: nnp opinion; in the - - of: "Tya oppress, to: nay [336] or: in order; in -- that: ]S&b other: nns outside: fin, nawttn); outside of: b ywa overtake, to: awn overwhelm, to. npa own, to: (use idiom for possession with b) owner: bvi palace: bz-n palm: "]a pardon, to: nbo peace: Bi7tt> people: Dy, ns perceive, to: pan perceptiveness: na,a perform, to: nipy perish, to: nax permitted, it is not - - : b pN ( + inf.) persecute, to: t]T] person: ttfal, 19*8 Pharaoh: nana Philistines: B,n&>7b pit: ma pitch (tent), to: npa place: aipa place, to: *na, Dto, nr», Tayn.a'sn plague, to: n,aa plague: nsap plant, to: npa pleasant: nana pleased with, to be: x was pleased with y = y found favor in the eyes of x pleasing, to be: ntf; pledge; to stand as - - for: any plow, to: ©nri portion: nVna pollute, to: bbn ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] poor: 7n pour, to: n,stf praise, to: 7Vn pray, to: bbsm prayer: n?pn precious: np; pregnant, to become: nnn prepare, to: pan presence; in the — of: •'as1?. na5 present, to: K"an, a'npn, N'san prevail, to: 7a"1 priest: *na prisoner: mp8 proclaim, to: xnp, ynin profit: i7s| progeny: snt property: shan, napa, nVna prophesy, to: xaa, xaann prophet: x'aa prosperous, to make: m^sri; to be - -: rvbsn prostitute; to be(come) a - - : naj prostitute: nai protection: ma protest, to: Tyn punishment: py purchase, to: nap pursue, to: *pn put, to: aw, rw put forth, to: nbw quickly: nna R rain: nua raise, to: xipa, ann, aain; (= to rear) bii ransom, to: nna read, to: Nnp ready; to make —: pan [337] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW reap, to: lap rebel, to: Tin rebuke, to: isa reckon, to: aip'n recompense, to: abut redeem, to: 7151 refuse, to: oxa, ]xn rejoice, to: nniP; cause to -remain, to: (= stay) 3ft; ( = over): into, litwa remember, to: 131 -T remembrance: 13Í remind, to: T3in remove, to: Ton remove completely, to; 193 rend, to: sipr repent, to: an: reprove, to: train request, to: tpii, bm require, to: ftn rescue, to Txn; to be — ed: residence: nnwa rest, to: npu), na; cause to - - restore, to: abú return, to: aip revive, to: n>n, nvm rib: sVa rich: tips ride, to: 331 right hand: ra; righteous: pnx righteousness: plž, npia river: ina road: f$ rock: lis rod: nan roof: aa rule, to: bwn, T)7a run, to: fl Sabbath: natp sack: pip; sack-cloth: idem sacrifice, to: ri3j sacrifice: n3i sake; for the - - of: 113S3, 13tVs salvation: nsift Samuel: Vxiatp sanctify, to: iP'ip, tP'ipn -: nato sandal: bvi be left save, to: sripin, Van say, to: iax, 131 sea: a-1; seaward: nn' second: 'aip secure, to be: iia3 see, to: nxi seed: inj. seek, to: tpj?3, uni seize, to: inx, p'mn self: ipbS ( + suffix) sell, to: nan send, to: nbw 7X3 send forth, to: nbv) servant: ipi rrarj serve, to: ips serious: I3p; to be - -; 133 serpent: iPna servitude: niiss set, to: jro, nip, nip set at rest, to: rran set down, to rran set in order, to: ^ns set out, to: S03 set up, to: Tnsn, s'xn settle, to: (tr.) aipin settle down, to: na, ptp seven: »3tP, n»3VP seventh: 'S'pip seventy: O'sptp shade: Vx shadow: Vs shame: mis t : she: ton Shechem: aptp shed (blood), to: ■qpip [338] shepherd: nsi; to—: nsi Sheol: Vxip shoe: Vsi side: t; at/to the - - of: b'-bv sign: nix silent, to be: ai silver: ^at since: see §135; ( = because): 'p sinful: si, stpi sing, to: iu? sin: nxan sin, to: son: cause to —: x'pnn sister: ninx sit, to: 3ft six: tPip, niPip sixth: 'ipa1 sixty: DW sky: O'bw slaughter, to: nap, anip slaughtering: npib slave: (m) 13$; (f) nnx, nrrpip slay, to: ain, nan, nnin sleep, to: |ft, na small: ibp, ]opT, tsx smash, to: "Dip snake: ipm so that: jsn1? + impcrf. or inf. so that...not: ]s soil: nnix sojourn, to: na sojourner: na sojourning: n-nija sole: 1,3 some (of): ]P son: )3 song: Ta* sorry, to be: ana soul: ip'sl, tyn sound: bip south: tb; spare, to: Van speak, to: nsi spend the night, to: ]b ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] split, to: spa spread (out), to: ipis spring: yi, 1x3 spurn, to: axa, px3 spy: Vain staff: nan stand, to: ins, 3S3; to take one's—: star: aavb station, to: Tnsn, s^xri; to - - oneself: 3X3, 3x;nn; to be — ed. 3x3 steal, to: 33a still (adv.): lis stone: ]3& stop, to: npip, bin strange: npa strength: Wi, is strike, to: nsn stroke: saa strong: pm, is to be(come)—: pin stumble, to: by>3 surround, to: 330 summon, to: b xip sun: lPOffi supplication: nann support (fig.): T.X surely: bzix, aanx surety: (see pledge) surface; on the — of: 'ap-Vs survive, to: iXiPa, ini3 swallow, to: s75 swear, to: ssip'a; to make - -: s'jaipn sword: 31ft table: ]nb<2) tablet: mb talk, to: 131 task: npxbn, niiss take, to: npb take across, to: Tpsn take away, to: Tan [339] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW T take captive, to: "D1?, nniff "tit take hold of, to: rntj, ippn take prisoner, to: nob, idk take pleasure in, to: ypn teach, to: is1? tear, to: yip tell, to: "Part temple: Vpn ten: ligy, nntoaj tend (flocks), to: run t t terror: na^k test, to: jna that (conj.): 'a that(reL): not? the: see §§14, 18, 21 then (at that time): m then (and - -): y, (and) so then: thence: awn there: aw therein = "in it" or "in them" there is/are: 0; there is/are not: ft" therefore: fa-1??, fab thing: nai, aalsn think, to: am third: ,Ei,17EJ three: wbw, rwbw thirty: atybw thousand: *\b& throne: Noa through: lya throw, to: TT-itin thrust aside, to: nan thus: -a. na till, to: Bhn, nay time: nys\ ny time; at that - -: tk to: b.bx today: aim, ova together: in?, iiir together with: ay, m too (= also): a? too: see § 31 [340] top: »ni touch, to: yaa toward: Vs, mnpb, ly travel, to: ypa transgress, to: lay treaty: nna tree: ys tribe: nap trouble: "ay, rns ' t: t t true: ja truly: ban, aaas trust, to: rnNrr, npa trustworthy, to be: -atta truth: not? tunic: nrfo, m'na turn around, to: aap nnin turn aside, to: riaj, np; (tr.) nun turn away, to: (tr.) Tpn, 3pn turn toward, to: naa t t two: B'Je?, a-fts* twice: D'ays U unanimous: iris np uncircumcised: bis under: nnfl understand, to: ran understanding: nra unimportant: )0j? unless: dk 'a, ftbib until: is? until now: naft-iy up against: ""ap-Vy up to: iy upon: by upright: nti; utensil: fta vain; in - ■ K-wb valley: pas? vanity: K\w verified, to be: ia«3 very: ika, nann vessel: fta vineyard: an.| visit, to: ipp voice: Vip vow: 111 vow, to: nia W wake up, to: yp" walk, to: r\br\; to - - back & forth: •t\br\m wall: Tp wander about lost, to: nsn want to, to: ypn, natt war: nanba warn, to: Tin warrior: niaa wash, to: ynn watch, to: naii\ nsa water: d]p we: larjix weep, to: naa well: ntta, nia west: a; westward: naj when: a/3 + inf. whence: r&b where?: n»K, ntrH which: n#N while: a/a + inf. whither: nati who?: v? ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] who(rel.): n?N whole: ba why?: na1?, naS. inia wicked: yn, yah wide: ann T t wife: ntra wilderness: nana willing, to be: n3«, Tttin wisdom: naan wise: Ban with: a, ay, m withhold, to: Tftyn without; use r*t write, to: an? woman: nm wonderful, to be: Kbpa wood: VS" word: nai work: nanbn, niiay, ntegp; nay, niyy worse: (comp. of "bad") worthless: pn year: naiy yesterday: VianN yet: lis you: nriK, m, am, ]m, nafiN young: tss; - -man: nyi, mn3 zealous, to be: N|p [341] INDEX References are to the numbered paragraphs. For the location of verb forms and paradigms see the table at the end of the Index. accents, pausal 152 adjectives: demonstrative 40 forms of 22 use of 23 with kol 66 aleph, quiescent 8 alphabet 7 article, definite 14 'titer 32, 55, 70 'ayyeh, with suff. 18, 21 37 hagadkapat consonants 4 clauses: conditional 196 conjunctive 98, 107, 132, 135, 136, 197 V42] disjunctive 132, 135, 136 temporal 110 sequences of: the narrative sequences 98, 132, 197 summary of sequences 197 sequences with imperative, jussive, or cohortative 107 syntactic types of: w. adjectival predicate 23 w. adverbial pred. 16 w. existential pred. 37 w. nominal predicate 60 w. participial pred. 26 w. verbal pred. 45 cohortative 106-107 comparative 31; w. stative verbs 87 compensatory lengthening 6 conditional sentences 196 conjunction wa-, forms of 46 consonants 1 construct chain 72 construct state 73 (see also nouns) daghesh: conjunctive 155 forte 9 lene 9 defective spelling 8 directive -äh 58 disjunctive clauses 132 divine name 59 'en 37; w. suff. 133 furtive pdtah 6, 10 gender 12 gutturals, special features of 6 hälak, an idiomatic use of 170 liäyäh, use of 61 liinneh 135; w. nä' 136 hiphil verbs 157-8; 160, 163, 166, 169, 172 histahawdh 181 hithpael verbs 177 hithpolel verbs 180 hophal verbs 175 imperative 102 imperfect, meaning of 91 infinitive absolute, use of 129 infinitive construct, use of 115 interrogative hd- 54 jussive 106-107 köl!kol- 66; w. suff. 138 mappiq 9 maqqep 15, 155 matres leetionis 8 metheg 11 index] narrative sequences 98 niphai verbs 140-1, 143-4, 146 nouns: gender 12 number 13 plural: bakör, däbär, tnäqöm 19 melek 19 mispäl, mizbe"h 25 'öyeb, kökäb 25 'iwwer, kisse' 25 monosyllabic nouns 34 zäyit 50 'ehyon, gibbör etc. 50 nouns in -eh 50 fern, nouns in -ah 53 other fern, nouns in -et etc. 62 with directive -äh 58 construct state: use of 72 forms of 73, 75-6, 78-9 with pronominal suffixes: general 85 'ab, 'äh, peii 88 ben, $em 96 segholates 99, 104 feminine nouns in -eilat 111 pari etc. 112 nouns in -eh 116 dual 92 pausal forms 152 number 13 numbers: cardinal: 1-2, 119 3-10, 130 tens 161 11-19, 164 21-99, 167 100 and over, 182 fractions 161 multiplicatives 161 ordinal 77 [343] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW index] oath formula 138 object marker 27; w. suff. 38; retention with passive verbs 154 object suffixes: on perfect 184-6, 188-9 on imperfect 192 on imperative 193 'öd w. suff. 137 orthography 8-11 participles: active (Qal) 26; see table at end of Index passive (Qal) 128 pausal forms 152 perfect, meaning of 44 piel verbs 148-9, 151 pilpel verbs 181 poel verbs 181 polel verbs 180 polal verbs 180 prepositions: in general 15 ba, la, ka + noun 29 min + noun 30 with pronominal suffixes: ba 38; la 38; ka 65; 'et (obj. marker) 38; min (65); 'im 69; 'et (with) 69; 'el 83; 'al 83; lahat 83; "atiäri 83; ben 142 compound 100—101 pretonic reduction 5 proclisis 155 pronouns: demonstrative 40 independent personal 81 interrogative 82 relative 32, 55, 70 resumptive 70 suffixed: see nouns, prepositions, verbs propretonic reduction 5 pual verbs 154 qal irregular verbs 190 qal passive 179 retraction of stress 155 sequences: see clauses shewa: rule of 5; rule of - w. gutturals 6 sounds of Hebrew I stative verbs 87 stress 3: shift of w. converted perfects 98 syllabification 2 verbal hendiadys 173 verbs; see following table virtual doubling 6 vowel points 10 vowel'reduction 5 vowels 1; names of 10 yes 37; w. suff. 133 [344] Tt-Ti-'a-rf^roort-oo M M p] ifl « CO in PI N M tN 1" m moooooosooo St N N (N tN N (N CN rOOCOOOOOOOOVDOO ^ 3 rt: - - W P) M ino\Oo — in n pi ^t- o o o —- n rs pi CO-tPI^'tW'OOO oornmooTi-cosooo O O u o s — U o a 8j © -o > u a D. D. a D. .5 t 3 C C a. \D -h ^- p| in K3 ■?f in u-i p- p- p- os w oo SO P- P* c> — SO "1 co ^- y-i iri so p- p- n » 4 n i m u-i so P- r- m o\ co «n oo ^ 'S- m m p- i— m — o «o ffi rf u-i in SO P- P- 0\ 't CO w ^ -3- in i/i p- p- - Ol t O ^1 M Tf "1 SO P- P- - Ol Tf m « » ^ ^ in ^ » in co Tt- u-i in p- p- Cl it » n » 13- Tj- l/~> lO P P- < e: a. r 1. O n oi .r- — o —5 j tu o ft. X as X p- „ H < Is < .. 1 u < a a & — -c 1= eo o fc pi — m u. b E g I 1 ^